initial commit of ebook 31265HEADmain

17 files changed, 12642 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/31265-0.txt b/31265-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47c5bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3088 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: Aunt Hannah and Seth
+
+Author: James Otis
+
+Release Date: February 13, 2010 [eBook #31265]
+[Most recently updated: March 18, 2022]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+Produced by: David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
+Revised by Richard Tonsing.
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  AUNT HANNAH
+  AND SETH
+
+  A STORY OF SOME
+  PEOPLE AND
+  A DOG. BY
+  JAMES
+  OTIS]
+
+
+[Illustration: “‘HI, LIMPY!’ A SHRILL VOICE CRIED.”]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  _Aunt Hannah
+  And Seth
+
+
+  By
+
+  James Otis
+
+  Author of
+  “How Tommy Saved the Barn” etc.
+
+  New York
+  Thomas Y. Crowell & Co.
+  Publishers_]
+
+
+
+
+Copyright, 1900, by
+
+THOMAS Y. CROWELL & CO.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+  CHAPTER                   PAGE
+
+    I.—AN ADVERTISEMENT,      1
+
+   II.—THE COUNTRY,          20
+
+  III.—AUNT HANNAH,          39
+
+   IV.—THE FLIGHT,           58
+
+    V.—AN ACCIDENT,          76
+
+   VI.—SUNSHINE,             95
+
+
+
+
+AUNT HANNAH.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+AN ADVERTISEMENT.
+
+
+A SMALL boy with a tiny white dog in his arms stood near the New York
+approach to the Brooklyn Bridge on a certain June morning not many
+years since, gazing doubtfully at the living tide which flowed past
+him, as if questioning whether it might be safe to venture across the
+street.
+
+Seth Barrows, otherwise known by his acquaintances as Limpy Seth,
+because of what they were pleased to speak of as “a pair of legs that
+weren’t mates,” was by no means dismayed by the bustle and apparent
+confusion everywhere around him. Such scenes were familiar, he having
+lived in the city, so far as he knew, from the day of his birth; but,
+owing to his slight lameness, it was not always a simple matter for
+him to cross the crowded streets.
+
+“Hi, Limpy!” a shrill voice cried from amid the pedestrians in the
+distance, and as Seth looked quickly toward the direction from which
+had come the hail, he noted that a boy with hair of such a vivid hue
+of red as would attract particular attention from any person within
+whose range of vision he might come, was frantically trying to force a
+passage.
+
+Seth stepped back to a partially sheltered position beneath the
+stairway of the overhead bridge, and awaited the coming of his friend.
+
+“Out swellin’, are you?” the boy with the red hair asked, as he
+finally approached, panting so heavily that it was with difficulty he
+could speak. “Goin’ to give up business?”
+
+“I got rid of my stock quite a while ago, an’ counted on givin’ Snip a
+chance to run in the park. The poor little duffer don’t have much fun
+down at Mother Hyde’s while I’m workin’.”
+
+“You might sell him for a pile of money, Limpy, an’ he’s a heap of
+bother for you,” the new-comer said reflectively, as he stroked the
+dog’s long, silken hair. “Teddy Dixon says he’s got good blood in
+him——”
+
+“Look here, Tim, do you think I’d sell Snip, no matter how much money
+I might get for him? Why, he’s the only relation I’ve got in all this
+world!” and the boy buried his face in the dog’s white hair.
+
+“It costs more to keep him than you put out for yourself.”
+
+“What of that? He thinks a heap of me, Snip does, an’ he’d be as sorry
+as I would if anything happened to one of us.”
+
+“Yes, I reckon you are kind’er stuck on him! It’s a pity, Limpy,
+’cause you can’t hustle same’s the rest of us do, an’ so don’t earn as
+much money.”
+
+“Snip has what milk he needs——”
+
+“An’ half the time you feed him by goin’ hungry yourself.”
+
+“What of that?” Seth cried sharply. “Don’t I tell you we two are the
+only friends each other’s got! I’d a good deal rather get along
+without things than let him go hungry, ’cause he wouldn’t know why I
+couldn’t feed him.”
+
+“A dog is only a dog, an’ that’s all you can make out of it. I ain’t
+countin’ but that Snip is better’n the general run, ’cause, as Teddy
+Dixon says, he’s blooded; but just the same it don’t stand to reason
+you should treat him like he was as good as you.”
+
+“He’s a heap better’n I am, Tim Chandler! Snip never did a mean thing
+in his life, an’ he’s the same as a whole family to me.”
+
+As if understanding that he was the subject of the conversation, the
+dog pressed his cold nose against the boy’s neck, and the latter cried
+triumphantly:
+
+“There, look at that! If you didn’t have any folks, Tim Chandler, an’
+couldn’t get ’round same as other fellers do, don’t you reckon his
+snugglin’ up like this would make you love him?”
+
+“He ain’t really yours,” Tim said after a brief pause, whereat the
+lame boy cried fiercely:
+
+“What’s the reason he ain’t? Didn’t I find him ’most froze to death
+more’n a year ago, an’ haven’t I kept him in good shape ever since? Of
+course he wasn’t mine at first; but I’d like to see the chump who’d
+dare to say he belonged to anybody else! If you didn’t own any more of
+a home than you could earn sellin’ papers, an’ if nobody cared the
+least little bit whether you was cold or hungry, you’d think it was
+mighty fine to have a chum like Snip. You ought’er see him when I come
+in after he’s been shut up in the room all the forenoon! It seems like
+he’d jump out of his skin, he’s so glad to see me! I tell you, Tim,
+Snip loves me just like I was his mother!”
+
+Master Chandler shook his head doubtfully, and appeared to be on the
+point of indulging some disparaging remark, when his attention was
+diverted by a lad on the opposite side of the street, who was making
+the most frantic gestures, and, as might be guessed by the movement of
+his lips, shouting at the full strength of his lungs; but the words
+were drowned by the rattle of vehicles and other noises of the street.
+
+“There’s Pip Smith, an’ what do you s’pose he’s got in his ear now?”
+Tim said speculatively; but with little apparent interest in the
+subject. “He’s allers botherin’ his head ’bout somethin’ that ain’t
+any of his business. He allows he’ll be a detective when he gets big
+enough.”
+
+Seth gave more attention to the caresses Snip was bestowing upon him
+than to his acquaintance opposite, until Tim exclaimed, with a sudden
+show of excitement:
+
+“He’s yellin’ for you, Seth! What’s he swingin’ that newspaper ’round
+his head for?”
+
+Perhaps Tim might have become interested enough to venture across the
+street, had Master Smith remained on the opposite side very long; but
+just at that moment the tide of travel slackened sufficiently to admit
+of a passage, and the excited Pip came toward his acquaintances at
+full speed.
+
+“What kind of a game have you been up to, Limpy?” he demanded, waving
+the newspaper meanwhile.
+
+Seth looked at the speaker in astonishment, but without making any
+reply.
+
+“Anything gone wrong?” Tim asked, gazing inquiringly from one to the
+other.
+
+“I don’t know what he means,” Seth replied, and Pip shouted wildly:
+
+“Listen to him! You’d think butter wouldn’t melt in his mouth, an’ yet
+he’s been ridin’ a mighty high hoss, ’cordin’ to all I can find out!”
+
+“Who?” Seth demanded, grown restive under Pip’s accusing gaze.
+
+“You, of course!”
+
+“But I haven’t been up to any game.”
+
+“You can’t stuff me with that kind of talk, ’cause I’ve got it down
+here in black an’ white.”
+
+“Got what down?” Tim asked impatiently. “If there’s anything wrong,
+why don’t you come out with it like a man, an’ not stand there like a
+dummy?”
+
+“Seth Barrows will find there’s somethin’ wrong when the whole perlice
+force of this city gets after him,” Pip replied, in what was very like
+a threatening tone. “Listen to this, Tim Chandler, an’ try to figger
+out the kind of a game Limpy’s been playin’!”
+
+Then, with a tragical air, Master Smith read slowly from the newspaper
+he had been brandishing, the following advertisement:
+
+    “INFORMATION WANTED of a boy calling himself Seth Barrows. Said
+    boy is about eleven years old; his left leg an inch shorter than
+    the right, and is known to have been living in Jersey City three
+    years ago. He then sold newspapers for a livelihood, and resided
+    with one Richard Genet. A liberal reward will be paid for any
+    information concerning him. Address Symonds & Symonds,
+    Attorneys-at-law.”
+
+As he ceased reading, Master Smith looked at his companions with a
+certain gleam of triumph in his eyes; but this expression quickly
+changed to one of severe reproof as he met Seth’s bewildered gaze.
+
+“Sellin’ papers is good enough for me, though it ain’t a business that
+brings in any too much money,” he said sharply. “But I don’t keep a
+fancy dog, so the cost of livin’ ain’t so high.”
+
+“What does it mean?” Seth asked in a low tone, as he gazed alternately
+at Tim and Pip.
+
+“Mean?” the latter replied scornfully. “I reckon you can answer that
+better’n we could. When the bank on Broadway was broke into there was
+the same kind of notice in the papers, for I saw it with my own eyes.”
+
+“But I haven’t been breakin’ into any bank!” Seth wailed, hugging Snip
+yet more tightly to his bosom.
+
+“Then what’s that advertisement there for?” and Master Smith looked
+upon his acquaintance with an air of judicial severity.
+
+“How do I know?”
+
+Now it was Tim’s turn to gaze at Seth reproachfully; and as the three
+stood there one and another of their acquaintances, having heard the
+startling news, came up eagerly curious and positive that Snip’s
+master had committed some terrible crime.
+
+The lame boy gave ample token of mental distress, as well he might
+after hearing that two attorneys-at-law were desirous of finding him,
+and more than one of the throng set down the expression of trouble on
+his face as strong proof of guilt.
+
+Although conscious that he had committed no crime, the boy was
+thoroughly alarmed at being thus advertised for. He knew that rewards
+were offered for information which would lead to the apprehension of
+criminals, and never so much as dreamed that similar methods might be
+employed in a search for those who were innocent.
+
+There was no reason, so he might have said to himself, why any lawyer
+in the city of New York would care to see him, unless he had been
+accused of some crime, but as he revolved the matter in his mind
+terror took possession of him until all power of reflection had
+departed.
+
+The number of alleged friends or acquaintances had increased, until
+Seth and Snip were literally surrounded, and every member of the
+throng knew full well that the gathering would be rudely dispersed by
+the first policeman who chanced to come that way. Therefore it was
+that each fellow hastened to give his opinion as to the reason why the
+advertisement had been inserted in the columns of the paper, and, with
+five or six boys speaking at the same moment, it can well be
+understood that no one of them succeeded in making any very great
+impression upon the minds of his neighbors.
+
+Seth understood, however, that every boy present was agreed upon the
+supposed fact that a great crime had been committed, although these
+young merchants might, upon due reflection, come to realize how
+improbable was such a supposition.
+
+When little Snip, seeming to understand that his master was in sore
+distress, licked the boy’s cheek, it was to Seth almost as if the dog
+shared in the belief of those who were so ready to accuse him, and he
+could restrain his feelings no longer.
+
+Leaning against the iron column which supported the staircase, with
+his face buried in Snip’s silky hair, the crippled lad gave way to
+tears, while his companions gazed at him severely, for to their minds
+this show of grief was much the same as a confession of guilt.
+
+A blue-coated guardian of the peace dispersed the throng before those
+composing it had had time to make audible comment upon this last
+evidence of an accusing conscience; but Seth was so bowed down by
+bewilderment, sorrow, and fear as not to know that he stood alone with
+Snip, while a throng of acquaintances gazed at him from the opposite
+side of the street.
+
+Once the officer had passed on, and was at a respectful distance,
+Seth’s friends returned, and it could be understood from their manner
+that some definite plan of action had been decided upon during the
+enforced absence.
+
+“See here, Seth, we ain’t such chumps as to jump on a feller when he’s
+down. If you don’t want to tell us what you’ve been doin’——”
+
+“I haven’t done a thing, an’ you know it, Tim Chandler,” the lad
+moaned, speaking with difficulty because of his sobs.
+
+“Then what’s the notice about?” Tim asked in a severe, yet friendly
+tone.
+
+“I don’t know any more’n you do.”
+
+“Where’s the lead nickel Mickey Dowd says somebody shoved on you the
+other day?” Teddy Dixon asked sharply.
+
+Seth raised his head, looked about him for a moment as a shadow of
+fear passed over his face, and, dropping Snip for an instant, plunged
+both hands deep in his trousers pockets.
+
+Withdrawing them he displayed a small collection of silver and copper
+coins, which he turned over eagerly, his companions crowding yet more
+closely to assure themselves that the examination was thorough.
+
+“It’s gone!” Seth cried shrilly. “It’s gone; but I’ll cross my throat
+if I knew I was passin’ it!”
+
+Snip, hearing his young master’s cry of fear, stood on his hind feet,
+scratching and clawing to attract attention, and, hardly conscious of
+what he did, Seth took the little fellow in his arms once more.
+
+“That settles the whole business,” Teddy Dixon cried, in the tone of
+one who has made an important discovery. “You shoved it on somebody
+who’d been lookin’ for counterfeit money, an’ now the detectives are
+after you!”
+
+Seth glanced quickly and apprehensively around, as if fearing the
+officers of the law were already close upon him, and the seeming
+mystery was unravelled.
+
+From that moment there was not even the shadow of a doubt in the minds
+of Seth’s acquaintances, and, believing that he had not intended to
+commit such a grave crime, the sympathies of all were aroused.
+
+“You’ve got to skip mighty quick,” Tim said, after a brief pause,
+during which each lad had looked at his neighbor as if asking what
+could be done to rescue the threatened boy.
+
+“Where’ll I go?” Seth cried tearfully. “They know what my name is, an’
+there ain’t much use for me to hide.”
+
+“You can bet I wouldn’t hang ’round here many seconds,” one of the
+group said, in a low tone, glancing around to make certain his words
+were not overheard by the minions of the law. “If we fellers keep our
+mouths shut, an’ you sneak off into the country somewhere, I don’t see
+how anybody could find you!”
+
+“But where’d I go?” Seth asked, his tears checked by the great fear
+which came with the supposed knowledge of what he had done.
+
+“Anywhere. Here’s Snip all ready to take a journey for his health, an’
+in ten minutes you’ll be out of the city; but it ain’t safe to hang
+’round thinkin’ of it very long, for the detectives will be runnin’
+their legs off tryin’ to earn the money that’s promised by the
+advertisement.”
+
+Seth made no reply, and his most intimate friends understood that if
+he was to be saved from prison the time had arrived when they must act
+without waiting for his decision.
+
+They held a hurried consultation, while Seth stood caressing Snip,
+without being really conscious of what he did, and then Teddy and Tim
+ranged themselves either side of the culprit who had unwittingly
+brought himself under the ban of the law.
+
+Seizing him by the arms they forced the lad forward in the direction
+of Broadway, Tim saying hoarsely to those who gave token of their
+intention to follow:
+
+“You fellers must keep away, else the cops will know we’re up to
+somethin’ crooked. Wait here, an’ me an’ Teddy’ll come back as soon as
+we’ve taken care of Seth.”
+
+This injunction was not obeyed without considerable grumbling on the
+part of the more curious, and but for the efforts of two or three of
+the wiser heads, the fugitive and his accomplices would have aroused
+the suspicions of the dullest policeman in the city.
+
+“You’ll get yourselves into a heap of trouble if anybody knows you
+helped me to run away,” Seth said, in a tone of faint remonstrance.
+
+“It can’t be helped,” Teddy replied firmly, urging the hunted boy to a
+faster pace. “We ain’t goin’ to stand by an’ see you lugged off to
+jail while there’s a show of our doin’ anything. Keep your eye on Snip
+so’s he won’t bark, an’ we’ll look after the rest of the business.”
+
+Even if Seth had been averse to running away from the possible danger
+which threatened, he would have been forced to continue the flight so
+lately begun, because of the energy displayed by his friends.
+
+Tim and Teddy literally dragged him along, crossing the street at one
+point to avoid a policeman, and again dodging into a friendly doorway
+when the guardians of the peace came upon them suddenly.
+
+Had any one observed particularly the movements of these three lads,
+the gravest suspicions must have been awakened, for they displayed a
+consciousness of guilt in every movement, and showed plainly that
+their great desire was to escape scrutiny.
+
+Seth was so enveloped in sorrow and fear as to be ignorant of the
+direction in which he and Snip were being forced. He understood dimly
+that those who had the business of escape in hand were bent on gaining
+the river; but to more than that he gave no heed.
+
+Finally, when they were arrived at a ferry-slip, Teddy paid the
+passage money, and Seth was led to the forward end of the boat, in
+order, as Tim explained, that he might be ready to jump ashore
+instantly the pier on the opposite side was gained, in case the
+officers of justice had tracked them thus far.
+
+Now, forced to remain inactive for a certain time, Seth’s friends
+took advantage of the opportunity to give him what seemed to be
+much-needed advice.
+
+“The minute the boat strikes the dock you must take a sneak,” Teddy
+said impressively, clutching Seth vigorously by the shoulder to insure
+attention. “We’ll hang ’round here to make sure the detectives haven’t
+got on to your trail, an’ then we’ll go back.”
+
+“But what am I to do afterward?” Seth asked helplessly.
+
+“There ain’t any need of very much guessin’ about that. You’re bound
+to get where there’ll be a chance of hidin’, an’ you want to be mighty
+lively.”
+
+“Snip an’ I will have to earn money enough to keep us goin’, an’ how
+can it be done while I’m hidin’?”
+
+“How much have you got now?”
+
+“’Bout fifty cents.”
+
+Tim drew from his pocket a handful of coins, mostly pennies, and,
+retaining only three cents with which to pay his return passage on the
+ferry-boat, forced them upon the fugitive, saying when the boy
+remonstrated:
+
+“You’ll need it all, an’ I can hustle a little livelier to-night, or
+borrow from some of the other fellers if trade don’t show up as it
+ought’er.”
+
+Teddy followed his comrade’s example, paying no heed to Seth’s
+expostulations, save as he said:
+
+“We’re bound to give you a lift, old man, so don’t say anything more
+about it. If you was the only feller in this city what had passed a
+lead nickel, perhaps this thing would look different to me; but the
+way I reckon it is, that the man what put the advertisement in the
+paper jest ’cause he’d been done out’er five cents is a mighty poor
+citizen, an’ I stand ready to do all I can towards keepin’ you away
+from him.”
+
+“Look here, fellers,” Seth cried in what was very like despair as the
+steamer neared the dock, “I don’t know what to do, even after you’ve
+put up all your money. Where can Snip an’ I go? We’ve got to earn our
+livin’, an’ I don’t see how it’s to be done if we’re bound to hide all
+the time.”
+
+“That’s easy enough,” and Tim spoke hopefully. “The city is a fool
+alongside the country, an’ I’m countin’ on your havin’ a reg’lar snap
+after you get settled down. When we land, you’re to strike right out,
+an’ keep on goin’ till you’re where there’s nothin’ but farms with
+milk, an’ pie, an’ stuff to eat layin’ ’round loose for the first
+feller what comes to pick ’em up. Pip Smith says farmers don’t do
+much of anything but fill theirselves with good things, an’ I’ve
+allers wanted to try my hand with ’em for one summer.”
+
+Seth shook his head doubtfully. Although he had never been in the
+country, it did not seem reasonable that the picture drawn by Pip
+Smith was truthful, otherwise every city boy would turn farmer’s
+assistant, rather than remain where it cost considerable labor to
+provide themselves with food and a shelter.
+
+“You’ll strike it rich somewhere,” Teddy said, with an air of
+conviction, “an’ then you can sneak back long enough to tell us where
+you’re hangin’ out. I’ll work down ’round the markets for a spell, an’
+p’rhaps I’ll see some of the hayseeders you’ve run across.”
+
+The conversation was brought to a close abruptly as the ferry-boat
+entered the dock with many a bump and reel against the heavy timbers;
+and Seth, with Snip hugged tightly to his bosom, pressed forward to
+the gates that he might be ready to leap ashore instantly they were
+opened.
+
+“Keep your upper lip stiff, an’ don’t stop, once you’ve started, till
+you’re so far from New York that the detectives can’t find you,” Tim
+whispered encouragingly, and ten seconds later the fugitive was
+running at full speed up the gangway, Snip barking shrilly at the
+throng on either side.
+
+Tim and Teddy followed their friend to the street beyond the ticket
+office, and there stood watching until he had disappeared from view.
+Then the latter said, with a long-drawn sigh:
+
+“I wish it had been almost any other feller what passed the lead
+nickel, for Seth hasn’t got sand enough to do what’s needed, if he
+counts on keepin’ out’er jail.” And Tim replied sadly:
+
+“If a feller stuck me with a counterfeit I’d think I had a right to
+shove it along; but after all this scrape I’ll keep my eyes open
+mighty wide, else it may be a case of the country for me, an’ I ain’t
+hankerin’ after livin’ on a farm, even if Pip Smith does think it’s
+sich a soft snap.”
+
+Then the friends of the fugitives returned to the ferry-boat, in order
+that they might without delay make a report to those acquaintances
+whom they knew would be eagerly waiting, as to how Seth had fared at
+the outset of his flight.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE COUNTRY.
+
+
+SETH had little idea as to the direction he had taken, save that the
+street led straight away from the water, and surely he must come into
+the country finally by pursuing such a course.
+
+Neither time nor distance gave him relief of mind; it was much as if
+flight served to increase the fear in his mind, and even after having
+come to the suburbs of the city he looked over his shoulder
+apprehensively from time to time, almost expecting to see the officers
+of the law in hot pursuit.
+
+If it had been possible for Snip to understand the situation fully, he
+could not have behaved with more discretion, according to his master’s
+views.
+
+Instead of begging to be let down that he might enjoy a frolic on the
+green grass, he remained passive in Seth’s arms, pressing his nose up
+to the lad’s neck now and then as if expressing sympathy. The little
+fellow did not so much as whine when they passed rapidly by a
+cool-looking, bubbling stream, even though his tongue was lolling out,
+red and dripping with perspiration; but Seth understood that his pet
+would have been much refreshed with a drink of the running water, and
+said, in a soothing, affectionate tone:
+
+“I don’t dare to stop yet a while, Snippey dear, for nobody knows how
+near the officers may be, and you had better go thirsty a little
+longer, than be kicked out into the street when I’m locked up in
+jail.”
+
+A big lump came into the fugitive’s throat at the picture he had
+drawn, and the brook was left far behind before he could force it down
+sufficiently to speak.
+
+Then the two were come to a small shop, in the windows of which were
+displayed a variety of wares, from slate pencils to mint drops, and
+here Seth halted irresolutely.
+
+He had continued at a rapid pace, and fully an hour was passed since
+he parted from his friends. He was both hungry and weary; there were
+but few buildings to be seen ahead, and, so he argued with himself,
+this might be his last opportunity to purchase anything which would
+serve as food until he was launched into that wilderness known to him
+as “the country.”
+
+No person could be seen in either direction, and Seth persuaded
+himself that it might be safe to halt here for so long a time as would
+be necessary to select something from the varied stock to appease
+hunger, and at the same time be within his limited means.
+
+For the first moment since leaving the ferry-slip he allowed Snip to
+slip out of his arms; but caught him up again very quickly as the dog
+gave strong evidence of a desire to spend precious time in a frolic.
+
+“You must wait a spell longer, Snippey dear,” he muttered. “We may
+have to run for it, an’ I mightn’t have a chance to get you in my arms
+again. It would be terrible if the officers got hold of you, an’ I’m
+afraid they’d try it for the sake of catchin’ me, ’cause everybody
+knows I wouldn’t leave you, no matter what happened.”
+
+Then Seth stole softly into the shop, as if fearing to awaken the
+suspicion of the proprietor by a bold approach, and once inside, gazed
+quickly around.
+
+Two or three early, unwholesome-looking apples and a jar of ginger
+cakes made up the list of eatables, and his decision was quickly
+made.
+
+“How many of them cakes will you sell for five cents?” he asked
+timidly of the slovenly woman who was embroidering an odd green flower
+on a small square of soiled and faded red silk.
+
+She looked at him listlessly, and then gazed at the cakes
+meditatively.
+
+“I don’t know the price of them. This shop isn’t mine; I’m tendin’ it
+for a friend.”
+
+“Then you can’t sell things?” and Seth turned to go, fearing lest he
+had already loitered too long.
+
+“Oh, dear, yes, that’s what I’m here for; but I never had a customer
+for cakes, an’ to tell the truth I don’t believe one of ’em has been
+sold for a month. Do you know what they are worth?”
+
+“The bakers sell a doughnut as big as three of them for a cent, an’
+throw in an extra one if they’re stale.”
+
+The lady deposited her embroidery on a sheet of brown paper which
+covered one end of the counter, and surveyed the cakes.
+
+“It seems to me that a cent for three of them would be a fair price,”
+she said at length, after having broken one in order to gain some
+idea of its age.
+
+“Have you got anything else to eat?”
+
+“That candy is real good, especially the checkerberry sticks, but
+perhaps you rather have somethin’ more fillin’.”
+
+“I’ll take five cents’ worth of cakes,” Seth said hurriedly, for it
+seemed as if he had been inside the shop a very long while.
+
+The amateur clerk set about counting the stale dainties in a
+businesslike way; but at that instant Snip came into view from behind
+his master, and she ceased the task at once to cry in delight:
+
+“What a dear little dog! Did he come with you?”
+
+“Yes, ma’am,” Seth replied hesitatingly; and he added as the woman
+stooped to caress Snip: “We’re in a big hurry, an’ if you’ll give me
+the cakes I’ll thank you.”
+
+“Dear me, why didn’t you say so at first?” and she resumed her task of
+counting the cakes, stopping now and then to speak to Snip, who was
+sitting up on his hind legs begging for a bit of the stale pastry.
+“How far are you going?”
+
+“I don’t know; you see we can’t walk very fast.”
+
+“Got friends out this way, I take it?”
+
+“Well,—yes—no—that is, I don’t know. Won’t you please hurry?”
+
+The woman seemed to think it necessary she should feed Snip with a
+portion of one cake that had already been counted out for Seth, and to
+still further tempt the dog’s appetite by giving him an inch or more
+broken from one of the checkerberry sticks, before attending to her
+duties as clerk, after which she concluded her portion of the
+transaction by holding out a not over-cleanly hand for the money.
+
+Seth hurriedly gave her five pennies, and then, seizing Snip in his
+arms, ran out of the shop regardless of the questions she literally
+hurled after him.
+
+His first care was to gaze down the road in the direction from which
+he had just come, and the relief of mind was great when he failed to
+see any signs of life.
+
+“They haven’t caught up with us yet, Snippey,” he said, as if certain
+the officers were somewhere in the rear bent on taking him prisoner.
+“If they stop at the store, that woman will be sure to say we were
+here.”
+
+Having thus spurred himself on, he continued the journey half an hour
+longer, when they had arrived at a grove of small trees and bushes
+through which ran a tiny brook.
+
+“We can hide in here, an’ you’ll have a chance to run around on the
+grass till you’re tired,” he said, as, after making certain there was
+no one in sight to observe his movements, he darted amid the
+shrubbery.
+
+It was not difficult for a boy tired as was Seth, to find a
+rest-inviting spot by the side of the stream where the bushes hid him
+from view of any who might chance to pass along the road, and without
+loss of time Snip set himself the task of chasing every butterfly that
+dared come within his range of vision, ceasing only for a few seconds
+at a time to lick his master’s hand, or take his share of the stale
+pastry.
+
+It was most refreshing to Seth, this halt beneath the shade of the
+bushes where the brook sang such a song as he had never heard before,
+and despite the age of the cake his hunger was appeased. Save for the
+haunting fear that the officers of the law might be close upon his
+heels, he would have been very happy, and even under the painful
+circumstances attending his departure, he enjoyed in a certain degree
+the unusual scene before him.
+
+Then Snip, wearied with his fruitless pursuit of the butterflies,
+crept close by his master’s side for a nap, and Seth yielded to the
+temptation to stretch himself out at full length on the soft, cool
+moss.
+
+There was in his mind the thought that he must resume the flight
+within a short time, lest he fail to find a shelter before the night
+had come; but the dancing waters sang a most entrancing and
+rest-inviting melody until his eyes closed despite his efforts to hold
+them open, and master and dog were wrapped in slumber.
+
+The birds gathered on the branches above the heads of the sleepers,
+gazing down curiously and with many an inquiring twitter, as if asking
+whether this boy was one who would do them a mischief if it lay in his
+power, and the butterflies flaunted their gaudy wings within an inch
+of Snip’s eyes; but the slumber was not broken.
+
+The sun had no more than an hour’s time remaining before his day’s
+work in that particular section of the country had come to an end,
+when a brown moth fluttered down upon Seth’s nose, where he sat
+pluming his wings in such an energetic manner that the boy suddenly
+sneezed himself into wakefulness, while Snip leaped up with a chorus
+of shrill barks and yelps which nearly threw the curious birds into
+hysterics.
+
+“It’s almost sunset, Snippey dear, an’ we’ve been idlin’ here when we
+ought’er been huntin’ for a house where we can stay till mornin’. It’s
+fine, I know,” he added, as he took the tiny dog in his arms; “but I
+don’t believe it would be very jolly to hang ’round in such a place
+all night. Besides, who knows but there are bears? We must be a
+terrible long way in the country, an’ if the farmers are as good as
+Pip Smith tells about, we can get a chance to sleep in a house.”
+
+The fear that the officers might be close upon his heels had fled; it
+seemed as if many, many hours had passed since he took leave of Tim
+and Teddy, and it was possible the representatives of law would not
+pursue him so far into the country.
+
+He had yet on hand a third of the stale cakes, and with these in his
+pocket as token that he would not go supperless to bed, and Snip on
+his arm, he resumed the flight once more.
+
+After a brisk walk of half an hour, still on a course directly away
+from the river, as he believed, Seth began to look about him for a
+shelter during the night.
+
+“We’ll stop at the first house that looks as if the folks who live in
+it might be willin’ to help two fellers like us along, an’ ask if we
+can stay all night,” he said to Snip, speaking in a more cheery tone
+than he had indulged in since the fear-inspiring advertisement had
+been brought to his attention.
+
+He did not adhere strictly to this plan, however, for when he was come
+to a farmhouse which had seemed to give token of sheltering generous
+people, a big black dog ran out of the yard growling and snapping,
+much to Snippey’s alarm, and Seth hurried on at full speed.
+
+“That wouldn’t be any place for you, young man,” he said, patting the
+dog’s head. “We’ll sleep out of doors rather than have you scared half
+to death!”
+
+Ten minutes later he knocked at the door of a house, and, on making
+his request to a surly-looking man, was told that they “had no use for
+tramps.”
+
+Seth did not stop to explain that he could not rightly be called a
+tramp; but ran onward as if fearful lest the farmer might pursue to
+punish him for daring to ask such a favor.
+
+Three times within fifteen minutes did he ask in vain for a shelter,
+and then his courage had oozed out at his fingers’ ends.
+
+“If Pip Smith was here he’d see that there ain’t much milk an’ pie
+layin’ ’round to be picked up, an’ it begins to look, Snippey, as if
+we’d better stayed down there by the brook.”
+
+Master Snip growled as if to say that he too believed they had made a
+mistake in pushing on any farther, and the sun hid his face behind the
+hills as a warning for young boys and small dogs to get under cover.
+
+Seth was discouraged, and very nearly frightened. He began to fear
+that he might get himself and Snip into serious trouble by any further
+efforts at finding a charitably disposed farmer, and after the shadows
+of night had begun to lengthen until every bush and rock was distorted
+into some hideous or fantastic shape, he was standing opposite a small
+barn adjoining a yet smaller dwelling.
+
+No light could be seen from the building; it was as if the place had
+been deserted, and such a state of affairs seemed more promising to
+Seth than any he had seen.
+
+“If the people are at home, an’ we ask them to let us stay all night,
+we’ll be driven away; so s’pose we creep in there, an’ at the first
+show of mornin’ we’ll be off. It can’t do any harm for us to sleep in
+a barn when the folks don’t know it.”
+
+The barking of a dog in the distance caused him to decide upon a
+course of action very quickly, and in the merest fraction of time he
+was inside the building, groping around the main floor on which had
+been thrown a sufficient amount of hay to provide a dozen boys with a
+comfortable bed.
+
+He could hear some animal munching its supper a short distance away,
+and this sound robbed the gloomy interior of half its imaginary
+terrors.
+
+Promising himself that he would leave the place before the occupants
+of the house were stirring next morning, Seth made his bed by
+burrowing into the hay, and, with Snip nestling close by his side, was
+soon ready for another nap.
+
+The fugitive had taken many steps during his flight, and, despite the
+slumber indulged in by the side of the brook, his eyes were soon
+closed in profound sleep.
+
+Many hours later the shrill barking of Snip awakened Seth, and he sat
+bolt upright on the hay, rubbing his sleepy eyes as if trying to prove
+that those useful members had deceived him in some way.
+
+The rays of the morning sun were streaming in through the open door in
+a golden flood, and with the radiance came sweet odors borne by the
+gentle breeze.
+
+Seth gave no heed just at that moment to the wondrous beauties of
+nature to be seen on every hand, when even the rough barn was gilded
+and perfumed, for standing in the doorway, as if literally petrified
+with astonishment, was a motherly looking little woman whose upraised
+hands told of bewilderment and surprise, while from the expression on
+her face one could almost have believed that she was really afraid of
+the tiny Snip.
+
+“Is that animal dangerous, little boy?” she asked nervously after a
+brief but, to Seth, painful pause.
+
+“Who—what animal? Oh, you mean Snip? Why, he couldn’t harm anybody if
+he tried, an’, besides, he wouldn’t hurt a fly. He always barks when
+strange folks come near where I am, so’s to make me think he’s a
+watch-dog. Do you own this barn?”
+
+“Yes—that is to say, it has always belonged to the Morses, an’ there
+are none left now except Gladys an’ me.”
+
+“I hope you won’t be mad ’cause I came in here last night. I counted
+on gettin’ away before you waked up; but the bed was so soft that it
+ain’t any wonder I kept right on sleepin’.”
+
+“Have you been here all night?” the little woman asked in surprise,
+advancing a pace now that Snip had decided there was no longer any
+necessity for him to continue the shrill outcries.
+
+“I didn’t have any place to sleep; there wasn’t a light to be seen in
+your house. Well, to tell the truth, I was afraid I’d be driven away,
+same’s I had been at the other places, so sneaked in——”
+
+“Aunt Hannah! Aunt Hannah!”
+
+It was a sweet, clear, childish voice which thus interrupted the
+conversation, and the little woman said nervously, as she glanced
+suspiciously at Snip:
+
+“I wish you would hold your dog, little boy. That is Gladys, an’ she’s
+so reckless that I’m in fear of her life every minute she is near
+strange animals.”
+
+Seth did not have time to comply with this request before a
+pink-cheeked little miss of about his own age came dancing into the
+barn like a June wind, which burdens itself with the petals of the
+early roses.
+
+“Oh, Aunt Hannah! Why, where in the world did that little boy—What a
+perfectly lovely dog! Oh, you dear!”
+
+This last exclamation was called forth by Master Snip himself, who
+bounded forward with every show of joy, and stood erect on his hind
+feet with both forepaws raised as if asking to be taken in her arms.
+
+“Don’t, Gladys! You mustn’t touch that animal, for nobody knows
+whether he may not be ferocious.”
+
+The warning came too late. Gladys already had Snip in her arms, and as
+the little fellow struggled to lick her cheek in token of his desire
+to be on friendly terms, she said laughingly:
+
+“You poor, foolish Aunt Hannah! To think that a mite of a dog like
+this one could ever be ferocious! Isn’t he a perfect beauty? I never
+saw such a dear!”
+
+The little woman hovered helplessly around much like a sparrow whose
+fledglings are in danger. She feared lest the dog should do the child
+a mischief, and yet dared not come so near as to rescue her from the
+imaginary danger.
+
+There was just a tinge of jealousy in Seth’s heart as he gazed at
+Snip’s demonstrations of affection for this stranger. It seemed as if
+he had suddenly lost his only friend, and, at that moment, it was the
+greatest misfortune that could befall him.
+
+Gladys was so occupied with the dog as to be unconscious of Aunt
+Hannah’s anxiety. She admired Snip’s silky hair; declared that he
+needed a bath, and insisted on knowing how “such a treasure” had come
+into Seth’s possession.
+
+The boy was not disposed to admit that he had no real claim upon the
+dog, save such as might result from having found him homeless and
+friendless in the street; but willing that the girl should admire his
+pet yet more.
+
+“Put him on the floor an’ see how much he knows,” Seth said, without
+replying to her question.
+
+Then Snip was called upon to show his varied accomplishments. He sat
+bolt upright holding a wisp of straw in his mouth; walked on his hind
+feet with Seth holding him by one paw; whirled around and around on
+being told to dance; leaped over the handle of the hay-fork, barking
+and yelping with excitement; and otherwise gave token of being very
+intelligent.
+
+Gladys was in an ecstasy of delight, and even the little woman so far
+overcame her fear of animals as to venture to touch Snip’s
+outstretched paw when he gravely offered to “shake hands.”
+
+Not until at least a quarter of an hour had passed was any particular
+attention paid to Seth, and by this time Aunt Hannah was willing to
+admit that while dogs in general frightened her, however peaceable
+they appeared to be, she thought a little fellow like Snip might be
+almost as companionable as a cat.
+
+“Of course you won’t continue your journey until after breakfast,” she
+said in a matter-of-fact tone, “and Gladys will take you into the
+kitchen where you can wash your face and hands, while I am milking.”
+
+Then it was that Seth observed a bright tin pail and a three-legged
+stool lying on the ground just outside the big door, as if they had
+fallen from the little woman’s hands when she was alarmed by hearing
+Snip’s note of defiance and warning.
+
+Gladys had the dog in her arms, and nodding to Seth as if to say he
+should follow, she led the way to the house, while Aunt Hannah
+disappeared through a doorway opening from the main portion of the
+barn.
+
+“There’s the towel, the soap and water,” she said, pointing toward a
+wooden sink in one corner of what was to Seth the most wonderful
+kitchen he had ever seen. “Don’t you think Snippey would like some
+milk?”
+
+“I’m certain he would,” Seth replied promptly. “He hasn’t had anything
+except dry ginger cake since yesterday mornin’.”
+
+A moment later Master Snip had before him a saucer filled with such
+milk as it is safe to say he had not seen since Seth took him in
+charge, and the eager way in which he lapped it showed that it was
+appreciated fully.
+
+The fugitive did not make his toilet immediately, because of the
+irresistible temptation to gaze about him.
+
+The walls of the kitchen were low; but in the newcomer’s eyes this was
+an added attraction, because it gave to the room such an hospitable
+appearance. The floor was more cleanly than any table he had ever
+seen; the bricks of the fireplace, at one side of which stood a small
+cook-stove, were as red as if newly painted; while on the dresser and
+the mantel across the broad chimney were tin dishes that shone like
+newly polished silver.
+
+A large rocking-chair, a couch covered with chintz, and half a dozen
+straight-backed, spider-legged chairs were ranged methodically along
+the sides of the room, while in the centre of the floor, so placed
+that the fresh morning breeze which entered by the door would blow
+straight across it to the window shaded by lilac bushes, was a table
+covered with a snowy cloth.
+
+“Well, if this is a farmer’s house I wouldn’t wonder if a good bit of
+Pip Smith’s yarn was true,” Seth muttered to himself, as he turned
+toward the sink, over which hung a towel so white that he could hardly
+believe he would be allowed to dry his face and hands with it.
+
+He was alone in the kitchen. Snip, having had a most satisfactory
+breakfast of what he must have believed was real cream, had run out of
+doors to chase a leaf blown by the wind, and Gladys was close behind,
+alternately urging him in the pursuit, and showering praises upon “the
+sweetest dog that ever lived.”
+
+“Folks that live like this must be mighty rich,” Seth thought, as he
+plunged his face into a basin of clear water. “It ain’t likely Snip
+an’ me will strike it so soft again, an’ I expect he’ll be terrible
+sorry to leave. I reckon it’ll be all right to hang ’round an hour or
+so, an’ then we must get out lively. I wonder if that little bit of a
+woman expects I’ll pay for breakfast?”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+AUNT HANNAH.
+
+
+WITH a broken comb, which he used upon Snip’s hair as well as his own,
+Seth concluded his toilet, and, neither the little woman nor the girl
+having returned to the house, stood in the doorway gazing out upon as
+peaceful a scene as a boy pursued by the officers of the law could
+well desire to see.
+
+On either hand ran the dusty road, not unlike a yellow ribbon upon a
+cloth of green, and bordering it here and there were clumps of bushes
+or groves of pine or of oak, as if planted for the especial purpose of
+affording to the weary traveller a screen from the blinding sun.
+
+The little farmhouse stood upon the height of a slight elevation from
+which could be had a view of the country round about on either hand;
+and although so near to the great city, there were no settlements,
+villages, or towns to be seen.
+
+Surely, the lad said to himself, he had at last arrived at “the
+country,” and if all houses were as hospitable-looking, as cleanly,
+and as inviting in appearance as was this one, then Pip Smith’s story
+had in it considerably more than a grain of truth.
+
+“It must be mighty nice to have money enough to live in a place like
+this,” Seth said to himself. “It would please Snip way down to the
+ground; but I mustn’t think of it, ’cause there’s no chance for a
+feller like me to earn a livin’ here, an’ we can’t always count on
+folks givin’ us what we need to eat.”
+
+Then Aunt Hannah came out from the barn, carrying in one hand a
+glistening tin pail filled with foaming milk, and in the other the
+three-legged stool.
+
+Seth ran toward her and held out his hand as if believing she would
+readily yield at least a portion of her burden; but she shook her head
+smiling.
+
+“Bless your heart, my child, I ought to be able to carry one pail of
+milk, seeing that I’ve done as much or more every day since I was
+Gladys’s age.”
+
+“But that’s no reason why I shouldn’t help along a little to make up
+for your not bein’ mad ’cause Snip an’ me slept in the barn. Besides,
+I’d like to say to the fellers that I’d carried as much milk as a
+whole pail full once in my life—that is, if I ever see ’em again,” he
+added with a sigh.
+
+“Then you came from the city?”
+
+“Yes, an’ I never got so far out in the country before. Say, it’s
+mighty fine, ain’t it?” And as Aunt Hannah relinquished her hold on
+the pail, Seth started toward the house without waiting for a reply to
+his question.
+
+After placing the stool bottom up by the side of the broad stone which
+served as doorstep, the little woman called to Gladys:
+
+“It’s time White-Face was taken to pasture, child.”
+
+“Do you mean the cow?” Seth asked.
+
+“Yes, dear.”
+
+“Why can’t I take her to the pasture; that is, if you’ll tell me where
+to find it?”
+
+“Unfasten her chain, and she will show you the way. It’s only across
+the road over yonder.”
+
+Seth ran quickly to the barn, and having arrived at the doorway
+through which Aunt Hannah disappeared when she went about the task of
+milking, he halted in surprise and fear, looking at what seemed to him
+an enormous beast with long, threatening horns, which she shook now
+and then in what appeared to be a most vicious fashion.
+
+Only once before had Seth ever seen an animal of this species, and
+then it was when he and Pip Smith had travelled over to the Erie Yards
+to see a drove of oxen taken from the cars to the abattoir.
+
+It surely seemed very dangerous to turn loose such a huge beast; but
+Seth was determined to perform whatsoever labor lay in his power, with
+the idea that he might not be called upon to pay quite as much for
+breakfast, and, summing up all his courage, he advanced toward the
+cow.
+
+She shook her head restively, impatient for the breakfast of sweet
+grass, and he leaped back suddenly, frightened as badly of her as Aunt
+Hannah had been of Snip.
+
+Once more he made an attempt, and once more leaped back in alarm, this
+time to be greeted with a peal of merry laughter, and a volley of
+shrill barks from Snip, who probably fancied Seth stood in need of his
+protection.
+
+“Why did you jump so?” Gladys asked merrily.
+
+Seth’s face reddened, and he stammered not a little in reply:
+
+“I reckon that cow would make it kind’er lively for strangers,
+wouldn’t he?”
+
+“And you are really afraid of poor old White-Face? Why, she’s as
+gentle as Snippey, though of course you couldn’t pet her so much.”
+
+Then Gladys stepped boldly forward, and Snip whined and barked in a
+perfect spasm of fear at being carried so near the formidable-looking
+animal.
+
+“Now, you are just as foolish as your master,” Gladys said with a
+hearty laugh; but she allowed the dog to slip down from her arms, and
+as he sought safety behind his master, she unloosened the chain from
+the cow’s neck, leading her by the horn out of the barn.
+
+Then it was that Snip plucked up courage to join the girl who had been
+so kind to him, and Seth, thoroughly ashamed at having betrayed so
+much cowardice, followed his example.
+
+“I want to do something toward paying for my breakfast,” he said
+hesitatingly; “but I never saw a cow before, and that one acted as if
+he was up to mischief. I s’pose they’re a good deal like dogs—all
+right after a feller gets acquainted with ’em.”
+
+“Some cows are ugly, I suppose,” Gladys replied reflectively, taking
+Snip once more in her arms as the little fellow hung back in alarm
+when White-Face stopped to gather a tempting bunch of clover; “but
+Aunt Hannah has had this one ever since she was a calf, and we two are
+great friends. She’s a real well-behaved cow, an’ never makes any
+trouble about going into pasture. There, she’s in now, and all we’ve
+got to do is to put up the bars. By the time we get back breakfast
+will be ready. Did you walk all the way from the city?”
+
+There was no necessity for Seth to make a reply, because at this
+instant an audacious wren flew past within a dozen inches of Snip’s
+nose, causing him to spring from the girl’s arms in a vain pursuit,
+which was not ended until the children were at the kitchen door.
+
+The morning meal was prepared, and as Gladys drew out a chair to show
+Seth where he should sit, Aunt Hannah asked anxiously:
+
+“What does the dog do while you are eating?”
+
+“You’ll see how well he can behave himself,” Snip’s master replied
+proudly, as the little fellow laid down on the floor at a respectful
+distance from the table.
+
+Much to Seth’s surprise, instead of immediately beginning the meal,
+the little woman bowed her head reverentially, Gladys following the
+example, and for the first time in his life did the boy hear a
+blessing invoked upon the food of which he was about to partake.
+
+It caused him just a shade of uneasiness and perhaps awe, this
+“prayin’ before breakfast” as he afterward expressed it while going
+over the events of the day with Snip, and he did not feel wholly at
+ease until the meal had well nigh come to an end.
+
+Then the little woman gave free rein to her curiosity, by asking:
+
+“Where are you going, my boy?”
+
+“That’s what I don’t just know,” Seth replied, after a short pause.
+“Pip Smith, he said the country was a terrible nice place to live in,
+an’ when Snip an’ I had to come away, I thought perhaps we could find
+a chance to earn some money.”
+
+“Haven’t you any parents, or a home?” Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.
+
+“I don’t s’pose I have. I did live over to Mr. Genet’s in Jersey City;
+but he died, an’ I had to hustle for myself.”
+
+“Had to what?” Aunt Hannah asked.
+
+“Why, shinny ’round for money enough to pay my way. There ain’t much
+of anything a feller like me can do but sell papers, an’ I don’t cut
+any big ice at that, ’cause I can’t get ’round as fast as the other
+boys.”
+
+“Did you earn enough to provide you with food, and clothes, an’ a
+place to sleep?”
+
+“Well, sometimes. You see I ain’t flashin’ up very strong on clothes,
+an’ Snip an’ I had a room down to Mother Hyde’s that cost us eighty
+cents a week. We could most always get along, except sometimes when
+there was a heavy storm an’ trade turned bad.”
+
+“I suppose you became discouraged with that way of living?” the little
+woman said reflectively.
+
+“Well, it ain’t so awful swell; but then you can’t call it so terrible
+bad. Perhaps some time I could have got money enough to start a
+news-stand, an’ then I’d been all right, you know.”
+
+“Why did you come into the country?”
+
+“You see we had to leave mighty sudden, ’cause——”
+
+Seth checked himself; he had been very near to explaining exactly why
+he left New York so unceremoniously. Perhaps but for the “prayers
+before breakfast” he might have told this kindly faced little woman
+all his troubles; now, however, he did not care to do so, believing
+she would consider he had committed a great crime in passing a lead
+nickel, even though unwittingly.
+
+Neither was he willing to tell so good a woman an absolute untruth,
+and therefore held his peace; but the flush which had come into his
+cheeks was ample proof to his hostess that in his life was something
+which caused shame.
+
+Aunt Hannah looked at him for an instant, and then as if realizing
+that the scrutiny might cause him uneasiness, turned her eyes away as
+she asked in a low tone:
+
+“Do you believe it would be possible for you to find such work in the
+country as would support you and the dog?”
+
+“I don’t know anything about it, ’cause you see I never was in the
+country before,” Seth replied, decidedly relieved by this change in
+the subject of conversation. “Pip Smith thought there was milk an’
+pies layin’ ’round to be picked up by anybody, an’ accordin’ to his
+talk it seemed as if a feller might squeak along somehow. If I could
+always have such a bed as I got last night, the rest of it wouldn’t
+trouble a great deal.”
+
+“But you slept in the barn!” Gladys cried.
+
+“Yes; it was nicer than any room Mother Hyde’s got. Don’t boys like me
+do something to earn money out this way?”
+
+“The farmers’ sons find employment enough ’round home; but I don’t
+think you would be able to earn very much, my boy.”
+
+“I might strike something,” Seth said reflectively. “At any rate, Snip
+an’ I’ll have to keep movin’.”
+
+“Then you have no idea where you’re going?” And Aunt Hannah appeared
+to be distressed in mind.
+
+“I wish I did,” Seth replied with a sigh, and Gladys said quickly:
+
+“You can’t keep walkin’ ’round all the time, for what will you do when
+it rains?”
+
+“Perhaps I might come across a barn, same’s I did last night.”
+
+“And grow to be a regular tramp?”
+
+“I wouldn’t be one if I was willin’ to work, would I? That’s all Snip
+an’ me ask for now, is just a chance to earn what we’ll eat, an’ a
+place to sleep.”
+
+Aunt Hannah rose from the table quickly in apparently a preoccupied
+manner, and the conversation was thus brought to an abrupt close.
+
+Snip, who had already breakfasted most generously, scrambled to his
+feet for another excursion into the wonderful fields where he might
+chase butterflies to his heart’s content, and Seth lingered by the
+open doorway undecided as to what he should say or do.
+
+Gladys began removing the dishes from the table, Aunt Hannah assisting
+now and then listlessly, as if her mind was far away; and after two or
+three vain efforts Seth managed to ask:
+
+“How much will I have to pay for breakfast an’ sleepin’ in the barn?”
+
+“Why, bless your heart, my boy, I wouldn’t think of chargin’ anything
+for that,” the little woman said, almost sharply.
+
+“But we must pay our way, you know, though I ain’t got such a dreadful
+pile of money. I don’t want folks to think we’re regular tramps.”
+
+“You needn’t fear anything of that kind yet a while, but if it would
+make you feel more comfortable in mind to do something toward payin’
+for the food which has been freely given, you may try your hand at
+clearin’ up the barn. Gladys an’ I aim to keep it cleanly; but even at
+the best it doesn’t look as I would like to see it.”
+
+Seth sat about this task with alacrity, although not knowing exactly
+what ought to be done; but the boy who is willing to work and eager to
+please will generally succeed in his efforts, even though he be
+ignorant as to the proper method.
+
+It was while working at that end of the barn nearest the house at a
+time when Aunt Hannah and Gladys were standing at the open window
+washing the breakfast dishes, that he overheard, without absolutely
+intending to do so, a certain conversation not meant for his ears.
+
+It is true he had no right to listen, and also true that the hum of
+voices came to his ears several moments before he paid any attention
+whatsoever, or made an effort to distinguish the words.
+
+Then that which he heard literally forced him to listen for more.
+
+It was Aunt Hannah who said, evidently in reply to a suggestion from
+Gladys:
+
+“It is a pity and a shame to see a child like that poor little lame
+boy wandering about the country trying to find work, when he isn’t
+fitted for anything of the kind. But how could we give him a home
+here, my dear?”
+
+“I am sure it wouldn’t cost you anything, Aunt Hannah. With three
+spare rooms in the house and hardly ever a visitor to use one of them,
+why couldn’t he have a bed here?”
+
+“He can, my dear, and it’s my duty to give him a home, as I see
+plainly; but you can’t imagine what a cross it will be for me to have
+a boy and a dog around the old place. I have lived here alone so many
+years, except after you came, that a new face, even though it be a
+friendly one, disturbs me.”
+
+“Surely you’d get used to him in a few days, and he’s a boy who tries
+to do all he can in the way of helping.”
+
+“I believe so, my dear, and, therefore, because it seems to be my
+duty, I’m goin’ to ask him to stay, at least until he can find a
+better home; but at the same time I hold that it will be a dreadful
+cross for me to bear.”
+
+Seth suddenly became aware that he was playing the part of a sneak by
+thus listening; and although eager to hear more, turned quickly away,
+busying himself at the opposite side of the barn, where it would not
+be possible to play the eavesdropper in even so slight a degree.
+
+Until now it had never come into his mind that this little woman,
+whose home was so exceedingly inviting, might give him an opportunity
+to remain, even for the space of twenty-four hours; but as it was thus
+suggested, he realized how happy both he and Snip would be in such a
+place, and believed he could ask for nothing more in this world if it
+should be his good fortune to have an opportunity to stay.
+
+There was little probability the officers of the law would find him
+here, however rigorously the search might be continued, and it seemed
+as if every day spent in such a household must be filled with
+unalloyed pleasure.
+
+He stopped suddenly in his work as the thought came that it had
+already been decided he should have an invitation to remain, and a
+great joy came into his heart just for an instant, after which he
+forced it back resolutely, saying to himself:
+
+“A feller who would bother a good woman like Aunt Hannah deserves to
+be kicked. She’s made up her mind to give me a chance jest ’cause she
+thinks it’s something that ought’er be done; but I ain’t goin’ to play
+mean with her. It’s lucky I happened to hear what was said, else I’d
+have jumped at the chance of stayin’ when she told me I might.”
+
+At that moment Snip came into the barn eager to be petted by his
+master, and wearied with the fruitless chase after foolish and
+annoying birds.
+
+“It’s tough on you, little man, ’cause a home like this is jest what
+you’ve been achin’ for, an’ they’d be awful good to you,” Seth
+whispered as he took the dog in his arms. “How would it be if I should
+sneak off an’ leave you with ’em? I ought’er do it, Snippey dear; but
+it would most break my heart to give up the only family I’ve got. An’
+that’s where I’m mighty mean! You’d have a great time here, an’ by
+stickin’ to me there ain’t much show for fun, unless things take a
+terribly sudden turn.”
+
+Snip licked his master’s chin by way of reply, and Seth pressed the
+little fellow yet more closely, saying with what was very like a sob:
+
+“I can’t do it, little man, I can’t do it! You must stick to me, else
+I’ll be the lonesomest feller in all the world. We’ll hold on here a
+spell, an’ then hustle once more. It must be we’ll find somebody
+who’ll give us work, providin’ the detectives don’t nab me.”
+
+Then he turned his attention once more to the task set him by Aunt
+Hannah, and Snip sat on the threshold of the door watching his master
+and snapping at the impudent sparrows, until Gladys came out with an
+invitation for the dog to escort her to a neighbor’s house, where she
+was forced to go with a message.
+
+“I’ll take good care of him,” she called to Seth, as Snip ran on
+joyously in advance, “and bring him back before you finish sweeping
+the barn.”
+
+“I’m not afraid of his comin’ to any harm while you keep an eye on
+him; but I believe he’s beginnin’ to like you almost better’n he does
+me,” Seth replied, with a shade of sorrow in his tone, whereat Gladys
+laughed merrily.
+
+Then the boy continued his work with a will, and ample evidence of his
+labor was apparent when Aunt Hannah came out, looking very much like
+the fairy godmothers of “once upon a time” stories, despite the
+wrinkles on her placid face.
+
+“It looks very neat,” she said approvingly. “I never would have
+believed a boy could be so handy with a broom! Last spring I hired
+William Dean, the son of a neighbor, to tidy up the barn and the yard;
+but it looked worse when he had finished than before.”
+
+“Have I earned the breakfast Snip and I ate?” Seth asked, pleased with
+her praise.
+
+“Indeed you have, child, although there was no reason for doing
+anything of the kind. When we share with those who are less fortunate,
+we are doing no more than our duty, an’ I don’t like to think that you
+feel it necessary to pay for a mouthful of food.”
+
+“It was the very nicest breakfast I ever had, Miss—Miss——”
+
+“You may call me ‘Aunt Hannah,’ for I’m an aunt to all the children in
+the neighborhood, accordin’ to their way of thinking. Would you be
+contented to stay here for a while, my dear?”
+
+“Indeed I would!” was the emphatic reply, and then Seth added,
+remembering the conversation he had overheard: “That is, I would if I
+could; but Snip an’ me have got to hunt for a chance to earn our
+livin’, an’ it won’t do to think of loafin’ here, even though it is
+such a fine place.”
+
+Aunt Hannah smiled kindly and said, with a certain show of
+determination, as if forcing herself to an unwelcome decision:
+
+“You an’ the little dog shall stay for a while, my boy, and perhaps
+you can find some kind of work nearabout; but if not, surely it won’t
+increase my cost of living, for we’ll have a garden, which is what
+I’m not able to attend to now I’ve grown so old. Why did you leave the
+city, my child?”
+
+Had it not been for that “praying before breakfast” Seth would have
+invented some excuse for his flight; but now he could not bring
+himself, as he gazed into the kindly eyes, either to utter a
+deliberate falsehood or to make an equivocal reply.
+
+“I’d like to tell you,” he said hesitatingly, after a long pause,
+during which Aunt Hannah looked out across the meadow rather than at
+him. “I’d like to tell you, but I can’t,” he repeated.
+
+“I don’t believe you are a bad boy, Seth,” she said mildly, but
+without glancing toward him.
+
+The lad remained silent with downcast eyes, and when it seemed to him
+as if many minutes had passed, the little woman added:
+
+“Perhaps you will tell me after we are better acquainted. Gladys
+declares, an’ I’ve come quite to her way of thinking, that you should
+remain with us for a time. I don’t believe you could find work such as
+would pay for your board and lodging, unless it was with an old woman
+like me, and so we’re to consider you and Snip as members of the
+family.”
+
+Seth shook his head, feebly at first, for the temptation to accept the
+invitation was very great, and then decidedly, as if the decision he
+had arrived at could not be changed.
+
+“Would you rather go away?” Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.
+
+“No, I wouldn’t!” Seth cried passionately, the tears coming
+dangerously near his eyelids. “I’d do anything in this world for the
+sake of havin’ such a home as this; but all the same, Snip an’ I can’t
+stay to bother you. We’ll leave when he comes back.”
+
+“Listen to me, my child,” and now the little woman spoke with a degree
+of firmness which sounded strangely from one so mild, “you are not to
+go away this day, no matter what may be done later. We will talk about
+my plan after dinner, and then perhaps you’ll feel like explaining why
+you think it necessary to go further in search of work after I have
+given you a chance to earn what you and the dog may need.”
+
+Then Gladys’ voice was heard in the distance as she urged Snip on in
+his pursuit of a butterfly, and Aunt Hannah went quickly into the
+dwelling, leaving Seth gazing after her wistfully as he muttered:
+
+“I never believed there was such a good woman in this world!”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE FLIGHT.
+
+
+NEITHER Gladys nor Snip came into the barn immediately after their
+return, probably because the former had some report to make as to the
+message with which she had been entrusted, and Seth was left alone to
+turn over in his mind all that Aunt Hannah had said.
+
+A very disagreeable half hour he spent in the conflict between what he
+believed to be his duty and his inclination.
+
+It seemed that all his troubles would be at an end if he might remain
+in that peaceful place, as the little woman had suggested, and he knew
+full well that he could never hope to find as pleasant an abiding
+place.
+
+As the matter presented itself to his mind, he was not at liberty to
+accept the generous invitation unless the story of why he left New
+York was first told; and once Aunt Hannah was aware that he had
+transgressed the law by passing counterfeit money, it seemed certain
+she would look upon him as a sinner too great for pardon.
+
+He believed it was better to go without explanations than be utterly
+cast off by the little woman whom he was rapidly beginning to love,
+and, in addition, forfeit her friendship forever. So long as she could
+only guess at the reasons for his flight, she might think of him
+kindly, and, perhaps, in time, he would be able to prove that he was
+worthy of confidence.
+
+“I’ll come back when I’m a man, an’ then she’ll have to believe I
+didn’t mean to do anything so terrible bad when I passed the lead
+nickel,” he said to himself, in an effort to strengthen the resolution
+just made. “It would be mighty nice to live here, an’ what a good time
+Snip could have!”
+
+Then he tried to convince himself that his pet should be left behind;
+but the thought of going away from that charming home—which might
+have been his but for the carelessness in handling the counterfeit
+money—leaving behind the only friend he had known for many a long
+day, brought the tears to his eyes again.
+
+“I’ll have to take the poor little man with me, an’ it’ll come mighty
+rough on him!” he said with a sob. “I reckon he thinks this kind of
+fun, when he can chase butterflies an’ birds to his heart’s content,
+is goin’ to last, an’ he’ll be dreadfully disappointed after we leave;
+but I couldn’t get along without him!”
+
+Gladys interrupted his mournful train of thought, and perhaps it was
+well, for the boy was rapidly working himself into a most melancholy
+frame of mind.
+
+She and Snip came tearing into the barn as if there was no other aim
+in this life than enjoyment, and so startled the sorrowing Seth that
+he arose to his feet in something very nearly resembling alarm.
+
+“If you jump like that I shall begin to think you are as nervous as
+Aunt Hannah,” she cried with a merry laugh. “She insists that between
+Snip and me there will no longer be any peace for her, unless we sober
+down very suddenly; but do you know, Seth, that I’ve lived here with
+no other companion than the dear old woman so long, it seems as if
+some good fairy had sent this little fluff of white to make me happy.
+I had rather have him for a friend than all the children in the
+neighborhood, which isn’t saying very much, in view of the fact that
+the two Dean boys and Malvinia Stubbs are the only people of
+nearabout my age in this section of the country.”
+
+“I believe Snip thinks as much of you as you do of him,” Seth replied
+gloomily. “I never knew him to make friends with any one before; but
+perhaps that was because he saw only the fellers who liked to tease
+him. If I wasn’t mighty mean, he’d stay here all the time.”
+
+“Of course he’ll stay,” Gladys cried as she tossed the tiny dog in the
+air while he gave vent to an imitation growl. “Aunt Hannah and I have
+arranged it without so much as asking your permission. You two are to
+live here; Snip’s work is to enjoy himself with me, while you’re to
+make a garden, the like of which won’t be seen this side of New York.
+What do you think of settling down to being a farmer?”
+
+“I’d like it mighty well, but it can’t be done.” And Seth gazed out
+through the open door, not daring to meet Miss Gladys’ startled gaze.
+
+“Wait till you’ve talked with Aunt Hannah,” she exclaimed after the
+first burst of surprise had passed. “We’ve fixed everything, an’
+you’ll find that there isn’t a word for you to say.”
+
+“I have talked with her,” Seth replied gloomily. “We’d both love to
+stay mighty well, but we can’t.”
+
+“I’d like to know why”; and now Gladys was on her feet, looking
+sternly at the sorrowful guest. “Neither you nor Snip have got a home,
+an’ here’s one with the best woman who ever lived—that much I know to
+a certainty.”
+
+“I believe you, but it can’t be done.” And the boy walked to the other
+side of the barn as if to end the conversation.
+
+Gladys looked after him for a moment in mingled surprise and
+petulance, and then, taking Snip in her arms, she walked straight into
+the house, leaving him seemingly more alone than ever.
+
+During the remainder of the forenoon neither Aunt Hannah, Gladys, nor
+Snip came out of the door, and then the little woman summoned him to
+dinner.
+
+Seth entered the house much as a miserable culprit might have done,
+and, after making a toilet at the kitchen sink, sat down at the table
+in obedience to Aunt Hannah’s instructions.
+
+This time he half expected she would pray, and was not mistaken. Not
+having been taken by surprise, he heard every word, and his cheeks
+crimsoned with mingled shame and pleasure as she asked her Heavenly
+Father to bless and guide the homeless stranger who had come to them,
+inclining his heart to the right path.
+
+Aunt Hannah did not use many words in asking the blessing; but to Seth
+each one was full of a meaning which could not be mistaken, and he
+knew she was pleading that he might be willing to confess his sins.
+
+Perhaps if the good woman had asked at the conclusion of the prayer
+why he left New York, Seth would have told her everything; but no word
+was spoken on the subject, and by the time dinner had come to an end
+he was more firmly convinced than ever that she could not forgive him
+for having passed the counterfeit money.
+
+Nothing was said regarding his departure or the proposition that he
+should become a member of the household; but Gladys gave the outlines
+of a journey she proposed making with Snip that afternoon, and the
+heavy-hearted boy understood that it was not her purpose to return
+until nightfall.
+
+Then Aunt Hannah asked if he felt equal to the task of spading up a
+small piece of ground behind the barn, where she counted on making a
+garden, and he could do no less than agree to undertake the task.
+
+Therefore did it seem to him as if he was in duty bound to remain at
+the farm during the remainder of that day at least; but there was in
+his mind the fact that he must continue his aimless journey that very
+night, or be willing to give a detailed account of his wrongdoing.
+
+Immediately after the meal had been brought to a close Seth went out
+with the little woman to begin the work of making ready for a garden.
+
+When she had explained what was necessary to be done he labored at the
+task with feverish energy, for it seemed to him as if the task must be
+concluded before he would be at liberty to leave the farm, and go he
+must, because each moment was it becoming more nearly impossible to
+bring himself to confess why he and Snip were fugitives.
+
+Some of the neighbors called upon Aunt Hannah that afternoon,
+therefore she was forced to leave him alone after having described
+what must be done in order to make a garden of the unpromising looking
+land behind the barn; and he knew that Gladys and Snip would not
+return until time for supper, because the girl had plainly given him
+to understand as much during the conversation at the dinner-table.
+
+His hands were blistered, and his back ached because of the
+unaccustomed labor; but the work was completed to the best of his
+ability before sunset, and then Aunt Hannah found time to inspect the
+result of his toil.
+
+“I declare you have done as well as any man I could have hired, an’ a
+good deal better than some!” she exclaimed, and a flush of joy
+overspread Seth’s face as he arose with difficulty from the grass
+where he had thrown himself for a much-needed rest. “William Dean
+tried to do the same thing, but when he had finished the ground looked
+as if it had no more than been teased with a comb. You have turned it
+up till it is the same as ploughed, an’ we’ll have a famous garden,
+even though it is a bit late in the season.”
+
+“I’m glad you like it,” the boy replied. “Of course I could do such
+work quicker after I’d tried my hand at it two or three times.”
+
+“I didn’t expect you’d more than half finish it in one day, an’ now
+there’s nothing to be done but put in the seeds. We’ll see to that in
+the morning. I must go after White-Face now, or we shall have a late
+supper. Have you seen anything of Gladys?”
+
+“She hasn’t been here. Say, why can’t I get the cow?”
+
+“I suppose you might, for she’s gentle as a kitten; but you must be
+tired.”
+
+“I reckon it won’t hurt me to walk from here to the pasture.” And Seth
+started off at full speed, delighted with the opportunity to perform
+yet more work, for there was in his mind the thought that Aunt Hannah
+would think kindly of him after he was gone, if he showed himself
+willing to do whatsoever came in his way.
+
+It did not seem exactly safe to walk deliberately up to that enormous
+beast of a cow; but since Gladys had done so he advanced without any
+great show of fear, and was surprised at discovering that she
+willingly obeyed the pressure on her horns.
+
+He led her into the cleanly barn, threw some hay into the manger, and
+then fastened the chain around her neck, all the while wondering at
+his own bravery.
+
+“Is there anything more for me to do?” he asked, as Aunt Hannah came
+out of the house with the three-legged stool and the glistening tin
+pail.
+
+“You’ve earned a rest, my dear,” the little woman said cheerily. “Sit
+down on the front porch and enjoy the sensation which comes to every
+one who has done a good day’s work. We poor people can have what rich
+folks can’t, or don’t, which amounts to much the same thing.”
+
+Seth did not avail himself of this permission; but stood on the
+threshold of the “tie-up” watching the little woman force out the big
+streams of milk without apparent effort, until the desire to
+successfully perform the same task was strong upon him.
+
+“Don’t you think I could do that?” he asked timidly.
+
+“I dare say you might, my child; there isn’t much of a knack to it.”
+
+“Would you be willin’ to let me try?”
+
+“Of course you shall,” and Aunt Hannah got up quickly from the stool.
+“Be gentle, and you’ll have no trouble.”
+
+Seth failed at first; but after a few trials he was able to extract a
+thin stream of the foaming fluid, although White-Face did not appear
+well pleased with his experiments.
+
+Then Aunt Hannah took the matter in hand, and when she had finished
+Seth carried the pail for her, arriving at the kitchen just as Gladys
+and Snip entered, both seemingly weary with their afternoon’s frolic.
+
+Bread, baked that forenoon, and warm milk, made up the evening meal,
+and again Aunt Hannah prayed for the stranger, much to his secret
+satisfaction.
+
+While they were at the table the little woman said, in a low tone of
+authority, such as did not seem suited to her lips:
+
+“You are to stay here until morning, Seth, and then we will have
+another talk. I’m an old-fashioned old maid, an’ believe in early to
+bed an’ early to rise, therefore we don’t light lamp or candle in the
+summer-time, unless some of the neighbors loiter later than usual. You
+are to sleep in the room over the kitchen, my boy, and when we have
+finished supper I guess you’ll be glad to lie down, for spading up a
+piece of grass land isn’t easy work.”
+
+Understanding from these remarks that he was expected to retire
+without delay, Seth took Snip in his arms immediately the meal had
+come to a close, and said, as he stood waiting to be shown the way to
+his room:
+
+“You’ve been mighty good to us, Miss—Aunt Hannah, an’ I hope we’ll
+have a chance to pay you back some day.”
+
+“You’ve done that this afternoon,” Gladys cried laughingly. “Aunt
+Hannah has wanted that garden spot spaded ever since the snow went
+away, and the boys around here were too lazy to do it. All hands,
+including Snip, will have a share in the planting, and I wouldn’t be
+surprised if we beat our neighbors, even though it is late for such
+work.”
+
+Seth would have liked to take leave of these two who had been so kind
+to him, for he was still determined to leave the house secretly as
+soon as was possible; but he did not dare say all that was in his mind
+lest his purpose be betrayed, and followed Aunt Hannah as she led the
+way to the room above the kitchen.
+
+“You won’t forget to say your prayers,” she said, kissing him
+good-night, an act which brought the tears to his eyes; and Seth shook
+his head by way of promise, although never did he remember having done
+such a thing.
+
+After undressing, and when Snip had been provided with a comfortable
+bed in the cushioned rocking-chair, Seth attempted to do as he had
+promised, and found it an exceedingly difficult task. There was in his
+heart both thanksgiving and sorrow, but he could not give words to
+either, and after several vain efforts he said reverentially:
+
+“I hope Aunt Hannah will have just as snifty a time in this world as
+she deserves, for she’s a dandy, if there ever was one!”
+
+Then he crept between the lavender-scented sheets and gave himself up
+to the pleasure of gazing at his surroundings.
+
+Never before had he seen such a room, so comfort-inviting and cleanly!
+There were two regular pillows on the bed, and each of them enclosed
+in a snowy white case which was most pleasing to the cheek, while the
+fragrant sheets seemed much too fine to be slept on.
+
+Snip was quite as well satisfied with the surroundings as his master.
+The chair cushion was particularly soft, and he curled himself into a
+little ring with a sigh of content which told that if the question of
+leaving the Morse farm might be decided by him, he and his master
+would remain there all their lives.
+
+Weary, as Seth was, he found it exceedingly difficult to prevent his
+eyes from closing in slumber; yet sleep was a luxury he could not
+indulge in at that time, lest he should not awaken at an hour when he
+might leave the dwelling without arousing the other inmates.
+
+Perhaps it would have been wiser had he not undressed himself; but
+the temptation of getting into such a bed as Aunt Hannah had provided
+for his benefit was greater than he could withstand, therefore must he
+be exceedingly careful not to venture even upon the border of
+dreamland.
+
+It is needless to make any attempt at trying to describe Seth’s
+condition of mind, for it may readily be understood that his grief was
+great. More than once did he say to himself it would be better to tell
+Aunt Hannah all; but each time he understood, or believed he did, that
+by such a course he should not only be cutting himself off from all
+possibility of remaining longer at the farm, but would be forfeiting
+her friendship.
+
+To his mind he would be forced to leave the farm if he told the story,
+and he could not remain without doing so; therefore it seemed wisest
+to run away, thus avoiding a most painful scene.
+
+Then came the time when his eyelids rebelled against remaining open;
+and in order to save himself from falling asleep it seemed necessary
+to get out of bed.
+
+Crouching by the window, after having dressed himself, he gazed out
+over the broad fields that were bathed by the moonlight, and pictured
+to himself the pleasure of viewing them night after night with the
+knowledge that they formed a portion of his home. And then, such a
+revery being almost painful, he nerved himself for what was to be done
+by taking Snip in his arms. The dog was sleeping soundly, and Seth
+whispered in a voice which was far from being steady:
+
+“It’s too bad, old man; but we can’t help ourselves. You’ll be sorry
+not to see Gladys when you wake; but you won’t feel half so bad as I
+shall, ’cause I know what a slim chance there is of our ever strikin’
+another place like this.”
+
+Then he opened the door softly, still holding Snip in his arms.
+
+Not a sound could be heard; he crept to the head of the stairs and
+listened intently.
+
+It was as if he and Snip were the only occupants of the house. Seth
+had no very clear idea as to how long he had been in the chamber; but
+it seemed as if at least two hours had passed since Aunt Hannah bade
+him good-night, and there was no reason why he should not begin the
+flight at once.
+
+With his hand on Snip’s head as a means of preventing the dog from
+growling in case any unusual sound was heard, Seth began the descent
+of the stairs, creeping from one to the other with the utmost
+caution, while the boards creaked and groaned under his weight until
+it seemed certain both Aunt Hannah and Gladys must be aroused.
+
+In trying to move yet more cautiously he staggered against the
+stair-rail, squeezing Snip until the little fellow yelped sharply; and
+Seth stood breathlessly awaiting some token that the mistress of the
+house had been alarmed.
+
+He was surprised because of hearing nothing; it appeared strange that
+any one could sleep while he was making such a noise, and yet the
+silence was as profound as before he began to descend.
+
+Never had he believed a flight of stairs could be so long, and when it
+seemed as if he should be at the bottom, he had hardly gotten more
+than half-way down.
+
+The descent came to an end, however, as must all things in this world,
+and he groped his way toward the kitchen door, not so much as daring
+to breathe.
+
+Once he fancied it was possible to distinguish a slight, rustling
+sound; but when he stopped all was silent as before, therefore the
+fugitive went on until his hand was on the kitchen door.
+
+The key was turned noiselessly in the lock; he raised the latch, and
+the door swung open with never a creak.
+
+The moonlight flooded that portion of the kitchen where he stood
+irresolute, as if even now believing it might be better to confess why
+he had been forced to come away from New York; and as he turned his
+head ever so slightly to listen, a sudden fear came upon him.
+
+He saw, not more than half a dozen paces distant, a human form
+advancing. A cry of fear burst from his lips, and he would have leaped
+out of the open door but that a gentle pressure on his shoulder
+restrained him.
+
+“Where are you going, my child?” a kindly voice asked; and he knew
+that what he had mistaken for an apparition was none other than Aunt
+Hannah.
+
+Seth could not speak; his mouth had suddenly become parched, and his
+knees trembled beneath him. He had been discovered while seemingly
+prowling around the house like a thief, and on the instant he realized
+in what way his actions might be misconstrued.
+
+“Where are you going, Seth dear?”
+
+“I wasn’t—I had to run away, Aunt Hannah, an’ that’s the truth of
+it!” he cried passionately, suddenly recovering the use of his tongue.
+
+“Why didn’t you tell me at supper-time?”
+
+“I was afraid you and Gladys would try to stop me, an’ perhaps I
+couldn’t stick to what I’d agreed on.”
+
+“Do you really want to leave us, Seth?”
+
+“Indeed I don’t, Aunt Hannah! I’d give anything in this world if I
+could stay, for this is the very nicest place I ever was in. Oh,
+indeed, I don’t want to go away!”
+
+“Then why not stay?”
+
+“I can’t! I can’t, ’cause I’d have to tell——”
+
+Seth did not finish the sentence, but buried his face in Snip’s silky
+hair.
+
+“Is it because you can’t tell me why you left the city?” And the
+little woman laid her hand on the boy’s shoulder with a motion not
+unlike a caress.
+
+Seth nodded, but did not trust himself to speak.
+
+“Then go right back to bed. You shall stay here, my dear, until the
+time comes when you can confide in me, and meanwhile I will not
+believe you have been guilty of any wickedness.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+AN ACCIDENT.
+
+
+FILLED with shame and confusion, Seth made no resistance when Aunt
+Hannah ordered him back to bed; but obeyed silently, moving stealthily
+as when he began the flight. He was trembling as with a sudden chill
+when he undressed and laid himself down, while Snip lost no time in
+curling his tiny body into a good imitation of a ball, wondering,
+perhaps, why he had thus been needlessly disturbed in his “beauty
+sleep.”
+
+Seth was no longer capable of speculating upon the problem in which he
+had been involved through a lead nickel and an advertisement in the
+newspapers. He could only realize that Aunt Hannah had good reason to
+believe him a thief, or worse, otherwise she would not have been
+waiting to discover if he attempted to prowl around the house while
+she was supposed to be asleep, and his cheeks burned with shame at the
+thought.
+
+He wished that the night might never come to an end, and then he
+would not be forced to meet her face to face, as he must when the sun
+rose.
+
+“Of course she’ll tell Gladys where she found me, an’ both of ’em will
+believe I’m the worst feller that ever lived!” he whispered to
+himself; and then tears, bitter and scalding, flowed down his cheeks,
+moistening the spotless linen, but bringing some slight degree of
+comfort, because sleep quickly followed in their train.
+
+Seth was awakened next morning by Aunt Hannah’s voice, as she called
+gently:
+
+“It’s time to get up, my dear. The sun is out looking for boys an’
+dogs, an’ you mustn’t disappoint him.”
+
+Snip ran eagerly down the stairs as if to greet some one for whom he
+had a great affection, and Seth heard the little woman say to him:
+
+“I really believe Gladys was in the right when she said I would come
+to like you almost as much as if you were a cat. Do you want a saucer
+of milk?”
+
+“She won’t talk so pleasantly when I get there,” Seth said to himself.
+“I’d rather take a sound flogging than have her look at me as if I was
+a thief!”
+
+The lad soon came to know Aunt Hannah better than to accuse her of
+being cruel even in the slightest degree.
+
+When he entered the kitchen she greeted him with a kindly smile, and
+said, much as if the events of the previous night were no more than a
+disagreeable dream:
+
+“You see I’m beginning to depend on you already, Seth. Gladys isn’t up
+yet, and I’ve left White-Face in the barn thinkin’ you’d take her to
+the pasture. The grass is wet with dew, an’ I’m gettin’ so old that I
+don’t dare take the chances of wetting my feet.”
+
+Seth did not wait to make his toilet, but ran swiftly to the barn,
+rejoicing because of the opportunity to perform some task.
+
+When the cow had been cared for he loitered around outside, picking up
+a stick here and a stone there as if it was of the highest importance
+that the lawn in front of the house be freed from litter of every kind
+before breakfast.
+
+His one desire was to avoid coming face to face with Aunt Hannah until
+it should be absolutely necessary, and while he was thus inventing
+work Gladys came out in search of Snip.
+
+Seth understood at once that the girl was yet ignorant of his attempt
+to run away, and his heart swelled with gratitude toward the little
+woman who had thus far kept secret what he would have been ashamed to
+tell.
+
+Just then Snip was of far more importance in the eyes of Aunt Hannah’s
+niece than was his master, and after a hasty “good-morning” she ran
+away with the dog at her heels for the accustomed exercise before
+breakfast.
+
+“Come in an’ wash your face, my dear. Breakfast will be cooked by the
+time you are ready to eat it, and such work as you are doing may as
+well be left until a more convenient season.”
+
+Seth felt forced to obey this summons promptly; but he did not dare
+meet the little woman’s glance. Had he observed her closely, however,
+it would have been seen that she studiously avoided looking toward
+him. Aunt Hannah was averse to causing pain, even to the brutes which
+came in her way, and at this particular time she understood very much
+of what was in the boy’s mind.
+
+Seth feared lest in the “prayer before breakfast” some reference might
+be made to what he had attempted to do during the night; but his fears
+were groundless. The little woman asked that her Father’s blessing
+might fall upon the homeless; but the words were spoken in the same
+fervent, kindly tone as on the evening previous, and again the boy
+thanked her in his heart.
+
+When the morning meal had come to an end Gladys was eager Seth should
+join her and Snip on an excursion through the grove where squirrels
+were said to be “thick as peas,” and under almost any other
+circumstances the guest would have been delighted to accept the
+invitation; but now he insisted that there was very much work to be
+done before nightfall, which would force him to remain near the house.
+
+“We’ve only to plant the garden,” Aunt Hannah interrupted, “an’ then
+there’s no reason why you shouldn’t enjoy a stroll among the trees.”
+
+Seth remained silent, but determined to do all in his power to atone
+for what seemed to him very nearly a crime, and Gladys decided that
+she must also take part in the sowing of the seeds.
+
+Until noon the three, with Snip as a most interested spectator, worked
+industriously, and then, as Aunt Hannah said, “there was nothing to be
+done save wait patiently until the sun and the rain had performed
+their portion of the task.”
+
+Seth did not join Gladys and Snip in their afternoon romp, but
+continued at his self-imposed tasks until night had come, doing quite
+as much work with his mind as his hands. Twenty times over he resolved
+to tell the little woman exactly why he was forced to run away from
+New York, and as often decided he could not confess himself such a
+criminal as it seemed certain, because of the advertisement, he really
+was.
+
+“I couldn’t stand it to have her look at me after she knew
+everything,” he repeated again and again.
+
+There was no idea in his mind as to how the matter might end, save
+when now and then he had the faintest of faint hopes that perhaps she
+might forget, or learn the truth from some one other than himself.
+
+During three days he struggled between what he knew to be duty and his
+own inclination, and in all that time the little woman never showed by
+word or look that there was any disagreeable secret between them.
+
+Seth tried to ease his conscience by working most industriously during
+every moment of daylight, and then came the time when it was
+absolutely impossible to find anything more for his hands to do. He
+had swept the barn floor until it was as clean as a broom could make
+it; the wood in the shed had been piled methodically; a goodly supply
+of kindlings were prepared, and not so much as a pebble was to be seen
+on the velvety lawn.
+
+Gladys had tried in vain to entice him away from what she declared was
+useless labor, and Snip did all within the power of a dog to coax his
+master into joining him in the jolly strolls among the trees or across
+the green fields, and yet Seth remained nearabout the little house in
+a feverish search for something with which to employ his hands.
+
+“It’s no use, Snippey dear,” he said on the fourth night of his stay
+at the farm, after the family had retired, “I can’t stay an’ not tell
+Aunt Hannah, an’ it’s certain we won’t be allowed to stop more’n a
+minute after she knows the truth. If I could talk to her in the dark,
+when I couldn’t see her face, it wouldn’t seem quite so bad; but we go
+to bed so early there’s no chance for that. We must have it out mighty
+soon, for I can’t hang ’round here many hours longer without tellin’
+all about ourselves.”
+
+He was not ready for bed, although an hour had passed since he bade
+Aunt Hannah and Gladys good-night.
+
+The moon had gilded the rail fence, the shed, and the barn until they
+were transformed into fairy handiwork; the road gleamed like gold with
+an enamel of black marking the position of trees and bushes, and Seth
+had gazed upon the wondrous picture without really being aware of
+time’s flight.
+
+Having repeated to Snip that which was in his mind, the boy was on the
+point of making himself ready for a visit from the dream elves when he
+heard, apparently from the room below, what sounded like a fall, a
+smothered exclamation, and the splintering of glass.
+
+Only for a single instant did he stand motionless, and then, realizing
+that some accident must have happened, he ran downstairs, Snip
+following close behind, barking shrilly.
+
+Once in the kitchen an exclamation of terror burst from his lips.
+
+The room was illumined by a line of fire, seemingly extending entirely
+across the floor, which was fringed by a dense smoke that rose nearly
+to the ceiling, and, beside the table, where she had evidently fallen,
+lay Aunt Hannah, struggling to smother with bare hands the yellow,
+dancing flames that had fastened upon her clothing.
+
+It needed not the fragments of glass and brass to tell Seth that the
+little woman had accidentally fallen, breaking the lamp she carried,
+and that the fire was fed by oil.
+
+Like a flash there came into his mind the memory of that night when
+Dud Wilson overturned a lamp on the floor of his news-stand, and he
+had heard it said then that the property might have been saved if the
+boys had smothered the flames with their coats, or any fabric of
+woollen, instead of trying to drown it out with water.
+
+He pulled off his coat in a twinkling, threw it over the prostrate
+woman, and added to the covering rag rugs from the floor, pressing
+them down firmly as he said, in a trembling voice, much as though
+speaking to a child:
+
+“Don’t get scared! We can’t put the fire out with water; but I’ll soon
+smother it.”
+
+“You needn’t bother about me, my child; but attend to the house! It
+would be dreadful if we should lose the dear old home!”
+
+“I’ll get the best of this business in a jiffy; but it won’t do to
+give you a chance of bein’ burned.”
+
+“There is no fire here now.” And Aunt Hannah threw back the rugs,
+despite Seth’s hold upon them, to show that the flames were really
+quenched. “For mercy’s sake, save the house! It’s the only home I ever
+knew, an’ my heart would be wellnigh broken if I lost it!”
+
+Before she had ceased speaking Seth was flinging rug after rug on the
+burning oil, for Aunt Hannah, like many another woman living in the
+country, had an ample supply of such floor coverings.
+
+Not until he had entirely covered that line of flame, and had danced
+to and fro over the rugs to stamp out the last spark of fire, did he
+venture to open the outside door, and it was high time, for the
+pungent smoke filled the kitchen until it was exceedingly difficult to
+breathe.
+
+The little woman remained upon the floor where Seth had first found
+her, and it was only after the night breeze was blowing through the
+room, carrying off the stifling vapor, that the boy had time to wonder
+why she made no effort to rise.
+
+“Are you hurt?” he cried anxiously, running to her side.
+
+“Never mind me until the fire is out.”
+
+“There is no more fire, an’ I’m bound to mind you! Are you hurt?”
+
+“It doesn’t seem possible, my dear, an’ yet I can’t use either ankle
+or wrist. Of course the bones are not broken; but old people like me
+don’t fall harmlessly as do children.”
+
+Seth was more alarmed now than when he saw the flames of the burning
+oil threatening the destruction of the building, and he dumbly
+wondered why Gladys did not make her appearance.
+
+The first excitement was over, and now he had time in which to be
+frightened.
+
+“What can I do? Oh, what can I do?” he cried, running to and fro, and
+then, hardly aware of his movements, he shouted loudly for Gladys.
+
+“Don’t waken her!” Aunt Hannah cried warningly. “If you can’t help me
+there is nothing she can do.”
+
+“Ain’t she in the house?” Seth asked nervously.
+
+He feared Aunt Hannah might die, and even though she was in no real
+danger, to stand idly by not knowing how to aid her was terrible.
+
+He failed to observe that Snip was no longer in the room; but just at
+that moment his shrill barking was heard in an adjoining apartment,
+and Seth knew the dog had gone to find his little playmate.
+
+“You mustn’t get frightened after the danger is all over, my dear,”
+Aunt Hannah said soothingly. “But for you the house would have been
+destroyed, and now we have nothing to fear.”
+
+“But you can’t get up!” Seth wailed.
+
+“That wouldn’t be a great misfortune compared with losing our home,
+even if I never got up again,” the little woman said quietly. “But I’m
+not going to lie here. Surely you can help me on to the couch.”
+
+“Tell me how to do it,” Seth cried eagerly, and at that moment Gladys
+appeared in the doorway.
+
+“Lean over so that I may put my arms around your neck,” Aunt Hannah
+said, giving no heed to the girl’s cry of alarm.
+
+“She fell an’ hurt herself,” Seth said hurriedly to Gladys, as he
+obeyed the little woman’s injunction. And then, as the latter put her
+uninjured arm over his neck, he tried to aid the movement by clasping
+her waist.
+
+“If you can help me just a little bit we’ll soon have her on the
+couch,” he cried to Gladys, who by this time was standing at his side.
+
+Aunt Hannah was a tiny woman, and the children, small though they
+were, did not find it an exceedingly difficult task to raise her
+bodily from the floor.
+
+Then Gladys lighted a lamp, and it was seen that, in addition to the
+injuries received by the fall, Aunt Hannah had been grievously burned.
+
+“Yes, I’m in some pain,” she said in reply to Seth’s anxious
+questioning; “but now that the house has been saved I have no right to
+complain. Get some flour, Gladys, and while you are putting it on the
+worst of the burns, perhaps Seth will run over to Mrs. Dean an’ ask if
+she can come here a few minutes.”
+
+“Where does Mis’ Dean live?” the lad asked hurriedly, starting toward
+the door; and he was already outside when Gladys replied:
+
+“It’s the first house past the grove where Snip and I went this
+afternoon!”
+
+Seth gave no heed to his lameness as he ran at full speed down the
+road; the thought that now was the time when he might in some slight
+degree repay Aunt Hannah for having given shelter to him and Snip,
+lending speed to his feet.
+
+The Dean family had not yet retired when he arrived at the farmhouse,
+and, stopping only sufficiently long to tell in fewest possible words
+of what had happened, Seth ran back to help Gladys care for the
+invalid, for he was feverishly eager to have some part in the nursing.
+
+Aunt Hannah was on the couch with her wounds partially bandaged when
+the boy returned, and although her suffering must have been severe,
+that placid face was as serene as when he bade her good-night.
+
+“Mis’ Dean is comin’ right away. What can I do?”
+
+“Nothing more, my dear,” the little woman replied quietly. “You have
+been of such great service to me this night that I can never repay
+you.”
+
+“Please don’t say that, Aunt Hannah,” Seth cried, his face flushing
+with shame as he remembered the past. “If I could only do somethin’
+real big, then perhaps you wouldn’t think I was so awful bad.”
+
+“I believe you to be a good boy, Seth, and shall until you tell me to
+the contrary. Even then,” she added with a smile, “I fancy it will be
+possible to find a reasonable excuse.”
+
+The arrival of Mrs. Dean put an end to any further conversation, and
+Seth was called upon to aid in carrying Aunt Hannah to the foreroom,
+in which was the best bed, although the little woman protested
+against anything of the kind.
+
+“I am as well off in my own bed, Sarah Dean. Don’t treat me as if I
+was a child who didn’t know what was best.”
+
+“You are goin’ into the foreroom, Hannah Morse, an’ that’s all there
+is about it. That bed hasn’t been used since the year your brother
+Benjamin was at home, an’ I’ve always said that if anything happened
+to you, an’ I had charge of affairs, you should get some comfort out
+of the feathers you earned pickin’ berries. We’ll take her into the
+foreroom, boy, for it’s the most cheerful, an’ she deserves the best
+that’s goin’.”
+
+“You can bet she does!” Seth exclaimed with great emphasis; and then
+he gave all his attention to obeying the many commands which issued
+from Mrs. Dean’s mouth.
+
+When the little woman had been disposed of according to her neighbor’s
+ideas of comfort, Seth was directed to build a fire in the kitchen
+stove; Gladys received instructions to bring all the old linen to be
+found; and Snip was ordered into the shed.
+
+Aunt Hannah protested vehemently against this last order, with the
+result that the dog was banished to Gladys’ chamber, and then Mrs.
+Dean proceeded to attend to the invalid without giving her a voice in
+any matter, however nearly it might concern herself.
+
+Seth took up his station in the kitchen when other neighbors arrived,
+summoned most likely by Mr. Dean, and here Gladys joined him after
+what had seemed to the boy a very long time.
+
+“How is she?” he asked when the girl came softly into the room as if
+thinking he might be asleep.
+
+“Her hands and arms are burned very badly. Why, Seth, there are
+blisters as big as my hand, and Mrs. Dean says she suffers terribly;
+but the dear old woman hasn’t made the least little complaint.”
+
+“That’s ’cause she’s so good. If I was like her I needn’t bother my
+head ’bout what was goin’ to happen after I died. It would be a funny
+kind of an angel who wasn’t glad to see Aunt Hannah!”
+
+“She’d have burned to death but for you.”
+
+“That ain’t so, Gladys. I didn’t do very much, ’cept throw the rugs
+an’ my coat over her.”
+
+“She’s just been telling Mrs. Dean that you saved her life, and the
+house.”
+
+“Did she really?” Seth cried excitedly. “Did she say it in them very
+same words?”
+
+“Aunt Hannah made it sound a good deal better than I can. She said God
+sent you to this house to help her in the time of trouble, an’ she’s
+goin’ to see that you always have a home here.”
+
+“Wasn’t she kind’er out of her head?” Seth asked quickly. “I’ve heard
+Mother Hyde say that folks got crazy-like when they ached pretty bad.”
+
+“Aunt Hannah knew every word she was saying, and it’s true that she
+might have burned to death if you hadn’t been in the house, for I
+never heard a thing till Snippey came into my room barking.”
+
+“I hope I did do as much; but it don’t seem jest true.”
+
+“Don’t you think the house would have burned if some one hadn’t put
+out the fire very quickly?”
+
+“Perhaps so, ’cause the flames jumped up mighty high.”
+
+“And since she couldn’t move, wouldn’t she have been burned to death?”
+
+“I hope so.”
+
+“Why, Seth Barrows, how wicked you are!”
+
+“No, no, Gladys, I didn’t mean I hoped she’d have burned to death; but
+I hoped I really an’ truly saved her life, ’cause then she won’t jump
+down on me so hard when I tell her.”
+
+“Tell her what?”
+
+“Why Snip an’ I had to run away from New York.”
+
+“Is it something you’re ashamed of?” Gladys asked quickly and in
+surprise.
+
+Seth nodded, while the flush of shame crept up into his cheeks.
+
+Gladys gazed at him earnestly while one might have counted ten, and
+then said, speaking slowly and distinctly:
+
+“I don’t believe it. Aunt Hannah says you’re the best boy she ever
+saw; an’ she knows.”
+
+“Did Aunt Hannah tell you that, or are you tryin’ to stuff me?” And
+Seth rose to his feet excitedly.
+
+“I hope you don’t think I’d tell a lie?”
+
+“Of course I don’t, Gladys; but if you only knew how much it means to
+me—Aunt Hannah’s sayin’ what you claim she did—there wouldn’t be any
+wonder I had hard work to believe it.”
+
+“She said to me those very same words——”
+
+“What ones?”
+
+“That you was the best boy she ever saw, an’ it was only yesterday
+afternoon, when you were splitting kindling wood, that she said it.”
+
+Then, suddenly, to Gladys’ intense surprise, Seth dropped his head on
+his arm and burst into a flood of tears.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SUNSHINE.
+
+
+MRS. DEAN had taken entire charge of the invalid and the house, and so
+many of the neighbors insisted on aiding her that Gladys and Seth were
+pushed aside as if they had been strangers.
+
+At midnight, when one of the volunteer nurses announced that Aunt
+Hannah was resting as comfortably as could be expected under the
+circumstances, Gladys, in obedience to Mrs. Dean’s peremptory command,
+went to bed; but Seth positively refused to leave the kitchen.
+
+“Somethin’ that I could do might turn up, an’ I count on bein’ ready
+for it,” he said when the neighbor urged him to lie down. “Snip an’
+I’ll stay here; an’ if we get sleepy, what’s to hinder our takin’ a
+nap on the couch?”
+
+So eager was the boy for an opportunity to serve Aunt Hannah that he
+resolutely kept his eyes open during the remainder of the night lest
+the volunteer nurses should fail to waken him if his services were
+needed; and to accomplish this he made frequent excursions out of
+doors, where the wind swept the “sand” from his eyes.
+
+With the first light of dawn he set about effacing so far as might be
+possible all traces of fire from the kitchen, and was washing the
+floor when Mrs. Dean came out from the foreroom.
+
+“Well, I do declare!” she exclaimed in surprise. “Hannah Morse said
+you was a handy boy ’round the house, but this is a little more’n I
+expected. I wish my William could take a few lessons from you.”
+
+“I didn’t count on gettin’ the floor very clean,” Seth replied
+modestly, but secretly delighted with the unequivocal praise. “If the
+oil and smut is taken off it’ll be easier to put things into shape.”
+
+“You’re doin’ wonderfully, my boy, an’ when I tell Hannah Morse,
+she’ll be pleased, ’cause a speck of dirt anywhere about the house
+does fret her mortally bad.”
+
+Seth did not venture to look up lest Mrs. Dean should see the joy in
+his eyes, for to his mind the good woman could do him no greater
+service than give the invalid an account of his desire to be useful in
+the household.
+
+“Is Aunt Hannah burned very much?” he asked, as the nurse set about
+making herself a cup of tea.
+
+“I allow it’ll be a full month before she gets around again. At first
+I was afraid she’d broken some bones; but Mrs. Stubbs declares it’s
+only a bad sprain. It seems that she had a headache, an’ came for the
+camphor bottle, when she slipped an’ fell against the table. The
+wonder to me is that this house wasn’t burned to the ground.”
+
+Then Mrs. Dean questioned Seth as to himself, and his reasons for
+coming into the country in search of work; but the boy did not
+consider it necessary to give any more information than pleased him,
+although the good woman was most searching in her inquiries.
+
+Then Gladys entered the kitchen, and the two children made
+preparations for breakfast, after Seth had brought to an end his
+self-imposed task of washing the floor.
+
+Mr. Dean came over to milk White-Face, and Seth insisted that he be
+allowed to try his hand at the work, claiming that if Aunt Hannah was
+to be a helpless invalid during a full month, as Mrs. Dean had
+predicted, it was absolutely necessary he be able to care for the
+cow.
+
+The old adage that “a willing pupil is an apt one” was verified in
+this case, for the lad succeeded so well in his efforts that Mr. Dean
+declared it would not be necessary for him to come to the Morse farm
+again, so far as caring for the cow was concerned.
+
+Very proud was Seth when he brought the pail of foaming milk into the
+kitchen with the announcement that he had done nearly all the work,
+and Gladys ran to tell Aunt Hannah what she considered exceedingly
+good news.
+
+During the next two days either Mrs. Dean or Mrs. Stubbs ruled over
+the Morse household by virtue of their supposed rights as nurses, and
+in all this time Seth had not been allowed to see the invalid.
+
+Gladys visited the foreroom from time to time, reporting that Aunt
+Hannah was “doing as well as could be expected,” and Seth had reason
+to believe the little woman’s suffering would now abate unless some
+unexpected change in her condition prevented.
+
+The neighbors sent newspapers and books for Gladys to read to her aunt
+during such moments as she was able to listen, and while the girl was
+thus employed Seth busied himself in the kitchen, taking great pride
+in keeping every article neat and cleanly, as Aunt Hannah herself
+would have done.
+
+Then came the hour which the boy had been looking forward to with
+mingled hope and fear. He had fully decided to tell all his story to
+the little woman who had been so kind to him, and was resolved that
+the unpleasant task should be accomplished at the earliest
+opportunity.
+
+It was nearly noon; the good neighbors were at their own homes for a
+brief visit, and Gladys came from the foreroom, where she had been
+reading the daily paper aloud, saying to Seth:
+
+“Aunt Hannah thinks I ought to run out of doors a little while because
+I have stayed in the house so long. There isn’t the least bit of need;
+but I must go, else she’ll worry herself sick. She says you can sit
+with her, an’ I’ll take Snippey with me, for he’s needing fresh air
+more than I am.”
+
+Just for a moment Seth hesitated; the time had come when he must, if
+ever, carry his good resolutions into effect, and there was little
+doubt in his mind but that Aunt Hannah would insist upon his leaving
+the farm without delay once she knew all his wickedness.
+
+Gladys did not give him very much time for reflection. With Snip at
+her heels she hurried down the road, and Seth knew he must not leave
+the invalid alone many moments.
+
+Aunt Hannah’s eyes were open when he entered the foreroom, and but for
+that fact he might almost have believed she was dead, so pale was her
+face. The bandaged hands were outside the coverings, and Seth had been
+told that she could not move them unaided, except at the cost of most
+severe pain.
+
+“I knew you would be forced to come when Gladys went out, and that was
+why I sent her. We two—you an’ I—need to have a quiet chat together,
+and there is little opportunity unless we are alone in the house.”
+
+Seth’s face was flushed crimson; he believed Aunt Hannah had come to
+the conclusion that he must not be allowed to remain at the farm any
+longer unless he confessed why it had been necessary to leave New
+York, and his one desire was to speak before she should be able to
+make a demand.
+
+“I ought’er——”
+
+He stammered and stopped, unable to begin exactly as he desired, and
+the little woman said quietly, but in a tone which told that the
+words came from her heart:
+
+“You have saved the old home, an’ my life as well, Seth. Even if I had
+hesitated at making you one of the family, I could not do so now,
+after owing you so much.”
+
+“Don’t talk like that, Aunt Hannah! Don’t tell ’bout what you owe me!”
+Seth cried tearfully. “It’s the other way, an’ Snip an’ I are mighty
+lucky, if for no other reason than that we’ve seen you. Wait a
+minute,” he pleaded as the invalid was about to speak. “Ever since you
+got hurt I’ve wanted to tell everything you asked the other day, an’ I
+promised Snip an’ myself that I’d do it the very first chance. If
+it——”
+
+“There is no need of your tellin’ me, my child, unless you really
+think it necessary. I have no doubts as to your honesty, and truly
+hope that your wanderings are over.”
+
+“We shall have to go; but I’m bound to tell the truth now, ’cause I
+know you think I was tryin’ to steal somethin’ when we were only goin’
+to run away so’s you wouldn’t know what I’ve done.”
+
+“My dear boy,” and Aunt Hannah vainly tried to raise her head, “I
+never thought for a single minute that you came downstairs for any
+other purpose than to leave the house secretly.”
+
+“An’ that’s jest the truth. Now don’t say a word till I’ve told you
+all about it, an’ please not look at me.”
+
+Then, speaking hurriedly lest she should interrupt him in what was an
+exceedingly difficult task, Seth told of the advertisement, of the
+counterfeit money he had unwittingly passed, and of his flight, aided
+by Teddy and Tim.
+
+“I didn’t mean to do it,” he concluded, amid his sobs; “but I reckon
+I’d tried to get rid of it some time, ’cause I couldn’t afford to lose
+so much money. Of course they’ll put me in jail, if the detectives
+catch me, an’ if I should be locked up for ever so many years, won’t
+you let Gladys take care of poor little Snippey?”
+
+“Come here an’ kiss me, Seth,” Aunt Hannah said softly. “I wish I
+could put my hand on your head! And you’ve been frightened out of your
+wits because of that counterfeit nickel?” she added when he had
+obeyed. “You poor little child! If you had told me, your troubles
+would soon have come to an end; but you must understand that in this
+world the only honest course is to atone for your faults, rather than
+run away from them. The good Book says that ‘your sins shall find you
+out,’ and it is true, my dear, as true as is every word that has come
+to us from God. But I’m not allowin’ that you have committed any
+grievous sin in this matter. Do you know, Gladys read your story in
+the paper before I sent her for a walk, and that is why I wanted to be
+alone with you.”
+
+Seth looked up in surprise which was almost bewilderment, and Aunt
+Hannah continued with a bright smile that was like unto the sunshine
+after a shower:
+
+“Take up the newspaper lying on the table. I told Gladys to fold it so
+you might find the article I wanted you to read.”
+
+Seth did as she directed, but without glancing at the printed sheet.
+
+“Can you read, dear?”
+
+“Not very well, ’cause I have to spell out the big words.”
+
+“Hold it before my eyes while I make the attempt. There isn’t very
+much of a story; but it will mean a great deal to you, I hope.”
+
+Seth was wholly at a loss to understand the little woman’s meaning;
+but he did as she directed, and listened without any great show of
+enthusiasm to the following:
+
+    Messrs. Symonds & Symonds, the well-known attorneys of Pine
+    Street, are willing to confess that they are not well informed
+    regarding the character of the average newsboy of this city, and
+    by such ignorance have defeated their own ends. Several days ago
+    the gentlemen were notified by a professional brother in San
+    Francisco that a client of his, lately deceased, had bequeathed to
+    one Seth Barrows the sum of five thousand dollars. All the
+    information that could be given concerning the heir was that he
+    had been living with a certain family in Jersey City, and was now
+    believed to be selling newspapers in this city. His age was stated
+    as about eleven years, and he owed his good fortune to the fact
+    that the dead man was his uncle.
+
+    “It is not a simple matter to find any particular street merchant
+    in New York City; but Messrs. Symonds & Symonds began their search
+    by advertising in the newspapers for the lad. As has been since
+    learned, the friends of the young heir saw the notice which had
+    been inserted by the attorneys, and straightway believed the lad
+    was wanted because of some crime committed. The boy himself must
+    have had a guilty conscience, for he fled without delay, carrying
+    with him into exile a small white terrier, his only worldly
+    possession. The moral of this incident is, that when you want to
+    find a boy of the streets, be careful to state exactly why you
+    desire to see him, otherwise the game may give you the slip rather
+    than take chances of being brought face to face with the officers
+    of the law.”
+
+It was not until Aunt Hannah had concluded that Seth appeared to
+understand he was the boy referred to, and then he asked excitedly:
+
+“Do you suppose the Seth Barrows told about there can be me?”
+
+“Of course, my dear. Isn’t this your story just as you have repeated
+it to me?”
+
+“But there isn’t anybody who’d leave me so much money as that, Aunt
+Hannah! There’s a big mistake somewhere.”
+
+“Do you remember of ever hearing that you had an uncle in California?”
+
+“Indeed I don’t. I thought Snip was all the relation I had in the
+world.”
+
+“Why did the man in Jersey City allow you to live with him?”
+
+“I don’t know. I had pretty good clothes then, an’ didn’t have to
+work, ’cause I was too small.”
+
+“Well,” the little woman said with a sigh, as if the exertion of
+talking had wearied her, “I don’t pretend to be able to straighten out
+the snarl; but I’m certain you are the boy spoken of in the newspaper
+story, for it isn’t reasonable to suppose that two lads of the same
+age have lately run away from New York because of an advertisement.
+The money must be yours, my dear, and instead of being a homeless
+wanderer, you’re quite a wealthy gentleman.”
+
+“I wouldn’t take the chances of goin’ to see about it,” Seth said
+thoughtfully, “’cause what we’ve read may be only a trap to catch me.”
+
+“Now, don’t be too suspicious, my dear. I’m not countin’ on your going
+into that wicked city just yet. I’ve sent for Nathan Dean, an’ you may
+be sure he’ll get at the bottom of the matter, for he’s a master hand
+at such work.”
+
+Then Mrs. Dean entered to take up her duties of nurse once more, and
+Seth went into the barn, where he could be alone to think over the
+strange turn which his affairs appeared to be taking.
+
+Gladys joined him half an hour later, and asked abruptly:
+
+“What did Aunt Hannah say to you?”
+
+“Why do you think she counted on talkin’ to me?”
+
+“Because I read that story in the newspaper. Then she wanted me to go
+out for a walk, and said I’d better ask Mr. Dean to come over this
+afternoon. I couldn’t help knowing it was about you; but didn’t say
+anything to her because Mrs. Dean thinks she oughtn’t to be excited.
+Did you tell her why you and Snippey ran away?”
+
+“Of course I did, an’ was countin’ on doin’ that same thing the first
+chance I had to speak with her alone, though I made sure she’d send me
+away.”
+
+Then Seth repeated that which he had told Aunt Hannah, and while he
+was thus engaged Mr. Dean entered the house.
+
+During the two days which followed, Gladys and Seth held long
+conversations regarding the possible good fortune which might come to
+the latter; but nothing definite was known until the hour when Aunt
+Hannah was allowed to sit in an easy-chair for the first time since
+the accident.
+
+Then it was that Mr. Dean returned from New York, and came to make his
+report.
+
+There was no longer any question but that it was really Seth’s uncle
+who had lately died in San Francisco, or that he had bequeathed the
+sum of five thousand dollars to his nephew.
+
+It appeared, according to Mr. Dean’s story, as learned from Messrs.
+Symonds & Symonds, that Daniel Barrows had cared for his brother’s
+child to the extent of paying Richard Genet of Jersey City a certain
+sum of money each year to provide for and clothe the lad. Mr. Genet
+having died suddenly, and without leaving anything to show whom Seth
+had claims upon, the boy was left to his own devices, while his uncle,
+because of carelessness or indifference, made no effort to learn what
+might have become of the child.
+
+There were certain formalities of law to be complied with before the
+inheritance would be paid, among which was the naming of a guardian
+for the heir.
+
+Aunt Hannah declared that it was her duty as well as pleasure to make
+the lame boy one of her family, and to such end Mr. Dean had several
+conferences with Symonds & Symonds, after which the little woman was
+duly appointed guardian of the heir.
+
+There is little more that can be told regarding those who now live on
+the Morse farm, for the very good reason that all which has been
+related took place only a few months ago; but at some time in the
+future, if the readers so please, it shall be the duty of the author
+to set down what befell Aunt Hannah, Seth, Gladys, and Snip after the
+inheritance was paid.
+
+That they were a very happy family goes without saying, for who could
+be discontented or fretful in Aunt Hannah’s home? And in the days to
+come, when Father Time lays his hand heavily upon the little woman,
+Seth knows that then, if not before, he can repay her in some degree
+for the kindness shown when he and Snip were fugitives, fleeing from
+nothing worse than a newspaper advertisement.
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31265-0.txt or 31265-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+    https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/2/6/31265/
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
+Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+  you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
+Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that:
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by email) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you—‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
+
+The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/31265-0.zip b/31265-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aad9cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-0.zip
diff --git a/31265-h.zip b/31265-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3854a0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h.zip
diff --git a/31265-h/31265-h.htm b/31265-h/31265-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a06d8cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/31265-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3232 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta charset="UTF-8" />
+    <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis</title>
+    <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover" />
+<style> /* <![CDATA[ */
+
+
+body {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;}
+
+p {margin-top: 0.75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 0.75em; text-indent: 2em;}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; clear: both;} /* all headings centered */
+
+hr.tiny {width: 20%; border-color: #C0C0C0; border-style: solid;
+margin: 2em auto 3em auto; clear: both;}
+
+hr.full {width: 100%; margin: 5em auto 5em auto; height: 4px; border-width: 4px 0 0 0; border-style: solid;
+border-color: #000000; clear: both;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.blockquote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+img {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+/* images */
+.figcenter {margin: 5em auto 1em auto; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
+
+.caption {text-align: center; font-size:  100%; color: #808080;}
+
+/* page numbers */
+.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 5%; font-size: 90%; font-weight: normal;
+font-style: normal; text-align: right; color: #808080; background-color: inherit;
+text-indent: 0;}
+
+/* table of contents */
+.block { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: 400px;}
+table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;}
+.tda {text-align: right; padding-right: 2em; vertical-align: top;
+padding-bottom: 1em;}
+.tdb {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-bottom: 1em;}
+.tdc {text-align: right; vertical-align: top; padding-bottom: 1em;}
+
+a {text-decoration: none;}
+a:hover {text-decoration: underline;}
+.link {font-size: small; text-align: center; margin-top: 0em; font-weight: 400;}
+-->
+
+
+h1 {visibility: hidden;}
+.ph1, .ph3 { text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; }
+.ph1 { font-size: xx-large; margin: .67em auto; }
+.ph3 { font-size: large; margin: .83em auto; }
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2,h3 {page-break-before: avoid;}
+    /* ]]> */ </style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Aunt Hannah and Seth</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: James Otis</div>
+<div style='display:block;margin:1em 0'>Release Date: February 13, 2010 [eBook #31265]<br />
+[Most recently updated: March 8, 2022]</div>
+<div style='display:block;margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block;margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive)
+<br />Revised by Richard Tonsing.</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em;margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***</div>
+
+
+
+<h1>AUNT HANNAH AND SETH</h1>
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" title="" width="300" height="555" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-cover.jpg">View larger image</a></span></div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/frontis.jpg" alt="" title="" width="300" height="462" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-frontis.jpg">View larger image</a></span></div>
+<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">‘Hi, Limpy!’ a Shrill Voice Cried.”</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/title.png" alt="" title="" width="300" height="457" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-title.png">View larger image</a></span></div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p class="center">Copyright, 1900, by<br />
+
+THOMAS Y. CROWELL &amp; CO.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2>CONTENTS.</h2></div>
+
+<table class="block">
+    <colgroup span="3">
+    </colgroup>
+  <tbody>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda"><span class="smcap">CHAPTER</span></td>
+      <td class="tdb"></td>
+      <td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">PAGE</span></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">I.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">An Advertisement</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch1">1</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">II.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">The Country</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch2">20</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+        <td class="tda">III.</td>
+        <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">Aunt Hannah</span>,</td>
+        <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch3">39</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">IV.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">The Flight</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch4">58</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">V.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">An Accident</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch5">76</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">VI.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">—<span class="smcap">Sunshine</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch6">95</a></td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1">1</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='ph1'>AUNT HANNAH.</div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch1"></a>CHAPTER I.<br />
+<span class="ph3">AN ADVERTISEMENT.</span></h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">A small boy</span> with a tiny white dog in his arms stood near the New York
+approach to the Brooklyn Bridge on a certain June morning not many
+years since, gazing doubtfully at the living tide which flowed past
+him, as if questioning whether it might be safe to venture across the
+street.</p>
+
+<p>Seth Barrows, otherwise known by his acquaintances as Limpy Seth,
+because of what they were pleased to speak of as “a pair of legs that
+weren’t mates,” was by no means dismayed by the bustle and apparent
+confusion everywhere around him. Such scenes were familiar, he having
+lived in the city, so far as he knew, from the day of his birth; but,
+owing to his slight lameness, it was not always a simple matter for
+him to cross the crowded streets.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_2">2</a></span>“Hi, Limpy!” a shrill voice cried from amid the pedestrians in the
+distance, and as Seth looked quickly toward the direction from which
+had come the hail, he noted that a boy with hair of such a vivid hue
+of red as would attract particular attention from any person within
+whose range of vision he might come, was frantically trying to force a
+passage.</p>
+
+<p>Seth stepped back to a partially sheltered position beneath the
+stairway of the overhead bridge, and awaited the coming of his friend.</p>
+
+<p>“Out swellin’, are you?” the boy with the red hair asked, as he
+finally approached, panting so heavily that it was with difficulty he
+could speak. “Goin’ to give up business?”</p>
+
+<p>“I got rid of my stock quite a while ago, an’ counted on givin’ Snip a
+chance to run in the park. The poor little duffer don’t have much fun
+down at Mother Hyde’s while I’m workin’.”</p>
+
+<p>“You might sell him for a pile of money, Limpy, an’ he’s a heap of
+bother for you,” the new-comer said reflectively, as he stroked the
+dog’s long, silken hair. “Teddy Dixon says he’s got good blood in
+him——”</p>
+
+<p>“Look here, Tim, do you think I’d sell Snip, no <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_3">3</a></span>matter how much money
+I might get for him? Why, he’s the only relation I’ve got in all this
+world!” and the boy buried his face in the dog’s white hair.</p>
+
+<p>“It costs more to keep him than you put out for yourself.”</p>
+
+<p>“What of that? He thinks a heap of me, Snip does, an’ he’d be as sorry
+as I would if anything happened to one of us.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I reckon you are kind’er stuck on him! It’s a pity, Limpy,
+’cause you can’t hustle same’s the rest of us do, an’ so don’t earn as
+much money.”</p>
+
+<p>“Snip has what milk he needs——”</p>
+
+<p>“An’ half the time you feed him by goin’ hungry yourself.”</p>
+
+<p>“What of that?” Seth cried sharply. “Don’t I tell you we two are the
+only friends each other’s got! I’d a good deal rather get along
+without things than let him go hungry, ’cause he wouldn’t know why I
+couldn’t feed him.”</p>
+
+<p>“A dog is only a dog, an’ that’s all you can make out of it. I ain’t
+countin’ but that Snip is better’n the general run, ’cause, as Teddy
+Dixon says, he’s blooded; but just the same it don’t stand to reason
+you should treat him like he was as good as you.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_4">4</a></span>“He’s a heap better’n I am, Tim Chandler! Snip never did a mean thing
+in his life, an’ he’s the same as a whole family to me.”</p>
+
+<p>As if understanding that he was the subject of the conversation, the
+dog pressed his cold nose against the boy’s neck, and the latter cried
+triumphantly:</p>
+
+<p>“There, look at that! If you didn’t have any folks, Tim Chandler, an’
+couldn’t get ’round same as other fellers do, don’t you reckon his
+snugglin’ up like this would make you love him?”</p>
+
+<p>“He ain’t really yours,” Tim said after a brief pause, whereat the
+lame boy cried fiercely:</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the reason he ain’t? Didn’t I find him ’most froze to death
+more’n a year ago, an’ haven’t I kept him in good shape ever since? Of
+course he wasn’t mine at first; but I’d like to see the chump who’d
+dare to say he belonged to anybody else! If you didn’t own any more of
+a home than you could earn sellin’ papers, an’ if nobody cared the
+least little bit whether you was cold or hungry, you’d think it was
+mighty fine to have a chum like Snip. You ought’er see him when I come
+in after he’s been shut up in the room all the forenoon! It seems like
+he’d jump out of his skin, he’s so glad to see <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5">5</a></span>me! I tell you, Tim,
+Snip loves me just like I was his mother!”</p>
+
+<p>Master Chandler shook his head doubtfully, and appeared to be on the
+point of indulging some disparaging remark, when his attention was
+diverted by a lad on the opposite side of the street, who was making
+the most frantic gestures, and, as might be guessed by the movement of
+his lips, shouting at the full strength of his lungs; but the words
+were drowned by the rattle of vehicles and other noises of the street.</p>
+
+<p>“There’s Pip Smith, an’ what do you s’pose he’s got in his ear now?”
+Tim said speculatively; but with little apparent interest in the
+subject. “He’s allers botherin’ his head ’bout somethin’ that ain’t
+any of his business. He allows he’ll be a detective when he gets big
+enough.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth gave more attention to the caresses Snip was bestowing upon him
+than to his acquaintance opposite, until Tim exclaimed, with a sudden
+show of excitement:</p>
+
+<p>“He’s yellin’ for you, Seth! What’s he swingin’ that newspaper ’round
+his head for?”</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps Tim might have become interested enough to venture across the
+street, had Master <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6">6</a></span>Smith remained on the opposite side very long; but
+just at that moment the tide of travel slackened sufficiently to admit
+of a passage, and the excited Pip came toward his acquaintances at
+full speed.</p>
+
+<p>“What kind of a game have you been up to, Limpy?” he demanded, waving
+the newspaper meanwhile.</p>
+
+<p>Seth looked at the speaker in astonishment, but without making any
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>“Anything gone wrong?” Tim asked, gazing inquiringly from one to the
+other.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know what he means,” Seth replied, and Pip shouted wildly:</p>
+
+<p>“Listen to him! You’d think butter wouldn’t melt in his mouth, an’ yet
+he’s been ridin’ a mighty high hoss, ’cordin’ to all I can find out!”</p>
+
+<p>“Who?” Seth demanded, grown restive under Pip’s accusing gaze.</p>
+
+<p>“You, of course!”</p>
+
+<p>“But I haven’t been up to any game.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can’t stuff me with that kind of talk, ’cause I’ve got it down
+here in black an’ white.”</p>
+
+<p>“Got what down?” Tim asked impatiently. “If there’s anything wrong,
+why don’t you come out with it like a man, an’ not stand there like a
+dummy?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_7">7</a></span>“Seth Barrows will find there’s somethin’ wrong when the whole perlice
+force of this city gets after him,” Pip replied, in what was very like
+a threatening tone. “Listen to this, Tim Chandler, an’ try to figger
+out the kind of a game Limpy’s been playin’!”</p>
+
+<p>Then, with a tragical air, Master Smith read slowly from the newspaper
+he had been brandishing, the following advertisement:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+    <p>“INFORMATION WANTED of a boy calling himself Seth Barrows. Said
+    boy is about eleven years old; his left leg an inch shorter than
+    the right, and is known to have been living in Jersey City three
+    years ago. He then sold newspapers for a livelihood, and resided
+    with one Richard Genet. A liberal reward will be paid for any
+    information concerning him. Address Symonds &amp; Symonds,
+    Attorneys-at-law.”</p></div>
+
+<p>As he ceased reading, Master Smith looked at his companions with a
+certain gleam of triumph in his eyes; but this expression quickly
+changed to one of severe reproof as he met Seth’s bewildered gaze.</p>
+
+<p>“Sellin’ papers is good enough for me, though it ain’t a business that
+brings in any too much money,” he said sharply. “But I don’t keep a
+fancy dog, so the cost of livin’ ain’t so high.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8">8</a></span>“What does it mean?” Seth asked in a low tone, as he gazed alternately
+at Tim and Pip.</p>
+
+<p>“Mean?” the latter replied scornfully. “I reckon you can answer that
+better’n we could. When the bank on Broadway was broke into there was
+the same kind of notice in the papers, for I saw it with my own eyes.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I haven’t been breakin’ into any bank!” Seth wailed, hugging Snip
+yet more tightly to his bosom.</p>
+
+<p>“Then what’s that advertisement there for?” and Master Smith looked
+upon his acquaintance with an air of judicial severity.</p>
+
+<p>“How do I know?”</p>
+
+<p>Now it was Tim’s turn to gaze at Seth reproachfully; and as the three
+stood there one and another of their acquaintances, having heard the
+startling news, came up eagerly curious and positive that Snip’s
+master had committed some terrible crime.</p>
+
+<p>The lame boy gave ample token of mental distress, as well he might
+after hearing that two attorneys-at-law were desirous of finding him,
+and more than one of the throng set down the expression of trouble on
+his face as strong proof of guilt.</p>
+
+<p>Although conscious that he had committed no crime, the boy was
+thoroughly alarmed at being <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_9">9</a></span>thus advertised for. He knew that rewards
+were offered for information which would lead to the apprehension of
+criminals, and never so much as dreamed that similar methods might be
+employed in a search for those who were innocent.</p>
+
+<p>There was no reason, so he might have said to himself, why any lawyer
+in the city of New York would care to see him, unless he had been
+accused of some crime, but as he revolved the matter in his mind
+terror took possession of him until all power of reflection had
+departed.</p>
+
+<p>The number of alleged friends or acquaintances had increased, until
+Seth and Snip were literally surrounded, and every member of the
+throng knew full well that the gathering would be rudely dispersed by
+the first policeman who chanced to come that way. Therefore it was
+that each fellow hastened to give his opinion as to the reason why the
+advertisement had been inserted in the columns of the paper, and, with
+five or six boys speaking at the same moment, it can well be
+understood that no one of them succeeded in making any very great
+impression upon the minds of his neighbors.</p>
+
+<p>Seth understood, however, that every boy present was agreed upon the
+supposed fact that a great crime <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10">10</a></span>had been committed, although these
+young merchants might, upon due reflection, come to realize how
+improbable was such a supposition.</p>
+
+<p>When little Snip, seeming to understand that his master was in sore
+distress, licked the boy’s cheek, it was to Seth almost as if the dog
+shared in the belief of those who were so ready to accuse him, and he
+could restrain his feelings no longer.</p>
+
+<p>Leaning against the iron column which supported the staircase, with
+his face buried in Snip’s silky hair, the crippled lad gave way to
+tears, while his companions gazed at him severely, for to their minds
+this show of grief was much the same as a confession of guilt.</p>
+
+<p>A blue-coated guardian of the peace dispersed the throng before those
+composing it had had time to make audible comment upon this last
+evidence of an accusing conscience; but Seth was so bowed down by
+bewilderment, sorrow, and fear as not to know that he stood alone with
+Snip, while a throng of acquaintances gazed at him from the opposite
+side of the street.</p>
+
+<p>Once the officer had passed on, and was at a respectful distance,
+Seth’s friends returned, and it could be understood from their manner
+that some <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11">11</a></span>definite plan of action had been decided upon during the
+enforced absence.</p>
+
+<p>“See here, Seth, we ain’t such chumps as to jump on a feller when he’s
+down. If you don’t want to tell us what you’ve been doin’——”</p>
+
+<p>“I haven’t done a thing, an’ you know it, Tim Chandler,” the lad
+moaned, speaking with difficulty because of his sobs.</p>
+
+<p>“Then what’s the notice about?” Tim asked in a severe, yet friendly
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know any more’n you do.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where’s the lead nickel Mickey Dowd says somebody shoved on you the
+other day?” Teddy Dixon asked sharply.</p>
+
+<p>Seth raised his head, looked about him for a moment as a shadow of
+fear passed over his face, and, dropping Snip for an instant, plunged
+both hands deep in his trousers pockets.</p>
+
+<p>Withdrawing them he displayed a small collection of silver and copper
+coins, which he turned over eagerly, his companions crowding yet more
+closely to assure themselves that the examination was thorough.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s gone!” Seth cried shrilly. “It’s gone; but I’ll cross my throat
+if I knew I was passin’ it!”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12">12</a></span>Snip, hearing his young master’s cry of fear, stood on his hind feet,
+scratching and clawing to attract attention, and, hardly conscious of
+what he did, Seth took the little fellow in his arms once more.</p>
+
+<p>“That settles the whole business,” Teddy Dixon cried, in the tone of
+one who has made an important discovery. “You shoved it on somebody
+who’d been lookin’ for counterfeit money, an’ now the detectives are
+after you!”</p>
+
+<p>Seth glanced quickly and apprehensively around, as if fearing the
+officers of the law were already close upon him, and the seeming
+mystery was unravelled.</p>
+
+<p>From that moment there was not even the shadow of a doubt in the minds
+of Seth’s acquaintances, and, believing that he had not intended to
+commit such a grave crime, the sympathies of all were aroused.</p>
+
+<p>“You’ve got to skip mighty quick,” Tim said, after a brief pause,
+during which each lad had looked at his neighbor as if asking what
+could be done to rescue the threatened boy.</p>
+
+<p>“Where’ll I go?” Seth cried tearfully. “They know what my name is, an’
+there ain’t much use for me to hide.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_13">13</a></span>“You can bet I wouldn’t hang ’round here many seconds,” one of the
+group said, in a low tone, glancing around to make certain his words
+were not overheard by the minions of the law. “If we fellers keep our
+mouths shut, an’ you sneak off into the country somewhere, I don’t see
+how anybody could find you!”</p>
+
+<p>“But where’d I go?” Seth asked, his tears checked by the great fear
+which came with the supposed knowledge of what he had done.</p>
+
+<p>“Anywhere. Here’s Snip all ready to take a journey for his health, an’
+in ten minutes you’ll be out of the city; but it ain’t safe to hang
+’round thinkin’ of it very long, for the detectives will be runnin’
+their legs off tryin’ to earn the money that’s promised by the
+advertisement.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth made no reply, and his most intimate friends understood that if
+he was to be saved from prison the time had arrived when they must act
+without waiting for his decision.</p>
+
+<p>They held a hurried consultation, while Seth stood caressing Snip,
+without being really conscious of what he did, and then Teddy and Tim
+ranged themselves either side of the culprit who had unwittingly
+brought himself under the ban of the law.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_14">14</a></span>Seizing him by the arms they forced the lad forward in the direction
+of Broadway, Tim saying hoarsely to those who gave token of their
+intention to follow:</p>
+
+<p>“You fellers must keep away, else the cops will know we’re up to
+somethin’ crooked. Wait here, an’ me an’ Teddy’ll come back as soon as
+we’ve taken care of Seth.”</p>
+
+<p>This injunction was not obeyed without considerable grumbling on the
+part of the more curious, and but for the efforts of two or three of
+the wiser heads, the fugitive and his accomplices would have aroused
+the suspicions of the dullest policeman in the city.</p>
+
+<p>“You’ll get yourselves into a heap of trouble if anybody knows you
+helped me to run away,” Seth said, in a tone of faint remonstrance.</p>
+
+<p>“It can’t be helped,” Teddy replied firmly, urging the hunted boy to a
+faster pace. “We ain’t goin’ to stand by an’ see you lugged off to
+jail while there’s a show of our doin’ anything. Keep your eye on Snip
+so’s he won’t bark, an’ we’ll look after the rest of the business.”</p>
+
+<p>Even if Seth had been averse to running away from the possible danger
+which threatened, he would have been forced to continue the flight so
+lately <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_15">15</a></span>begun, because of the energy displayed by his friends.</p>
+
+<p>Tim and Teddy literally dragged him along, crossing the street at one
+point to avoid a policeman, and again dodging into a friendly doorway
+when the guardians of the peace came upon them suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>Had any one observed particularly the movements of these three lads,
+the gravest suspicions must have been awakened, for they displayed a
+consciousness of guilt in every movement, and showed plainly that
+their great desire was to escape scrutiny.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was so enveloped in sorrow and fear as to be ignorant of the
+direction in which he and Snip were being forced. He understood dimly
+that those who had the business of escape in hand were bent on gaining
+the river; but to more than that he gave no heed.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, when they were arrived at a ferry-slip, Teddy paid the
+passage money, and Seth was led to the forward end of the boat, in
+order, as Tim explained, that he might be ready to jump ashore
+instantly the pier on the opposite side was gained, in case the
+officers of justice had tracked them thus far.</p>
+
+<p>Now, forced to remain inactive for a certain time, <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_16">16</a></span>Seth’s friends
+took advantage of the opportunity to give him what seemed to be
+much-needed advice.</p>
+
+<p>“The minute the boat strikes the dock you must take a sneak,” Teddy
+said impressively, clutching Seth vigorously by the shoulder to insure
+attention. “We’ll hang ’round here to make sure the detectives haven’t
+got on to your trail, an’ then we’ll go back.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what am I to do afterward?” Seth asked helplessly.</p>
+
+<p>“There ain’t any need of very much guessin’ about that. You’re bound
+to get where there’ll be a chance of hidin’, an’ you want to be mighty
+lively.”</p>
+
+<p>“Snip an’ I will have to earn money enough to keep us goin’, an’ how
+can it be done while I’m hidin’?”</p>
+
+<p>“How much have you got now?”</p>
+
+<p>“’Bout fifty cents.”</p>
+
+<p>Tim drew from his pocket a handful of coins, mostly pennies, and,
+retaining only three cents with which to pay his return passage on the
+ferry-boat, forced them upon the fugitive, saying when the boy
+remonstrated:</p>
+
+<p>“You’ll need it all, an’ I can hustle a little livelier to-night, or
+borrow from some of the other fellers if trade don’t show up as it
+ought’er.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_17">17</a></span>Teddy followed his comrade’s example, paying no heed to Seth’s
+expostulations, save as he said:</p>
+
+<p>“We’re bound to give you a lift, old man, so don’t say anything more
+about it. If you was the only feller in this city what had passed a
+lead nickel, perhaps this thing would look different to me; but the
+way I reckon it is, that the man what put the advertisement in the
+paper jest ’cause he’d been done out’er five cents is a mighty poor
+citizen, an’ I stand ready to do all I can towards keepin’ you away
+from him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Look here, fellers,” Seth cried in what was very like despair as the
+steamer neared the dock, “I don’t know what to do, even after you’ve
+put up all your money. Where can Snip an’ I go? We’ve got to earn our
+livin’, an’ I don’t see how it’s to be done if we’re bound to hide all
+the time.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s easy enough,” and Tim spoke hopefully. “The city is a fool
+alongside the country, an’ I’m countin’ on your havin’ a reg’lar snap
+after you get settled down. When we land, you’re to strike right out,
+an’ keep on goin’ till you’re where there’s nothin’ but farms with
+milk, an’ pie, an’ stuff to eat layin’ ’round loose for the first
+feller what comes to pick ’em up. Pip Smith says farmers don’t do
+much <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_18">18</a></span>of anything but fill theirselves with good things, an’ I’ve
+allers wanted to try my hand with ’em for one summer.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth shook his head doubtfully. Although he had never been in the
+country, it did not seem reasonable that the picture drawn by Pip
+Smith was truthful, otherwise every city boy would turn farmer’s
+assistant, rather than remain where it cost considerable labor to
+provide themselves with food and a shelter.</p>
+
+<p>“You’ll strike it rich somewhere,” Teddy said, with an air of
+conviction, “an’ then you can sneak back long enough to tell us where
+you’re hangin’ out. I’ll work down ’round the markets for a spell, an’
+p’rhaps I’ll see some of the hayseeders you’ve run across.”</p>
+
+<p>The conversation was brought to a close abruptly as the ferry-boat
+entered the dock with many a bump and reel against the heavy timbers;
+and Seth, with Snip hugged tightly to his bosom, pressed forward to
+the gates that he might be ready to leap ashore instantly they were
+opened.</p>
+
+<p>“Keep your upper lip stiff, an’ don’t stop, once you’ve started, till
+you’re so far from New York that the detectives can’t find you,” Tim
+whispered <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_19">19</a></span>encouragingly, and ten seconds later the fugitive was
+running at full speed up the gangway, Snip barking shrilly at the
+throng on either side.</p>
+
+<p>Tim and Teddy followed their friend to the street beyond the ticket
+office, and there stood watching until he had disappeared from view.
+Then the latter said, with a long-drawn sigh:</p>
+
+<p>“I wish it had been almost any other feller what passed the lead
+nickel, for Seth hasn’t got sand enough to do what’s needed, if he
+counts on keepin’ out’er jail.” And Tim replied sadly:</p>
+
+<p>“If a feller stuck me with a counterfeit I’d think I had a right to
+shove it along; but after all this scrape I’ll keep my eyes open
+mighty wide, else it may be a case of the country for me, an’ I ain’t
+hankerin’ after livin’ on a farm, even if Pip Smith does think it’s
+sich a soft snap.”</p>
+
+<p>Then the friends of the fugitives returned to the ferry-boat, in order
+that they might without delay make a report to those acquaintances
+whom they knew would be eagerly waiting, as to how Seth had fared at
+the outset of his flight.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_20">20</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch2"></a>CHAPTER II.<br />
+<span class="ph3">THE COUNTRY.</span></h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Seth</span> had little idea as to the direction he had taken, save that the
+street led straight away from the water, and surely he must come into
+the country finally by pursuing such a course.</p>
+
+<p>Neither time nor distance gave him relief of mind; it was much as if
+flight served to increase the fear in his mind, and even after having
+come to the suburbs of the city he looked over his shoulder
+apprehensively from time to time, almost expecting to see the officers
+of the law in hot pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>If it had been possible for Snip to understand the situation fully, he
+could not have behaved with more discretion, according to his master’s
+views.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of begging to be let down that he might enjoy a frolic on the
+green grass, he remained passive in Seth’s arms, pressing his nose up
+to the lad’s neck now and then as if expressing sympathy. The little
+fellow did not so much as whine when they <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_21">21</a></span>passed rapidly by a
+cool-looking, bubbling stream, even though his tongue was lolling out,
+red and dripping with perspiration; but Seth understood that his pet
+would have been much refreshed with a drink of the running water, and
+said, in a soothing, affectionate tone:</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t dare to stop yet a while, Snippey dear, for nobody knows how
+near the officers may be, and you had better go thirsty a little
+longer, than be kicked out into the street when I’m locked up in
+jail.”</p>
+
+<p>A big lump came into the fugitive’s throat at the picture he had
+drawn, and the brook was left far behind before he could force it down
+sufficiently to speak.</p>
+
+<p>Then the two were come to a small shop, in the windows of which were
+displayed a variety of wares, from slate pencils to mint drops, and
+here Seth halted irresolutely.</p>
+
+<p>He had continued at a rapid pace, and fully an hour was passed since
+he parted from his friends. He was both hungry and weary; there were
+but few buildings to be seen ahead, and, so he argued with himself,
+this might be his last opportunity to purchase anything which would
+serve as food until he <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_22">22</a></span>was launched into that wilderness known to him
+as “the country.”</p>
+
+<p>No person could be seen in either direction, and Seth persuaded
+himself that it might be safe to halt here for so long a time as would
+be necessary to select something from the varied stock to appease
+hunger, and at the same time be within his limited means.</p>
+
+<p>For the first moment since leaving the ferry-slip he allowed Snip to
+slip out of his arms; but caught him up again very quickly as the dog
+gave strong evidence of a desire to spend precious time in a frolic.</p>
+
+<p>“You must wait a spell longer, Snippey dear,” he muttered. “We may
+have to run for it, an’ I mightn’t have a chance to get you in my arms
+again. It would be terrible if the officers got hold of you, an’ I’m
+afraid they’d try it for the sake of catchin’ me, ’cause everybody
+knows I wouldn’t leave you, no matter what happened.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Seth stole softly into the shop, as if fearing to awaken the
+suspicion of the proprietor by a bold approach, and once inside, gazed
+quickly around.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three early, unwholesome-looking apples and a jar of ginger
+cakes made up the list of eatables, and his decision was quickly
+made.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_23">23</a></span>“How many of them cakes will you sell for five cents?” he asked
+timidly of the slovenly woman who was embroidering an odd green flower
+on a small square of soiled and faded red silk.</p>
+
+<p>She looked at him listlessly, and then gazed at the cakes
+meditatively.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know the price of them. This shop isn’t mine; I’m tendin’ it
+for a friend.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you can’t sell things?” and Seth turned to go, fearing lest he
+had already loitered too long.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, dear, yes, that’s what I’m here for; but I never had a customer
+for cakes, an’ to tell the truth I don’t believe one of ’em has been
+sold for a month. Do you know what they are worth?”</p>
+
+<p>“The bakers sell a doughnut as big as three of them for a cent, an’
+throw in an extra one if they’re stale.”</p>
+
+<p>The lady deposited her embroidery on a sheet of brown paper which
+covered one end of the counter, and surveyed the cakes.</p>
+
+<p>“It seems to me that a cent for three of them would be a fair price,”
+she said at length, after having broken one in order to gain some
+idea of its age.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you got anything else to eat?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24">24</a></span>“That candy is real good, especially the checkerberry sticks, but
+perhaps you rather have somethin’ more fillin’.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll take five cents’ worth of cakes,” Seth said hurriedly, for it
+seemed as if he had been inside the shop a very long while.</p>
+
+<p>The amateur clerk set about counting the stale dainties in a
+businesslike way; but at that instant Snip came into view from behind
+his master, and she ceased the task at once to cry in delight:</p>
+
+<p>“What a dear little dog! Did he come with you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, ma’am,” Seth replied hesitatingly; and he added as the woman
+stooped to caress Snip: “We’re in a big hurry, an’ if you’ll give me
+the cakes I’ll thank you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Dear me, why didn’t you say so at first?” and she resumed her task of
+counting the cakes, stopping now and then to speak to Snip, who was
+sitting up on his hind legs begging for a bit of the stale pastry.
+“How far are you going?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; you see we can’t walk very fast.”</p>
+
+<p>“Got friends out this way, I take it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,—yes—no—that is, I don’t know. Won’t you please hurry?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_25">25</a></span>The woman seemed to think it necessary she should feed Snip with a
+portion of one cake that had already been counted out for Seth, and to
+still further tempt the dog’s appetite by giving him an inch or more
+broken from one of the checkerberry sticks, before attending to her
+duties as clerk, after which she concluded her portion of the
+transaction by holding out a not over-cleanly hand for the money.</p>
+
+<p>Seth hurriedly gave her five pennies, and then, seizing Snip in his
+arms, ran out of the shop regardless of the questions she literally
+hurled after him.</p>
+
+<p>His first care was to gaze down the road in the direction from which
+he had just come, and the relief of mind was great when he failed to
+see any signs of life.</p>
+
+<p>“They haven’t caught up with us yet, Snippey,” he said, as if certain
+the officers were somewhere in the rear bent on taking him prisoner.
+“If they stop at the store, that woman will be sure to say we were
+here.”</p>
+
+<p>Having thus spurred himself on, he continued the journey half an hour
+longer, when they had arrived at a grove of small trees and bushes
+through which ran a tiny brook.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26">26</a></span>“We can hide in here, an’ you’ll have a chance to run around on the
+grass till you’re tired,” he said, as, after making certain there was
+no one in sight to observe his movements, he darted amid the
+shrubbery.</p>
+
+<p>It was not difficult for a boy tired as was Seth, to find a
+rest-inviting spot by the side of the stream where the bushes hid him
+from view of any who might chance to pass along the road, and without
+loss of time Snip set himself the task of chasing every butterfly that
+dared come within his range of vision, ceasing only for a few seconds
+at a time to lick his master’s hand, or take his share of the stale
+pastry.</p>
+
+<p>It was most refreshing to Seth, this halt beneath the shade of the
+bushes where the brook sang such a song as he had never heard before,
+and despite the age of the cake his hunger was appeased. Save for the
+haunting fear that the officers of the law might be close upon his
+heels, he would have been very happy, and even under the painful
+circumstances attending his departure, he enjoyed in a certain degree
+the unusual scene before him.</p>
+
+<p>Then Snip, wearied with his fruitless pursuit of the butterflies,
+crept close by his master’s side for a <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_27">27</a></span>nap, and Seth yielded to the
+temptation to stretch himself out at full length on the soft, cool
+moss.</p>
+
+<p>There was in his mind the thought that he must resume the flight
+within a short time, lest he fail to find a shelter before the night
+had come; but the dancing waters sang a most entrancing and
+rest-inviting melody until his eyes closed despite his efforts to hold
+them open, and master and dog were wrapped in slumber.</p>
+
+<p>The birds gathered on the branches above the heads of the sleepers,
+gazing down curiously and with many an inquiring twitter, as if asking
+whether this boy was one who would do them a mischief if it lay in his
+power, and the butterflies flaunted their gaudy wings within an inch
+of Snip’s eyes; but the slumber was not broken.</p>
+
+<p>The sun had no more than an hour’s time remaining before his day’s
+work in that particular section of the country had come to an end,
+when a brown moth fluttered down upon Seth’s nose, where he sat
+pluming his wings in such an energetic manner that the boy suddenly
+sneezed himself into wakefulness, while Snip leaped up with a chorus
+of shrill barks and yelps which nearly threw the curious birds into
+hysterics.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_28">28</a></span>“It’s almost sunset, Snippey dear, an’ we’ve been idlin’ here when we
+ought’er been huntin’ for a house where we can stay till mornin’. It’s
+fine, I know,” he added, as he took the tiny dog in his arms; “but I
+don’t believe it would be very jolly to hang ’round in such a place
+all night. Besides, who knows but there are bears? We must be a
+terrible long way in the country, an’ if the farmers are as good as
+Pip Smith tells about, we can get a chance to sleep in a house.”</p>
+
+<p>The fear that the officers might be close upon his heels had fled; it
+seemed as if many, many hours had passed since he took leave of Tim
+and Teddy, and it was possible the representatives of law would not
+pursue him so far into the country.</p>
+
+<p>He had yet on hand a third of the stale cakes, and with these in his
+pocket as token that he would not go supperless to bed, and Snip on
+his arm, he resumed the flight once more.</p>
+
+<p>After a brisk walk of half an hour, still on a course directly away
+from the river, as he believed, Seth began to look about him for a
+shelter during the night.</p>
+
+<p>“We’ll stop at the first house that looks as if the folks who live in
+it might be willin’ to help two <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_29">29</a></span>fellers like us along, an’ ask if we
+can stay all night,” he said to Snip, speaking in a more cheery tone
+than he had indulged in since the fear-inspiring advertisement had
+been brought to his attention.</p>
+
+<p>He did not adhere strictly to this plan, however, for when he was come
+to a farmhouse which had seemed to give token of sheltering generous
+people, a big black dog ran out of the yard growling and snapping,
+much to Snippey’s alarm, and Seth hurried on at full speed.</p>
+
+<p>“That wouldn’t be any place for you, young man,” he said, patting the
+dog’s head. “We’ll sleep out of doors rather than have you scared half
+to death!”</p>
+
+<p>Ten minutes later he knocked at the door of a house, and, on making
+his request to a surly-looking man, was told that they “had no use for
+tramps.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not stop to explain that he could not rightly be called a
+tramp; but ran onward as if fearful lest the farmer might pursue to
+punish him for daring to ask such a favor.</p>
+
+<p>Three times within fifteen minutes did he ask in vain for a shelter,
+and then his courage had oozed out at his fingers’ ends.</p>
+
+<p>“If Pip Smith was here he’d see that there ain’t much milk an’ pie
+layin’ ’round to be picked up, an’ <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_30">30</a></span>it begins to look, Snippey, as if
+we’d better stayed down there by the brook.”</p>
+
+<p>Master Snip growled as if to say that he too believed they had made a
+mistake in pushing on any farther, and the sun hid his face behind the
+hills as a warning for young boys and small dogs to get under cover.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was discouraged, and very nearly frightened. He began to fear
+that he might get himself and Snip into serious trouble by any further
+efforts at finding a charitably disposed farmer, and after the shadows
+of night had begun to lengthen until every bush and rock was distorted
+into some hideous or fantastic shape, he was standing opposite a small
+barn adjoining a yet smaller dwelling.</p>
+
+<p>No light could be seen from the building; it was as if the place had
+been deserted, and such a state of affairs seemed more promising to
+Seth than any he had seen.</p>
+
+<p>“If the people are at home, an’ we ask them to let us stay all night,
+we’ll be driven away; so s’pose we creep in there, an’ at the first
+show of mornin’ we’ll be off. It can’t do any harm for us to sleep in
+a barn when the folks don’t know it.”</p>
+
+<p>The barking of a dog in the distance caused him <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_31">31</a></span>to decide upon a
+course of action very quickly, and in the merest fraction of time he
+was inside the building, groping around the main floor on which had
+been thrown a sufficient amount of hay to provide a dozen boys with a
+comfortable bed.</p>
+
+<p>He could hear some animal munching its supper a short distance away,
+and this sound robbed the gloomy interior of half its imaginary
+terrors.</p>
+
+<p>Promising himself that he would leave the place before the occupants
+of the house were stirring next morning, Seth made his bed by
+burrowing into the hay, and, with Snip nestling close by his side, was
+soon ready for another nap.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive had taken many steps during his flight, and, despite the
+slumber indulged in by the side of the brook, his eyes were soon
+closed in profound sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Many hours later the shrill barking of Snip awakened Seth, and he sat
+bolt upright on the hay, rubbing his sleepy eyes as if trying to prove
+that those useful members had deceived him in some way.</p>
+
+<p>The rays of the morning sun were streaming in through the open door in
+a golden flood, and with the radiance came sweet odors borne by the
+gentle breeze.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_32">32</a></span>Seth gave no heed just at that moment to the wondrous beauties of
+nature to be seen on every hand, when even the rough barn was gilded
+and perfumed, for standing in the doorway, as if literally petrified
+with astonishment, was a motherly looking little woman whose upraised
+hands told of bewilderment and surprise, while from the expression on
+her face one could almost have believed that she was really afraid of
+the tiny Snip.</p>
+
+<p>“Is that animal dangerous, little boy?” she asked nervously after a
+brief but, to Seth, painful pause.</p>
+
+<p>“Who—what animal? Oh, you mean Snip? Why, he couldn’t harm anybody if
+he tried, an’, besides, he wouldn’t hurt a fly. He always barks when
+strange folks come near where I am, so’s to make me think he’s a
+watch-dog. Do you own this barn?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes—that is to say, it has always belonged to the Morses, an’ there
+are none left now except Gladys an’ me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope you won’t be mad ’cause I came in here last night. I counted
+on gettin’ away before you waked up; but the bed was so soft that it
+ain’t any wonder I kept right on sleepin’.”</p>
+
+<p>“Have you been here all night?” the little woman <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_33">33</a></span>asked in surprise,
+advancing a pace now that Snip had decided there was no longer any
+necessity for him to continue the shrill outcries.</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t have any place to sleep; there wasn’t a light to be seen in
+your house. Well, to tell the truth, I was afraid I’d be driven away,
+same’s I had been at the other places, so sneaked in——”</p>
+
+<p>“Aunt Hannah! Aunt Hannah!”</p>
+
+<p>It was a sweet, clear, childish voice which thus interrupted the
+conversation, and the little woman said nervously, as she glanced
+suspiciously at Snip:</p>
+
+<p>“I wish you would hold your dog, little boy. That is Gladys, an’ she’s
+so reckless that I’m in fear of her life every minute she is near
+strange animals.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not have time to comply with this request before a
+pink-cheeked little miss of about his own age came dancing into the
+barn like a June wind, which burdens itself with the petals of the
+early roses.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, Aunt Hannah! Why, where in the world did that little boy—What a
+perfectly lovely dog! Oh, you dear!”</p>
+
+<p>This last exclamation was called forth by Master Snip himself, who
+bounded forward with every show <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_34">34</a></span>of joy, and stood erect on his hind
+feet with both forepaws raised as if asking to be taken in her arms.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t, Gladys! You mustn’t touch that animal, for nobody knows
+whether he may not be ferocious.”</p>
+
+<p>The warning came too late. Gladys already had Snip in her arms, and as
+the little fellow struggled to lick her cheek in token of his desire
+to be on friendly terms, she said laughingly:</p>
+
+<p>“You poor, foolish Aunt Hannah! To think that a mite of a dog like
+this one could ever be ferocious! Isn’t he a perfect beauty? I never
+saw such a dear!”</p>
+
+<p>The little woman hovered helplessly around much like a sparrow whose
+fledglings are in danger. She feared lest the dog should do the child
+a mischief, and yet dared not come so near as to rescue her from the
+imaginary danger.</p>
+
+<p>There was just a tinge of jealousy in Seth’s heart as he gazed at
+Snip’s demonstrations of affection for this stranger. It seemed as if
+he had suddenly lost his only friend, and, at that moment, it was the
+greatest misfortune that could befall him.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys was so occupied with the dog as to be <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_35">35</a></span>unconscious of Aunt
+Hannah’s anxiety. She admired Snip’s silky hair; declared that he
+needed a bath, and insisted on knowing how “such a treasure” had come
+into Seth’s possession.</p>
+
+<p>The boy was not disposed to admit that he had no real claim upon the
+dog, save such as might result from having found him homeless and
+friendless in the street; but willing that the girl should admire his
+pet yet more.</p>
+
+<p>“Put him on the floor an’ see how much he knows,” Seth said, without
+replying to her question.</p>
+
+<p>Then Snip was called upon to show his varied accomplishments. He sat
+bolt upright holding a wisp of straw in his mouth; walked on his hind
+feet with Seth holding him by one paw; whirled around and around on
+being told to dance; leaped over the handle of the hay-fork, barking
+and yelping with excitement; and otherwise gave token of being very
+intelligent.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys was in an ecstasy of delight, and even the little woman so far
+overcame her fear of animals as to venture to touch Snip’s
+outstretched paw when he gravely offered to “shake hands.”</p>
+
+<p>Not until at least a quarter of an hour had passed was any particular
+attention paid to Seth, and by <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_36">36</a></span>this time Aunt Hannah was willing to
+admit that while dogs in general frightened her, however peaceable
+they appeared to be, she thought a little fellow like Snip might be
+almost as companionable as a cat.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course you won’t continue your journey until after breakfast,” she
+said in a matter-of-fact tone, “and Gladys will take you into the
+kitchen where you can wash your face and hands, while I am milking.”</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Seth observed a bright tin pail and a three-legged
+stool lying on the ground just outside the big door, as if they had
+fallen from the little woman’s hands when she was alarmed by hearing
+Snip’s note of defiance and warning.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys had the dog in her arms, and nodding to Seth as if to say he
+should follow, she led the way to the house, while Aunt Hannah
+disappeared through a doorway opening from the main portion of the
+barn.</p>
+
+<p>“There’s the towel, the soap and water,” she said, pointing toward a
+wooden sink in one corner of what was to Seth the most wonderful
+kitchen he had ever seen. “Don’t you think Snippey would like some
+milk?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_37">37</a></span>“I’m certain he would,” Seth replied promptly. “He hasn’t had anything
+except dry ginger cake since yesterday mornin’.”</p>
+
+<p>A moment later Master Snip had before him a saucer filled with such
+milk as it is safe to say he had not seen since Seth took him in
+charge, and the eager way in which he lapped it showed that it was
+appreciated fully.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive did not make his toilet immediately, because of the
+irresistible temptation to gaze about him.</p>
+
+<p>The walls of the kitchen were low; but in the newcomer’s eyes this was
+an added attraction, because it gave to the room such an hospitable
+appearance. The floor was more cleanly than any table he had ever
+seen; the bricks of the fireplace, at one side of which stood a small
+cook-stove, were as red as if newly painted; while on the dresser and
+the mantel across the broad chimney were tin dishes that shone like
+newly polished silver.</p>
+
+<p>A large rocking-chair, a couch covered with chintz, and half a dozen
+straight-backed, spider-legged chairs were ranged methodically along
+the sides of the room, while in the centre of the floor, so placed
+that the fresh morning breeze which entered by the <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_38">38</a></span>door would blow
+straight across it to the window shaded by lilac bushes, was a table
+covered with a snowy cloth.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, if this is a farmer’s house I wouldn’t wonder if a good bit of
+Pip Smith’s yarn was true,” Seth muttered to himself, as he turned
+toward the sink, over which hung a towel so white that he could hardly
+believe he would be allowed to dry his face and hands with it.</p>
+
+<p>He was alone in the kitchen. Snip, having had a most satisfactory
+breakfast of what he must have believed was real cream, had run out of
+doors to chase a leaf blown by the wind, and Gladys was close behind,
+alternately urging him in the pursuit, and showering praises upon “the
+sweetest dog that ever lived.”</p>
+
+<p>“Folks that live like this must be mighty rich,” Seth thought, as he
+plunged his face into a basin of clear water. “It ain’t likely Snip
+an’ me will strike it so soft again, an’ I expect he’ll be terrible
+sorry to leave. I reckon it’ll be all right to hang ’round an hour or
+so, an’ then we must get out lively. I wonder if that little bit of a
+woman expects I’ll pay for breakfast?”</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_39">39</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch3"></a>CHAPTER III.
+<br /><span class="ph3">AUNT HANNAH.</span></h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">With</span> a broken comb, which he used upon Snip’s hair as well as his own,
+Seth concluded his toilet, and, neither the little woman nor the girl
+having returned to the house, stood in the doorway gazing out upon as
+peaceful a scene as a boy pursued by the officers of the law could
+well desire to see.</p>
+
+<p>On either hand ran the dusty road, not unlike a yellow ribbon upon a
+cloth of green, and bordering it here and there were clumps of bushes
+or groves of pine or of oak, as if planted for the especial purpose of
+affording to the weary traveller a screen from the blinding sun.</p>
+
+<p>The little farmhouse stood upon the height of a slight elevation from
+which could be had a view of the country round about on either hand;
+and although so near to the great city, there were no settlements,
+villages, or towns to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>Surely, the lad said to himself, he had at last arrived at “the
+country,” and if all houses were as <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_40">40</a></span>hospitable-looking, as cleanly,
+and as inviting in appearance as was this one, then Pip Smith’s story
+had in it considerably more than a grain of truth.</p>
+
+<p>“It must be mighty nice to have money enough to live in a place like
+this,” Seth said to himself. “It would please Snip way down to the
+ground; but I mustn’t think of it, ’cause there’s no chance for a
+feller like me to earn a livin’ here, an’ we can’t always count on
+folks givin’ us what we need to eat.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah came out from the barn, carrying in one hand a
+glistening tin pail filled with foaming milk, and in the other the
+three-legged stool.</p>
+
+<p>Seth ran toward her and held out his hand as if believing she would
+readily yield at least a portion of her burden; but she shook her head
+smiling.</p>
+
+<p>“Bless your heart, my child, I ought to be able to carry one pail of
+milk, seeing that I’ve done as much or more every day since I was
+Gladys’s age.”</p>
+
+<p>“But that’s no reason why I shouldn’t help along a little to make up
+for your not bein’ mad ’cause Snip an’ me slept in the barn. Besides,
+I’d like to <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_41">41</a></span>say to the fellers that I’d carried as much milk as a
+whole pail full once in my life—that is, if I ever see ’em again,” he
+added with a sigh.</p>
+
+<p>“Then you came from the city?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, an’ I never got so far out in the country before. Say, it’s
+mighty fine, ain’t it?” And as Aunt Hannah relinquished her hold on
+the pail, Seth started toward the house without waiting for a reply to
+his question.</p>
+
+<p>After placing the stool bottom up by the side of the broad stone which
+served as doorstep, the little woman called to Gladys:</p>
+
+<p>“It’s time White-Face was taken to pasture, child.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you mean the cow?” Seth asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, dear.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why can’t I take her to the pasture; that is, if you’ll tell me where
+to find it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Unfasten her chain, and she will show you the way. It’s only across
+the road over yonder.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth ran quickly to the barn, and having arrived at the doorway
+through which Aunt Hannah disappeared when she went about the task of
+milking, he halted in surprise and fear, looking at what seemed to him
+an enormous beast with long, threatening <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42">42</a></span>horns, which she shook now
+and then in what appeared to be a most vicious fashion.</p>
+
+<p>Only once before had Seth ever seen an animal of this species, and
+then it was when he and Pip Smith had travelled over to the Erie Yards
+to see a drove of oxen taken from the cars to the abattoir.</p>
+
+<p>It surely seemed very dangerous to turn loose such a huge beast; but
+Seth was determined to perform whatsoever labor lay in his power, with
+the idea that he might not be called upon to pay quite as much for
+breakfast, and, summing up all his courage, he advanced toward the
+cow.</p>
+
+<p>She shook her head restively, impatient for the breakfast of sweet
+grass, and he leaped back suddenly, frightened as badly of her as Aunt
+Hannah had been of Snip.</p>
+
+<p>Once more he made an attempt, and once more leaped back in alarm, this
+time to be greeted with a peal of merry laughter, and a volley of
+shrill barks from Snip, who probably fancied Seth stood in need of his
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>“Why did you jump so?” Gladys asked merrily.</p>
+
+<p>Seth’s face reddened, and he stammered not a little in reply:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_43">43</a></span>“I reckon that cow would make it kind’er lively for strangers,
+wouldn’t he?”</p>
+
+<p>“And you are really afraid of poor old White-Face? Why, she’s as
+gentle as Snippey, though of course you couldn’t pet her so much.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys stepped boldly forward, and Snip whined and barked in a
+perfect spasm of fear at being carried so near the formidable-looking
+animal.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, you are just as foolish as your master,” Gladys said with a
+hearty laugh; but she allowed the dog to slip down from her arms, and
+as he sought safety behind his master, she unloosened the chain from
+the cow’s neck, leading her by the horn out of the barn.</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Snip plucked up courage to join the girl who had been
+so kind to him, and Seth, thoroughly ashamed at having betrayed so
+much cowardice, followed his example.</p>
+
+<p>“I want to do something toward paying for my breakfast,” he said
+hesitatingly; “but I never saw a cow before, and that one acted as if
+he was up to mischief. I s’pose they’re a good deal like dogs—all
+right after a feller gets acquainted with ’em.”</p>
+
+<p>“Some cows are ugly, I suppose,” Gladys replied reflectively, taking
+Snip once more in her arms as <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_44">44</a></span>the little fellow hung back in alarm
+when White-Face stopped to gather a tempting bunch of clover; “but
+Aunt Hannah has had this one ever since she was a calf, and we two are
+great friends. She’s a real well-behaved cow, an’ never makes any
+trouble about going into pasture. There, she’s in now, and all we’ve
+got to do is to put up the bars. By the time we get back breakfast
+will be ready. Did you walk all the way from the city?”</p>
+
+<p>There was no necessity for Seth to make a reply, because at this
+instant an audacious wren flew past within a dozen inches of Snip’s
+nose, causing him to spring from the girl’s arms in a vain pursuit,
+which was not ended until the children were at the kitchen door.</p>
+
+<p>The morning meal was prepared, and as Gladys drew out a chair to show
+Seth where he should sit, Aunt Hannah asked anxiously:</p>
+
+<p>“What does the dog do while you are eating?”</p>
+
+<p>“You’ll see how well he can behave himself,” Snip’s master replied
+proudly, as the little fellow laid down on the floor at a respectful
+distance from the table.</p>
+
+<p>Much to Seth’s surprise, instead of immediately beginning the meal,
+the little woman bowed her <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_45">45</a></span>head reverentially, Gladys following the
+example, and for the first time in his life did the boy hear a
+blessing invoked upon the food of which he was about to partake.</p>
+
+<p>It caused him just a shade of uneasiness and perhaps awe, this
+“prayin’ before breakfast” as he afterward expressed it while going
+over the events of the day with Snip, and he did not feel wholly at
+ease until the meal had well nigh come to an end.</p>
+
+<p>Then the little woman gave free rein to her curiosity, by asking:</p>
+
+<p>“Where are you going, my boy?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what I don’t just know,” Seth replied, after a short pause.
+“Pip Smith, he said the country was a terrible nice place to live in,
+an’ when Snip an’ I had to come away, I thought perhaps we could find
+a chance to earn some money.”</p>
+
+<p>“Haven’t you any parents, or a home?” Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t s’pose I have. I did live over to Mr. Genet’s in Jersey City;
+but he died, an’ I had to hustle for myself.”</p>
+
+<p>“Had to what?” Aunt Hannah asked.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, shinny ’round for money enough to pay my way. There ain’t much
+of anything a feller <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_46">46</a></span>like me can do but sell papers, an’ I don’t cut
+any big ice at that, ’cause I can’t get ’round as fast as the other
+boys.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did you earn enough to provide you with food, and clothes, an’ a
+place to sleep?”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, sometimes. You see I ain’t flashin’ up very strong on clothes,
+an’ Snip an’ I had a room down to Mother Hyde’s that cost us eighty
+cents a week. We could most always get along, except sometimes when
+there was a heavy storm an’ trade turned bad.”</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you became discouraged with that way of living?” the little
+woman said reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it ain’t so awful swell; but then you can’t call it so terrible
+bad. Perhaps some time I could have got money enough to start a
+news-stand, an’ then I’d been all right, you know.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why did you come into the country?”</p>
+
+<p>“You see we had to leave mighty sudden, ’cause——”</p>
+
+<p>Seth checked himself; he had been very near to explaining exactly why
+he left New York so unceremoniously. Perhaps but for the “prayers
+before breakfast” he might have told this kindly faced little woman
+all his troubles; now, however, he did <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47">47</a></span>not care to do so, believing
+she would consider he had committed a great crime in passing a lead
+nickel, even though unwittingly.</p>
+
+<p>Neither was he willing to tell so good a woman an absolute untruth,
+and therefore held his peace; but the flush which had come into his
+cheeks was ample proof to his hostess that in his life was something
+which caused shame.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah looked at him for an instant, and then as if realizing
+that the scrutiny might cause him uneasiness, turned her eyes away as
+she asked in a low tone:</p>
+
+<p>“Do you believe it would be possible for you to find such work in the
+country as would support you and the dog?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know anything about it, ’cause you see I never was in the
+country before,” Seth replied, decidedly relieved by this change in
+the subject of conversation. “Pip Smith thought there was milk an’
+pies layin’ ’round to be picked up by anybody, an’ accordin’ to his
+talk it seemed as if a feller might squeak along somehow. If I could
+always have such a bed as I got last night, the rest of it wouldn’t
+trouble a great deal.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you slept in the barn!” Gladys cried.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_48">48</a></span>“Yes; it was nicer than any room Mother Hyde’s got. Don’t boys like me
+do something to earn money out this way?”</p>
+
+<p>“The farmers’ sons find employment enough ’round home; but I don’t
+think you would be able to earn very much, my boy.”</p>
+
+<p>“I might strike something,” Seth said reflectively. “At any rate, Snip
+an’ I’ll have to keep movin’.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you have no idea where you’re going?” And Aunt Hannah appeared
+to be distressed in mind.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish I did,” Seth replied with a sigh, and Gladys said quickly:</p>
+
+<p>“You can’t keep walkin’ ’round all the time, for what will you do when
+it rains?”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps I might come across a barn, same’s I did last night.”</p>
+
+<p>“And grow to be a regular tramp?”</p>
+
+<p>“I wouldn’t be one if I was willin’ to work, would I? That’s all Snip
+an’ me ask for now, is just a chance to earn what we’ll eat, an’ a
+place to sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah rose from the table quickly in apparently a preoccupied
+manner, and the conversation was thus brought to an abrupt close.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_49">49</a></span>Snip, who had already breakfasted most generously, scrambled to his
+feet for another excursion into the wonderful fields where he might
+chase butterflies to his heart’s content, and Seth lingered by the
+open doorway undecided as to what he should say or do.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys began removing the dishes from the table, Aunt Hannah assisting
+now and then listlessly, as if her mind was far away; and after two or
+three vain efforts Seth managed to ask:</p>
+
+<p>“How much will I have to pay for breakfast an’ sleepin’ in the barn?”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, bless your heart, my boy, I wouldn’t think of chargin’ anything
+for that,” the little woman said, almost sharply.</p>
+
+<p>“But we must pay our way, you know, though I ain’t got such a dreadful
+pile of money. I don’t want folks to think we’re regular tramps.”</p>
+
+<p>“You needn’t fear anything of that kind yet a while, but if it would
+make you feel more comfortable in mind to do something toward payin’
+for the food which has been freely given, you may try your hand at
+clearin’ up the barn. Gladys an’ I aim to keep it cleanly; but even at
+the best it doesn’t look as I would like to see it.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_50">50</a></span>Seth sat about this task with alacrity, although not knowing exactly
+what ought to be done; but the boy who is willing to work and eager to
+please will generally succeed in his efforts, even though he be
+ignorant as to the proper method.</p>
+
+<p>It was while working at that end of the barn nearest the house at a
+time when Aunt Hannah and Gladys were standing at the open window
+washing the breakfast dishes, that he overheard, without absolutely
+intending to do so, a certain conversation not meant for his ears.</p>
+
+<p>It is true he had no right to listen, and also true that the hum of
+voices came to his ears several moments before he paid any attention
+whatsoever, or made an effort to distinguish the words.</p>
+
+<p>Then that which he heard literally forced him to listen for more.</p>
+
+<p>It was Aunt Hannah who said, evidently in reply to a suggestion from
+Gladys:</p>
+
+<p>“It is a pity and a shame to see a child like that poor little lame
+boy wandering about the country trying to find work, when he isn’t
+fitted for anything of the kind. But how could we give him a home
+here, my dear?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am sure it wouldn’t cost you anything, Aunt <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_51">51</a></span>Hannah. With three
+spare rooms in the house and hardly ever a visitor to use one of them,
+why couldn’t he have a bed here?”</p>
+
+<p>“He can, my dear, and it’s my duty to give him a home, as I see
+plainly; but you can’t imagine what a cross it will be for me to have
+a boy and a dog around the old place. I have lived here alone so many
+years, except after you came, that a new face, even though it be a
+friendly one, disturbs me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Surely you’d get used to him in a few days, and he’s a boy who tries
+to do all he can in the way of helping.”</p>
+
+<p>“I believe so, my dear, and, therefore, because it seems to be my
+duty, I’m goin’ to ask him to stay, at least until he can find a
+better home; but at the same time I hold that it will be a dreadful
+cross for me to bear.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth suddenly became aware that he was playing the part of a sneak by
+thus listening; and although eager to hear more, turned quickly away,
+busying himself at the opposite side of the barn, where it would not
+be possible to play the eavesdropper in even so slight a degree.</p>
+
+<p>Until now it had never come into his mind that this little woman,
+whose home was so exceedingly <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_52">52</a></span>inviting, might give him an opportunity
+to remain, even for the space of twenty-four hours; but as it was thus
+suggested, he realized how happy both he and Snip would be in such a
+place, and believed he could ask for nothing more in this world if it
+should be his good fortune to have an opportunity to stay.</p>
+
+<p>There was little probability the officers of the law would find him
+here, however rigorously the search might be continued, and it seemed
+as if every day spent in such a household must be filled with
+unalloyed pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>He stopped suddenly in his work as the thought came that it had
+already been decided he should have an invitation to remain, and a
+great joy came into his heart just for an instant, after which he
+forced it back resolutely, saying to himself:</p>
+
+<p>“A feller who would bother a good woman like Aunt Hannah deserves to
+be kicked. She’s made up her mind to give me a chance jest ’cause she
+thinks it’s something that ought’er be done; but I ain’t goin’ to play
+mean with her. It’s lucky I happened to hear what was said, else I’d
+have jumped at the chance of stayin’ when she told me I might.”</p>
+
+<p>At that moment Snip came into the barn eager to <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_53">53</a></span>be petted by his
+master, and wearied with the fruitless chase after foolish and
+annoying birds.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s tough on you, little man, ’cause a home like this is jest what
+you’ve been achin’ for, an’ they’d be awful good to you,” Seth
+whispered as he took the dog in his arms. “How would it be if I should
+sneak off an’ leave you with ’em? I ought’er do it, Snippey dear; but
+it would most break my heart to give up the only family I’ve got. An’
+that’s where I’m mighty mean! You’d have a great time here, an’ by
+stickin’ to me there ain’t much show for fun, unless things take a
+terribly sudden turn.”</p>
+
+<p>Snip licked his master’s chin by way of reply, and Seth pressed the
+little fellow yet more closely, saying with what was very like a sob:</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t do it, little man, I can’t do it! You must stick to me, else
+I’ll be the lonesomest feller in all the world. We’ll hold on here a
+spell, an’ then hustle once more. It must be we’ll find somebody
+who’ll give us work, providin’ the detectives don’t nab me.”</p>
+
+<p>Then he turned his attention once more to the task set him by Aunt
+Hannah, and Snip sat on the threshold of the door watching his master
+and snapping <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54">54</a></span>at the impudent sparrows, until Gladys came out with an
+invitation for the dog to escort her to a neighbor’s house, where she
+was forced to go with a message.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll take good care of him,” she called to Seth, as Snip ran on
+joyously in advance, “and bring him back before you finish sweeping
+the barn.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m not afraid of his comin’ to any harm while you keep an eye on
+him; but I believe he’s beginnin’ to like you almost better’n he does
+me,” Seth replied, with a shade of sorrow in his tone, whereat Gladys
+laughed merrily.</p>
+
+<p>Then the boy continued his work with a will, and ample evidence of his
+labor was apparent when Aunt Hannah came out, looking very much like
+the fairy godmothers of “once upon a time” stories, despite the
+wrinkles on her placid face.</p>
+
+<p>“It looks very neat,” she said approvingly. “I never would have
+believed a boy could be so handy with a broom! Last spring I hired
+William Dean, the son of a neighbor, to tidy up the barn and the yard;
+but it looked worse when he had finished than before.”</p>
+
+<p>“Have I earned the breakfast Snip and I ate?” Seth asked, pleased with
+her praise.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_55">55</a></span>“Indeed you have, child, although there was no reason for doing
+anything of the kind. When we share with those who are less fortunate,
+we are doing no more than our duty, an’ I don’t like to think that you
+feel it necessary to pay for a mouthful of food.”</p>
+
+<p>“It was the very nicest breakfast I ever had, Miss—Miss——”</p>
+
+<p>“You may call me ‘Aunt Hannah,’ for I’m an aunt to all the children in
+the neighborhood, accordin’ to their way of thinking. Would you be
+contented to stay here for a while, my dear?”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed I would!” was the emphatic reply, and then Seth added,
+remembering the conversation he had overheard: “That is, I would if I
+could; but Snip an’ me have got to hunt for a chance to earn our
+livin’, an’ it won’t do to think of loafin’ here, even though it is
+such a fine place.”</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah smiled kindly and said, with a certain show of
+determination, as if forcing herself to an unwelcome decision:</p>
+
+<p>“You an’ the little dog shall stay for a while, my boy, and perhaps
+you can find some kind of work nearabout; but if not, surely it won’t
+increase my cost of living, for we’ll have a garden, which is what
+<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_56">56</a></span>I’m not able to attend to now I’ve grown so old. Why did you leave the
+city, my child?”</p>
+
+<p>Had it not been for that “praying before breakfast” Seth would have
+invented some excuse for his flight; but now he could not bring
+himself, as he gazed into the kindly eyes, either to utter a
+deliberate falsehood or to make an equivocal reply.</p>
+
+<p>“I’d like to tell you,” he said hesitatingly, after a long pause,
+during which Aunt Hannah looked out across the meadow rather than at
+him. “I’d like to tell you, but I can’t,” he repeated.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t believe you are a bad boy, Seth,” she said mildly, but
+without glancing toward him.</p>
+
+<p>The lad remained silent with downcast eyes, and when it seemed to him
+as if many minutes had passed, the little woman added:</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps you will tell me after we are better acquainted. Gladys
+declares, an’ I’ve come quite to her way of thinking, that you should
+remain with us for a time. I don’t believe you could find work such as
+would pay for your board and lodging, unless it was with an old woman
+like me, and so we’re to consider you and Snip as members of the
+family.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth shook his head, feebly at first, for the temptation to accept the
+invitation was very great, and <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_57">57</a></span>then decidedly, as if the decision he
+had arrived at could not be changed.</p>
+
+<p>“Would you rather go away?” Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I wouldn’t!” Seth cried passionately, the tears coming
+dangerously near his eyelids. “I’d do anything in this world for the
+sake of havin’ such a home as this; but all the same, Snip an’ I can’t
+stay to bother you. We’ll leave when he comes back.”</p>
+
+<p>“Listen to me, my child,” and now the little woman spoke with a degree
+of firmness which sounded strangely from one so mild, “you are not to
+go away this day, no matter what may be done later. We will talk about
+my plan after dinner, and then perhaps you’ll feel like explaining why
+you think it necessary to go further in search of work after I have
+given you a chance to earn what you and the dog may need.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys’ voice was heard in the distance as she urged Snip on in
+his pursuit of a butterfly, and Aunt Hannah went quickly into the
+dwelling, leaving Seth gazing after her wistfully as he muttered:</p>
+
+<p>“I never believed there was such a good woman in this world!”</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_58">58</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch4"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br />
+<span class="ph3">THE FLIGHT.</span></h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Neither</span> Gladys nor Snip came into the barn immediately after their
+return, probably because the former had some report to make as to the
+message with which she had been entrusted, and Seth was left alone to
+turn over in his mind all that Aunt Hannah had said.</p>
+
+<p>A very disagreeable half hour he spent in the conflict between what he
+believed to be his duty and his inclination.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that all his troubles would be at an end if he might remain
+in that peaceful place, as the little woman had suggested, and he knew
+full well that he could never hope to find as pleasant an abiding
+place.</p>
+
+<p>As the matter presented itself to his mind, he was not at liberty to
+accept the generous invitation unless the story of why he left New
+York was first told; and once Aunt Hannah was aware that he had
+transgressed the law by passing counterfeit money, <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_59">59</a></span>it seemed certain
+she would look upon him as a sinner too great for pardon.</p>
+
+<p>He believed it was better to go without explanations than be utterly
+cast off by the little woman whom he was rapidly beginning to love,
+and, in addition, forfeit her friendship forever. So long as she could
+only guess at the reasons for his flight, she might think of him
+kindly, and, perhaps, in time, he would be able to prove that he was
+worthy of confidence.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll come back when I’m a man, an’ then she’ll have to believe I
+didn’t mean to do anything so terrible bad when I passed the lead
+nickel,” he said to himself, in an effort to strengthen the resolution
+just made. “It would be mighty nice to live here, an’ what a good time
+Snip could have!”</p>
+
+<p>Then he tried to convince himself that his pet should be left behind;
+but the thought of going away from that charming home—which might
+have been his but for the carelessness in handling the counterfeit
+money—leaving behind the only friend he had known for many a long
+day, brought the tears to his eyes again.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll have to take the poor little man with me, an’ it’ll come mighty
+rough on him!” he said with <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_60">60</a></span>a sob. “I reckon he thinks this kind of
+fun, when he can chase butterflies an’ birds to his heart’s content,
+is goin’ to last, an’ he’ll be dreadfully disappointed after we leave;
+but I couldn’t get along without him!”</p>
+
+<p>Gladys interrupted his mournful train of thought, and perhaps it was
+well, for the boy was rapidly working himself into a most melancholy
+frame of mind.</p>
+
+<p>She and Snip came tearing into the barn as if there was no other aim
+in this life than enjoyment, and so startled the sorrowing Seth that
+he arose to his feet in something very nearly resembling alarm.</p>
+
+<p>“If you jump like that I shall begin to think you are as nervous as
+Aunt Hannah,” she cried with a merry laugh. “She insists that between
+Snip and me there will no longer be any peace for her, unless we sober
+down very suddenly; but do you know, Seth, that I’ve lived here with
+no other companion than the dear old woman so long, it seems as if
+some good fairy had sent this little fluff of white to make me happy.
+I had rather have him for a friend than all the children in the
+neighborhood, which isn’t saying very much, in view of the fact that
+the two Dean boys and Malvinia Stubbs are the only people <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_61">61</a></span>of
+nearabout my age in this section of the country.”</p>
+
+<p>“I believe Snip thinks as much of you as you do of him,” Seth replied
+gloomily. “I never knew him to make friends with any one before; but
+perhaps that was because he saw only the fellers who liked to tease
+him. If I wasn’t mighty mean, he’d stay here all the time.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course he’ll stay,” Gladys cried as she tossed the tiny dog in the
+air while he gave vent to an imitation growl. “Aunt Hannah and I have
+arranged it without so much as asking your permission. You two are to
+live here; Snip’s work is to enjoy himself with me, while you’re to
+make a garden, the like of which won’t be seen this side of New York.
+What do you think of settling down to being a farmer?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’d like it mighty well, but it can’t be done.” And Seth gazed out
+through the open door, not daring to meet Miss Gladys’ startled gaze.</p>
+
+<p>“Wait till you’ve talked with Aunt Hannah,” she exclaimed after the
+first burst of surprise had passed. “We’ve fixed everything, an’
+you’ll find that there isn’t a word for you to say.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have talked with her,” Seth replied gloomily. “We’d both love to
+stay mighty well, but we can’t.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_62">62</a></span>“I’d like to know why”; and now Gladys was on her feet, looking
+sternly at the sorrowful guest. “Neither you nor Snip have got a home,
+an’ here’s one with the best woman who ever lived—that much I know to
+a certainty.”</p>
+
+<p>“I believe you, but it can’t be done.” And the boy walked to the other
+side of the barn as if to end the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys looked after him for a moment in mingled surprise and
+petulance, and then, taking Snip in her arms, she walked straight into
+the house, leaving him seemingly more alone than ever.</p>
+
+<p>During the remainder of the forenoon neither Aunt Hannah, Gladys, nor
+Snip came out of the door, and then the little woman summoned him to
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>Seth entered the house much as a miserable culprit might have done,
+and, after making a toilet at the kitchen sink, sat down at the table
+in obedience to Aunt Hannah’s instructions.</p>
+
+<p>This time he half expected she would pray, and was not mistaken. Not
+having been taken by surprise, he heard every word, and his cheeks
+crimsoned with mingled shame and pleasure as she asked her Heavenly
+Father to bless and guide the homeless <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_63">63</a></span>stranger who had come to them,
+inclining his heart to the right path.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah did not use many words in asking the blessing; but to Seth
+each one was full of a meaning which could not be mistaken, and he
+knew she was pleading that he might be willing to confess his sins.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps if the good woman had asked at the conclusion of the prayer
+why he left New York, Seth would have told her everything; but no word
+was spoken on the subject, and by the time dinner had come to an end
+he was more firmly convinced than ever that she could not forgive him
+for having passed the counterfeit money.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing was said regarding his departure or the proposition that he
+should become a member of the household; but Gladys gave the outlines
+of a journey she proposed making with Snip that afternoon, and the
+heavy-hearted boy understood that it was not her purpose to return
+until nightfall.</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah asked if he felt equal to the task of spading up a
+small piece of ground behind the barn, where she counted on making a
+garden, and he could do no less than agree to undertake the task.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_64">64</a></span>Therefore did it seem to him as if he was in duty bound to remain at
+the farm during the remainder of that day at least; but there was in
+his mind the fact that he must continue his aimless journey that very
+night, or be willing to give a detailed account of his wrongdoing.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after the meal had been brought to a close Seth went out
+with the little woman to begin the work of making ready for a garden.</p>
+
+<p>When she had explained what was necessary to be done he labored at the
+task with feverish energy, for it seemed to him as if the task must be
+concluded before he would be at liberty to leave the farm, and go he
+must, because each moment was it becoming more nearly impossible to
+bring himself to confess why he and Snip were fugitives.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the neighbors called upon Aunt Hannah that afternoon,
+therefore she was forced to leave him alone after having described
+what must be done in order to make a garden of the unpromising looking
+land behind the barn; and he knew that Gladys and Snip would not
+return until time for supper, because the girl had plainly given him
+to understand as much during the conversation at the dinner-table.</p>
+
+<p>His hands were blistered, and his back ached because <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_65">65</a></span>of the
+unaccustomed labor; but the work was completed to the best of his
+ability before sunset, and then Aunt Hannah found time to inspect the
+result of his toil.</p>
+
+<p>“I declare you have done as well as any man I could have hired, an’ a
+good deal better than some!” she exclaimed, and a flush of joy
+overspread Seth’s face as he arose with difficulty from the grass
+where he had thrown himself for a much-needed rest. “William Dean
+tried to do the same thing, but when he had finished the ground looked
+as if it had no more than been teased with a comb. You have turned it
+up till it is the same as ploughed, an’ we’ll have a famous garden,
+even though it is a bit late in the season.”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m glad you like it,” the boy replied. “Of course I could do such
+work quicker after I’d tried my hand at it two or three times.”</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t expect you’d more than half finish it in one day, an’ now
+there’s nothing to be done but put in the seeds. We’ll see to that in
+the morning. I must go after White-Face now, or we shall have a late
+supper. Have you seen anything of Gladys?”</p>
+
+<p>“She hasn’t been here. Say, why can’t I get the cow?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_66">66</a></span>“I suppose you might, for she’s gentle as a kitten; but you must be
+tired.”</p>
+
+<p>“I reckon it won’t hurt me to walk from here to the pasture.” And Seth
+started off at full speed, delighted with the opportunity to perform
+yet more work, for there was in his mind the thought that Aunt Hannah
+would think kindly of him after he was gone, if he showed himself
+willing to do whatsoever came in his way.</p>
+
+<p>It did not seem exactly safe to walk deliberately up to that enormous
+beast of a cow; but since Gladys had done so he advanced without any
+great show of fear, and was surprised at discovering that she
+willingly obeyed the pressure on her horns.</p>
+
+<p>He led her into the cleanly barn, threw some hay into the manger, and
+then fastened the chain around her neck, all the while wondering at
+his own bravery.</p>
+
+<p>“Is there anything more for me to do?” he asked, as Aunt Hannah came
+out of the house with the three-legged stool and the glistening tin
+pail.</p>
+
+<p>“You’ve earned a rest, my dear,” the little woman said cheerily. “Sit
+down on the front porch and enjoy the sensation which comes to every
+one who has done a good day’s work. We poor people can <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_67">67</a></span>have what rich
+folks can’t, or don’t, which amounts to much the same thing.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not avail himself of this permission; but stood on the
+threshold of the “tie-up” watching the little woman force out the big
+streams of milk without apparent effort, until the desire to
+successfully perform the same task was strong upon him.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t you think I could do that?” he asked timidly.</p>
+
+<p>“I dare say you might, my child; there isn’t much of a knack to it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Would you be willin’ to let me try?”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course you shall,” and Aunt Hannah got up quickly from the stool.
+“Be gentle, and you’ll have no trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth failed at first; but after a few trials he was able to extract a
+thin stream of the foaming fluid, although White-Face did not appear
+well pleased with his experiments.</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah took the matter in hand, and when she had finished
+Seth carried the pail for her, arriving at the kitchen just as Gladys
+and Snip entered, both seemingly weary with their afternoon’s frolic.</p>
+
+<p>Bread, baked that forenoon, and warm milk, made <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_68">68</a></span>up the evening meal,
+and again Aunt Hannah prayed for the stranger, much to his secret
+satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>While they were at the table the little woman said, in a low tone of
+authority, such as did not seem suited to her lips:</p>
+
+<p>“You are to stay here until morning, Seth, and then we will have
+another talk. I’m an old-fashioned old maid, an’ believe in early to
+bed an’ early to rise, therefore we don’t light lamp or candle in the
+summer-time, unless some of the neighbors loiter later than usual. You
+are to sleep in the room over the kitchen, my boy, and when we have
+finished supper I guess you’ll be glad to lie down, for spading up a
+piece of grass land isn’t easy work.”</p>
+
+<p>Understanding from these remarks that he was expected to retire
+without delay, Seth took Snip in his arms immediately the meal had
+come to a close, and said, as he stood waiting to be shown the way to
+his room:</p>
+
+<p>“You’ve been mighty good to us, Miss—Aunt Hannah, an’ I hope we’ll
+have a chance to pay you back some day.”</p>
+
+<p>“You’ve done that this afternoon,” Gladys cried laughingly. “Aunt
+Hannah has wanted that garden <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_69">69</a></span>spot spaded ever since the snow went
+away, and the boys around here were too lazy to do it. All hands,
+including Snip, will have a share in the planting, and I wouldn’t be
+surprised if we beat our neighbors, even though it is late for such
+work.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth would have liked to take leave of these two who had been so kind
+to him, for he was still determined to leave the house secretly as
+soon as was possible; but he did not dare say all that was in his mind
+lest his purpose be betrayed, and followed Aunt Hannah as she led the
+way to the room above the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>“You won’t forget to say your prayers,” she said, kissing him
+good-night, an act which brought the tears to his eyes; and Seth shook
+his head by way of promise, although never did he remember having done
+such a thing.</p>
+
+<p>After undressing, and when Snip had been provided with a comfortable
+bed in the cushioned rocking-chair, Seth attempted to do as he had
+promised, and found it an exceedingly difficult task. There was in his
+heart both thanksgiving and sorrow, but he could not give words to
+either, and after several vain efforts he said reverentially:</p>
+
+<p>“I hope Aunt Hannah will have just as snifty a <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_70">70</a></span>time in this world as
+she deserves, for she’s a dandy, if there ever was one!”</p>
+
+<p>Then he crept between the lavender-scented sheets and gave himself up
+to the pleasure of gazing at his surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>Never before had he seen such a room, so comfort-inviting and cleanly!
+There were two regular pillows on the bed, and each of them enclosed
+in a snowy white case which was most pleasing to the cheek, while the
+fragrant sheets seemed much too fine to be slept on.</p>
+
+<p>Snip was quite as well satisfied with the surroundings as his master.
+The chair cushion was particularly soft, and he curled himself into a
+little ring with a sigh of content which told that if the question of
+leaving the Morse farm might be decided by him, he and his master
+would remain there all their lives.</p>
+
+<p>Weary, as Seth was, he found it exceedingly difficult to prevent his
+eyes from closing in slumber; yet sleep was a luxury he could not
+indulge in at that time, lest he should not awaken at an hour when he
+might leave the dwelling without arousing the other inmates.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps it would have been wiser had he not undressed <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_71">71</a></span>himself; but
+the temptation of getting into such a bed as Aunt Hannah had provided
+for his benefit was greater than he could withstand, therefore must he
+be exceedingly careful not to venture even upon the border of
+dreamland.</p>
+
+<p>It is needless to make any attempt at trying to describe Seth’s
+condition of mind, for it may readily be understood that his grief was
+great. More than once did he say to himself it would be better to tell
+Aunt Hannah all; but each time he understood, or believed he did, that
+by such a course he should not only be cutting himself off from all
+possibility of remaining longer at the farm, but would be forfeiting
+her friendship.</p>
+
+<p>To his mind he would be forced to leave the farm if he told the story,
+and he could not remain without doing so; therefore it seemed wisest
+to run away, thus avoiding a most painful scene.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the time when his eyelids rebelled against remaining open;
+and in order to save himself from falling asleep it seemed necessary
+to get out of bed.</p>
+
+<p>Crouching by the window, after having dressed himself, he gazed out
+over the broad fields that were bathed by the moonlight, and pictured
+to himself the <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_72">72</a></span>pleasure of viewing them night after night with the
+knowledge that they formed a portion of his home. And then, such a
+revery being almost painful, he nerved himself for what was to be done
+by taking Snip in his arms. The dog was sleeping soundly, and Seth
+whispered in a voice which was far from being steady:</p>
+
+<p>“It’s too bad, old man; but we can’t help ourselves. You’ll be sorry
+not to see Gladys when you wake; but you won’t feel half so bad as I
+shall, ’cause I know what a slim chance there is of our ever strikin’
+another place like this.”</p>
+
+<p>Then he opened the door softly, still holding Snip in his arms.</p>
+
+<p>Not a sound could be heard; he crept to the head of the stairs and
+listened intently.</p>
+
+<p>It was as if he and Snip were the only occupants of the house. Seth
+had no very clear idea as to how long he had been in the chamber; but
+it seemed as if at least two hours had passed since Aunt Hannah bade
+him good-night, and there was no reason why he should not begin the
+flight at once.</p>
+
+<p>With his hand on Snip’s head as a means of preventing the dog from
+growling in case any unusual sound was heard, Seth began the descent
+of the <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_73">73</a></span>stairs, creeping from one to the other with the utmost
+caution, while the boards creaked and groaned under his weight until
+it seemed certain both Aunt Hannah and Gladys must be aroused.</p>
+
+<p>In trying to move yet more cautiously he staggered against the
+stair-rail, squeezing Snip until the little fellow yelped sharply; and
+Seth stood breathlessly awaiting some token that the mistress of the
+house had been alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>He was surprised because of hearing nothing; it appeared strange that
+any one could sleep while he was making such a noise, and yet the
+silence was as profound as before he began to descend.</p>
+
+<p>Never had he believed a flight of stairs could be so long, and when it
+seemed as if he should be at the bottom, he had hardly gotten more
+than half-way down.</p>
+
+<p>The descent came to an end, however, as must all things in this world,
+and he groped his way toward the kitchen door, not so much as daring
+to breathe.</p>
+
+<p>Once he fancied it was possible to distinguish a slight, rustling
+sound; but when he stopped all was silent as before, therefore the
+fugitive went on until his hand was on the kitchen door.</p>
+
+<p>The key was turned noiselessly in the lock; he <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_74">74</a></span>raised the latch, and
+the door swung open with never a creak.</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight flooded that portion of the kitchen where he stood
+irresolute, as if even now believing it might be better to confess why
+he had been forced to come away from New York; and as he turned his
+head ever so slightly to listen, a sudden fear came upon him.</p>
+
+<p>He saw, not more than half a dozen paces distant, a human form
+advancing. A cry of fear burst from his lips, and he would have leaped
+out of the open door but that a gentle pressure on his shoulder
+restrained him.</p>
+
+<p>“Where are you going, my child?” a kindly voice asked; and he knew
+that what he had mistaken for an apparition was none other than Aunt
+Hannah.</p>
+
+<p>Seth could not speak; his mouth had suddenly become parched, and his
+knees trembled beneath him. He had been discovered while seemingly
+prowling around the house like a thief, and on the instant he realized
+in what way his actions might be misconstrued.</p>
+
+<p>“Where are you going, Seth dear?”</p>
+
+<p>“I wasn’t—I had to run away, Aunt Hannah, <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_75">75</a></span>an’ that’s the truth of
+it!” he cried passionately, suddenly recovering the use of his tongue.</p>
+
+<p>“Why didn’t you tell me at supper-time?”</p>
+
+<p>“I was afraid you and Gladys would try to stop me, an’ perhaps I
+couldn’t stick to what I’d agreed on.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you really want to leave us, Seth?”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed I don’t, Aunt Hannah! I’d give anything in this world if I
+could stay, for this is the very nicest place I ever was in. Oh,
+indeed, I don’t want to go away!”</p>
+
+<p>“Then why not stay?”</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t! I can’t, ’cause I’d have to tell——”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not finish the sentence, but buried his face in Snip’s silky
+hair.</p>
+
+<p>“Is it because you can’t tell me why you left the city?” And the
+little woman laid her hand on the boy’s shoulder with a motion not
+unlike a caress.</p>
+
+<p>Seth nodded, but did not trust himself to speak.</p>
+
+<p>“Then go right back to bed. You shall stay here, my dear, until the
+time comes when you can confide in me, and meanwhile I will not
+believe you have been guilty of any wickedness.”</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_76">76</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch5"></a>CHAPTER V.<br />
+AN ACCIDENT.</h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Filled</span> with shame and confusion, Seth made no resistance when Aunt
+Hannah ordered him back to bed; but obeyed silently, moving stealthily
+as when he began the flight. He was trembling as with a sudden chill
+when he undressed and laid himself down, while Snip lost no time in
+curling his tiny body into a good imitation of a ball, wondering,
+perhaps, why he had thus been needlessly disturbed in his “beauty
+sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth was no longer capable of speculating upon the problem in which he
+had been involved through a lead nickel and an advertisement in the
+newspapers. He could only realize that Aunt Hannah had good reason to
+believe him a thief, or worse, otherwise she would not have been
+waiting to discover if he attempted to prowl around the house while
+she was supposed to be asleep, and his cheeks burned with shame at the
+thought.</p>
+
+<p>He wished that the night might never come to an <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_77">77</a></span>end, and then he
+would not be forced to meet her face to face, as he must when the sun
+rose.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course she’ll tell Gladys where she found me, an’ both of ’em will
+believe I’m the worst feller that ever lived!” he whispered to
+himself; and then tears, bitter and scalding, flowed down his cheeks,
+moistening the spotless linen, but bringing some slight degree of
+comfort, because sleep quickly followed in their train.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was awakened next morning by Aunt Hannah’s voice, as she called
+gently:</p>
+
+<p>“It’s time to get up, my dear. The sun is out looking for boys an’
+dogs, an’ you mustn’t disappoint him.”</p>
+
+<p>Snip ran eagerly down the stairs as if to greet some one for whom he
+had a great affection, and Seth heard the little woman say to him:</p>
+
+<p>“I really believe Gladys was in the right when she said I would come
+to like you almost as much as if you were a cat. Do you want a saucer
+of milk?”</p>
+
+<p>“She won’t talk so pleasantly when I get there,” Seth said to himself.
+“I’d rather take a sound flogging than have her look at me as if I was
+a thief!”</p>
+
+<p>The lad soon came to know Aunt Hannah better <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_78">78</a></span>than to accuse her of
+being cruel even in the slightest degree.</p>
+
+<p>When he entered the kitchen she greeted him with a kindly smile, and
+said, much as if the events of the previous night were no more than a
+disagreeable dream:</p>
+
+<p>“You see I’m beginning to depend on you already, Seth. Gladys isn’t up
+yet, and I’ve left White-Face in the barn thinkin’ you’d take her to
+the pasture. The grass is wet with dew, an’ I’m gettin’ so old that I
+don’t dare take the chances of wetting my feet.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not wait to make his toilet, but ran swiftly to the barn,
+rejoicing because of the opportunity to perform some task.</p>
+
+<p>When the cow had been cared for he loitered around outside, picking up
+a stick here and a stone there as if it was of the highest importance
+that the lawn in front of the house be freed from litter of every kind
+before breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>His one desire was to avoid coming face to face with Aunt Hannah until
+it should be absolutely necessary, and while he was thus inventing
+work Gladys came out in search of Snip.</p>
+
+<p>Seth understood at once that the girl was yet <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_79">79</a></span>ignorant of his attempt
+to run away, and his heart swelled with gratitude toward the little
+woman who had thus far kept secret what he would have been ashamed to
+tell.</p>
+
+<p>Just then Snip was of far more importance in the eyes of Aunt Hannah’s
+niece than was his master, and after a hasty “good-morning” she ran
+away with the dog at her heels for the accustomed exercise before
+breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>“Come in an’ wash your face, my dear. Breakfast will be cooked by the
+time you are ready to eat it, and such work as you are doing may as
+well be left until a more convenient season.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth felt forced to obey this summons promptly; but he did not dare
+meet the little woman’s glance. Had he observed her closely, however,
+it would have been seen that she studiously avoided looking toward
+him. Aunt Hannah was averse to causing pain, even to the brutes which
+came in her way, and at this particular time she understood very much
+of what was in the boy’s mind.</p>
+
+<p>Seth feared lest in the “prayer before breakfast” some reference might
+be made to what he had attempted to do during the night; but his fears
+were groundless. The little woman asked that her Father’s <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_80">80</a></span>blessing
+might fall upon the homeless; but the words were spoken in the same
+fervent, kindly tone as on the evening previous, and again the boy
+thanked her in his heart.</p>
+
+<p>When the morning meal had come to an end Gladys was eager Seth should
+join her and Snip on an excursion through the grove where squirrels
+were said to be “thick as peas,” and under almost any other
+circumstances the guest would have been delighted to accept the
+invitation; but now he insisted that there was very much work to be
+done before nightfall, which would force him to remain near the house.</p>
+
+<p>“We’ve only to plant the garden,” Aunt Hannah interrupted, “an’ then
+there’s no reason why you shouldn’t enjoy a stroll among the trees.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth remained silent, but determined to do all in his power to atone
+for what seemed to him very nearly a crime, and Gladys decided that
+she must also take part in the sowing of the seeds.</p>
+
+<p>Until noon the three, with Snip as a most interested spectator, worked
+industriously, and then, as Aunt Hannah said, “there was nothing to be
+done save wait patiently until the sun and the rain had performed
+their portion of the task.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_81">81</a></span>Seth did not join Gladys and Snip in their afternoon romp, but
+continued at his self-imposed tasks until night had come, doing quite
+as much work with his mind as his hands. Twenty times over he resolved
+to tell the little woman exactly why he was forced to run away from
+New York, and as often decided he could not confess himself such a
+criminal as it seemed certain, because of the advertisement, he really
+was.</p>
+
+<p>“I couldn’t stand it to have her look at me after she knew
+everything,” he repeated again and again.</p>
+
+<p>There was no idea in his mind as to how the matter might end, save
+when now and then he had the faintest of faint hopes that perhaps she
+might forget, or learn the truth from some one other than himself.</p>
+
+<p>During three days he struggled between what he knew to be duty and his
+own inclination, and in all that time the little woman never showed by
+word or look that there was any disagreeable secret between them.</p>
+
+<p>Seth tried to ease his conscience by working most industriously during
+every moment of daylight, and then came the time when it was
+absolutely impossible to find anything more for his hands to do. He
+<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_82">82</a></span>had swept the barn floor until it was as clean as a broom could make
+it; the wood in the shed had been piled methodically; a goodly supply
+of kindlings were prepared, and not so much as a pebble was to be seen
+on the velvety lawn.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys had tried in vain to entice him away from what she declared was
+useless labor, and Snip did all within the power of a dog to coax his
+master into joining him in the jolly strolls among the trees or across
+the green fields, and yet Seth remained nearabout the little house in
+a feverish search for something with which to employ his hands.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s no use, Snippey dear,” he said on the fourth night of his stay
+at the farm, after the family had retired, “I can’t stay an’ not tell
+Aunt Hannah, an’ it’s certain we won’t be allowed to stop more’n a
+minute after she knows the truth. If I could talk to her in the dark,
+when I couldn’t see her face, it wouldn’t seem quite so bad; but we go
+to bed so early there’s no chance for that. We must have it out mighty
+soon, for I can’t hang ’round here many hours longer without tellin’
+all about ourselves.”</p>
+
+<p>He was not ready for bed, although an hour had passed since he bade
+Aunt Hannah and Gladys good-night.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_83">83</a></span>The moon had gilded the rail fence, the shed, and the barn until they
+were transformed into fairy handiwork; the road gleamed like gold with
+an enamel of black marking the position of trees and bushes, and Seth
+had gazed upon the wondrous picture without really being aware of
+time’s flight.</p>
+
+<p>Having repeated to Snip that which was in his mind, the boy was on the
+point of making himself ready for a visit from the dream elves when he
+heard, apparently from the room below, what sounded like a fall, a
+smothered exclamation, and the splintering of glass.</p>
+
+<p>Only for a single instant did he stand motionless, and then, realizing
+that some accident must have happened, he ran downstairs, Snip
+following close behind, barking shrilly.</p>
+
+<p>Once in the kitchen an exclamation of terror burst from his lips.</p>
+
+<p>The room was illumined by a line of fire, seemingly extending entirely
+across the floor, which was fringed by a dense smoke that rose nearly
+to the ceiling, and, beside the table, where she had evidently fallen,
+lay Aunt Hannah, struggling to smother with bare hands the yellow,
+dancing flames that had fastened upon her clothing.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_84">84</a></span>It needed not the fragments of glass and brass to tell Seth that the
+little woman had accidentally fallen, breaking the lamp she carried,
+and that the fire was fed by oil.</p>
+
+<p>Like a flash there came into his mind the memory of that night when
+Dud Wilson overturned a lamp on the floor of his news-stand, and he
+had heard it said then that the property might have been saved if the
+boys had smothered the flames with their coats, or any fabric of
+woollen, instead of trying to drown it out with water.</p>
+
+<p>He pulled off his coat in a twinkling, threw it over the prostrate
+woman, and added to the covering rag rugs from the floor, pressing
+them down firmly as he said, in a trembling voice, much as though
+speaking to a child:</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t get scared! We can’t put the fire out with water; but I’ll soon
+smother it.”</p>
+
+<p>“You needn’t bother about me, my child; but attend to the house! It
+would be dreadful if we should lose the dear old home!”</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll get the best of this business in a jiffy; but it won’t do to
+give you a chance of bein’ burned.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is no fire here now.” And Aunt Hannah <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_85">85</a></span>threw back the rugs,
+despite Seth’s hold upon them, to show that the flames were really
+quenched. “For mercy’s sake, save the house! It’s the only home I ever
+knew, an’ my heart would be wellnigh broken if I lost it!”</p>
+
+<p>Before she had ceased speaking Seth was flinging rug after rug on the
+burning oil, for Aunt Hannah, like many another woman living in the
+country, had an ample supply of such floor coverings.</p>
+
+<p>Not until he had entirely covered that line of flame, and had danced
+to and fro over the rugs to stamp out the last spark of fire, did he
+venture to open the outside door, and it was high time, for the
+pungent smoke filled the kitchen until it was exceedingly difficult to
+breathe.</p>
+
+<p>The little woman remained upon the floor where Seth had first found
+her, and it was only after the night breeze was blowing through the
+room, carrying off the stifling vapor, that the boy had time to wonder
+why she made no effort to rise.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you hurt?” he cried anxiously, running to her side.</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind me until the fire is out.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is no more fire, an’ I’m bound to mind you! Are you hurt?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_86">86</a></span>“It doesn’t seem possible, my dear, an’ yet I can’t use either ankle
+or wrist. Of course the bones are not broken; but old people like me
+don’t fall harmlessly as do children.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth was more alarmed now than when he saw the flames of the burning
+oil threatening the destruction of the building, and he dumbly
+wondered why Gladys did not make her appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The first excitement was over, and now he had time in which to be
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>“What can I do? Oh, what can I do?” he cried, running to and fro, and
+then, hardly aware of his movements, he shouted loudly for Gladys.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t waken her!” Aunt Hannah cried warningly. “If you can’t help me
+there is nothing she can do.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ain’t she in the house?” Seth asked nervously.</p>
+
+<p>He feared Aunt Hannah might die, and even though she was in no real
+danger, to stand idly by not knowing how to aid her was terrible.</p>
+
+<p>He failed to observe that Snip was no longer in the room; but just at
+that moment his shrill barking was heard in an adjoining apartment,
+and Seth knew the dog had gone to find his little playmate.</p>
+
+<p>“You mustn’t get frightened after the danger is <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_87">87</a></span>all over, my dear,”
+Aunt Hannah said soothingly. “But for you the house would have been
+destroyed, and now we have nothing to fear.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you can’t get up!” Seth wailed.</p>
+
+<p>“That wouldn’t be a great misfortune compared with losing our home,
+even if I never got up again,” the little woman said quietly. “But I’m
+not going to lie here. Surely you can help me on to the couch.”</p>
+
+<p>“Tell me how to do it,” Seth cried eagerly, and at that moment Gladys
+appeared in the doorway.</p>
+
+<p>“Lean over so that I may put my arms around your neck,” Aunt Hannah
+said, giving no heed to the girl’s cry of alarm.</p>
+
+<p>“She fell an’ hurt herself,” Seth said hurriedly to Gladys, as he
+obeyed the little woman’s injunction. And then, as the latter put her
+uninjured arm over his neck, he tried to aid the movement by clasping
+her waist.</p>
+
+<p>“If you can help me just a little bit we’ll soon have her on the
+couch,” he cried to Gladys, who by this time was standing at his side.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah was a tiny woman, and the children, small though they
+were, did not find it an <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_88">88</a></span>exceedingly difficult task to raise her
+bodily from the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys lighted a lamp, and it was seen that, in addition to the
+injuries received by the fall, Aunt Hannah had been grievously burned.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, I’m in some pain,” she said in reply to Seth’s anxious
+questioning; “but now that the house has been saved I have no right to
+complain. Get some flour, Gladys, and while you are putting it on the
+worst of the burns, perhaps Seth will run over to Mrs. Dean an’ ask if
+she can come here a few minutes.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where does Mis’ Dean live?” the lad asked hurriedly, starting toward
+the door; and he was already outside when Gladys replied:</p>
+
+<p>“It’s the first house past the grove where Snip and I went this
+afternoon!”</p>
+
+<p>Seth gave no heed to his lameness as he ran at full speed down the
+road; the thought that now was the time when he might in some slight
+degree repay Aunt Hannah for having given shelter to him and Snip,
+lending speed to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>The Dean family had not yet retired when he arrived at the farmhouse,
+and, stopping only sufficiently long to tell in fewest possible words
+of what <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_89">89</a></span>had happened, Seth ran back to help Gladys care for the
+invalid, for he was feverishly eager to have some part in the nursing.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah was on the couch with her wounds partially bandaged when
+the boy returned, and although her suffering must have been severe,
+that placid face was as serene as when he bade her good-night.</p>
+
+<p>“Mis’ Dean is comin’ right away. What can I do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing more, my dear,” the little woman replied quietly. “You have
+been of such great service to me this night that I can never repay
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Please don’t say that, Aunt Hannah,” Seth cried, his face flushing
+with shame as he remembered the past. “If I could only do somethin’
+real big, then perhaps you wouldn’t think I was so awful bad.”</p>
+
+<p>“I believe you to be a good boy, Seth, and shall until you tell me to
+the contrary. Even then,” she added with a smile, “I fancy it will be
+possible to find a reasonable excuse.”</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of Mrs. Dean put an end to any further conversation, and
+Seth was called upon to aid in carrying Aunt Hannah to the foreroom,
+in which <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_90">90</a></span>was the best bed, although the little woman protested
+against anything of the kind.</p>
+
+<p>“I am as well off in my own bed, Sarah Dean. Don’t treat me as if I
+was a child who didn’t know what was best.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are goin’ into the foreroom, Hannah Morse, an’ that’s all there
+is about it. That bed hasn’t been used since the year your brother
+Benjamin was at home, an’ I’ve always said that if anything happened
+to you, an’ I had charge of affairs, you should get some comfort out
+of the feathers you earned pickin’ berries. We’ll take her into the
+foreroom, boy, for it’s the most cheerful, an’ she deserves the best
+that’s goin’.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can bet she does!” Seth exclaimed with great emphasis; and then
+he gave all his attention to obeying the many commands which issued
+from Mrs. Dean’s mouth.</p>
+
+<p>When the little woman had been disposed of according to her neighbor’s
+ideas of comfort, Seth was directed to build a fire in the kitchen
+stove; Gladys received instructions to bring all the old linen to be
+found; and Snip was ordered into the shed.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah protested vehemently against this last order, with the
+result that the dog was banished <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_91">91</a></span>to Gladys’ chamber, and then Mrs.
+Dean proceeded to attend to the invalid without giving her a voice in
+any matter, however nearly it might concern herself.</p>
+
+<p>Seth took up his station in the kitchen when other neighbors arrived,
+summoned most likely by Mr. Dean, and here Gladys joined him after
+what had seemed to the boy a very long time.</p>
+
+<p>“How is she?” he asked when the girl came softly into the room as if
+thinking he might be asleep.</p>
+
+<p>“Her hands and arms are burned very badly. Why, Seth, there are
+blisters as big as my hand, and Mrs. Dean says she suffers terribly;
+but the dear old woman hasn’t made the least little complaint.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s ’cause she’s so good. If I was like her I needn’t bother my
+head ’bout what was goin’ to happen after I died. It would be a funny
+kind of an angel who wasn’t glad to see Aunt Hannah!”</p>
+
+<p>“She’d have burned to death but for you.”</p>
+
+<p>“That ain’t so, Gladys. I didn’t do very much, ’cept throw the rugs
+an’ my coat over her.”</p>
+
+<p>“She’s just been telling Mrs. Dean that you saved her life, and the
+house.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_92">92</a></span>“Did she really?” Seth cried excitedly. “Did she say it in them very
+same words?”</p>
+
+<p>“Aunt Hannah made it sound a good deal better than I can. She said God
+sent you to this house to help her in the time of trouble, an’ she’s
+goin’ to see that you always have a home here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Wasn’t she kind’er out of her head?” Seth asked quickly. “I’ve heard
+Mother Hyde say that folks got crazy-like when they ached pretty bad.”</p>
+
+<p>“Aunt Hannah knew every word she was saying, and it’s true that she
+might have burned to death if you hadn’t been in the house, for I
+never heard a thing till Snippey came into my room barking.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope I did do as much; but it don’t seem jest true.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t you think the house would have burned if some one hadn’t put
+out the fire very quickly?”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps so, ’cause the flames jumped up mighty high.”</p>
+
+<p>“And since she couldn’t move, wouldn’t she have been burned to death?”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope so.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, Seth Barrows, how wicked you are!”</p>
+
+<p>“No, no, Gladys, I didn’t mean I hoped she’d have burned to death; but
+I hoped I really an’ truly <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_93">93</a></span>saved her life, ’cause then she won’t jump
+down on me so hard when I tell her.”</p>
+
+<p>“Tell her what?”</p>
+
+<p>“Why Snip an’ I had to run away from New York.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is it something you’re ashamed of?” Gladys asked quickly and in
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>Seth nodded, while the flush of shame crept up into his cheeks.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys gazed at him earnestly while one might have counted ten, and
+then said, speaking slowly and distinctly:</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t believe it. Aunt Hannah says you’re the best boy she ever
+saw; an’ she knows.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did Aunt Hannah tell you that, or are you tryin’ to stuff me?” And
+Seth rose to his feet excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>“I hope you don’t think I’d tell a lie?”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I don’t, Gladys; but if you only knew how much it means to
+me—Aunt Hannah’s sayin’ what you claim she did—there wouldn’t be any
+wonder I had hard work to believe it.”</p>
+
+<p>“She said to me those very same words——”</p>
+
+<p>“What ones?”</p>
+
+<p>“That you was the best boy she ever saw, an’ it <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_94">94</a></span>was only yesterday
+afternoon, when you were splitting kindling wood, that she said it.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, suddenly, to Gladys’ intense surprise, Seth dropped his head on
+his arm and burst into a flood of tears.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_95">95</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='chapter'><h2><a id="ch6"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br />
+<span class="ph3">SUNSHINE.</span></h2></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Mrs. Dean</span> had taken entire charge of the invalid and the house, and so
+many of the neighbors insisted on aiding her that Gladys and Seth were
+pushed aside as if they had been strangers.</p>
+
+<p>At midnight, when one of the volunteer nurses announced that Aunt
+Hannah was resting as comfortably as could be expected under the
+circumstances, Gladys, in obedience to Mrs. Dean’s peremptory command,
+went to bed; but Seth positively refused to leave the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>“Somethin’ that I could do might turn up, an’ I count on bein’ ready
+for it,” he said when the neighbor urged him to lie down. “Snip an’
+I’ll stay here; an’ if we get sleepy, what’s to hinder our takin’ a
+nap on the couch?”</p>
+
+<p>So eager was the boy for an opportunity to serve Aunt Hannah that he
+resolutely kept his eyes open during the remainder of the night lest
+the volunteer nurses should fail to waken him if his services were
+<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_96">96</a></span>needed; and to accomplish this he made frequent excursions out of
+doors, where the wind swept the “sand” from his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>With the first light of dawn he set about effacing so far as might be
+possible all traces of fire from the kitchen, and was washing the
+floor when Mrs. Dean came out from the foreroom.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I do declare!” she exclaimed in surprise. “Hannah Morse said
+you was a handy boy ’round the house, but this is a little more’n I
+expected. I wish my William could take a few lessons from you.”</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t count on gettin’ the floor very clean,” Seth replied
+modestly, but secretly delighted with the unequivocal praise. “If the
+oil and smut is taken off it’ll be easier to put things into shape.”</p>
+
+<p>“You’re doin’ wonderfully, my boy, an’ when I tell Hannah Morse,
+she’ll be pleased, ’cause a speck of dirt anywhere about the house
+does fret her mortally bad.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not venture to look up lest Mrs. Dean should see the joy in
+his eyes, for to his mind the good woman could do him no greater
+service than give the invalid an account of his desire to be useful in
+the household.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_97">97</a></span>“Is Aunt Hannah burned very much?” he asked, as the nurse set about
+making herself a cup of tea.</p>
+
+<p>“I allow it’ll be a full month before she gets around again. At first
+I was afraid she’d broken some bones; but Mrs. Stubbs declares it’s
+only a bad sprain. It seems that she had a headache, an’ came for the
+camphor bottle, when she slipped an’ fell against the table. The
+wonder to me is that this house wasn’t burned to the ground.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Dean questioned Seth as to himself, and his reasons for
+coming into the country in search of work; but the boy did not
+consider it necessary to give any more information than pleased him,
+although the good woman was most searching in her inquiries.</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys entered the kitchen, and the two children made
+preparations for breakfast, after Seth had brought to an end his
+self-imposed task of washing the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dean came over to milk White-Face, and Seth insisted that he be
+allowed to try his hand at the work, claiming that if Aunt Hannah was
+to be a helpless invalid during a full month, as Mrs. Dean had
+predicted, it was absolutely necessary he be able to care for the
+cow.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_98">98</a></span>The old adage that “a willing pupil is an apt one” was verified in
+this case, for the lad succeeded so well in his efforts that Mr. Dean
+declared it would not be necessary for him to come to the Morse farm
+again, so far as caring for the cow was concerned.</p>
+
+<p>Very proud was Seth when he brought the pail of foaming milk into the
+kitchen with the announcement that he had done nearly all the work,
+and Gladys ran to tell Aunt Hannah what she considered exceedingly
+good news.</p>
+
+<p>During the next two days either Mrs. Dean or Mrs. Stubbs ruled over
+the Morse household by virtue of their supposed rights as nurses, and
+in all this time Seth had not been allowed to see the invalid.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys visited the foreroom from time to time, reporting that Aunt
+Hannah was “doing as well as could be expected,” and Seth had reason
+to believe the little woman’s suffering would now abate unless some
+unexpected change in her condition prevented.</p>
+
+<p>The neighbors sent newspapers and books for Gladys to read to her aunt
+during such moments as she was able to listen, and while the girl was
+thus <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_99">99</a></span>employed Seth busied himself in the kitchen, taking great pride
+in keeping every article neat and cleanly, as Aunt Hannah herself
+would have done.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the hour which the boy had been looking forward to with
+mingled hope and fear. He had fully decided to tell all his story to
+the little woman who had been so kind to him, and was resolved that
+the unpleasant task should be accomplished at the earliest
+opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>It was nearly noon; the good neighbors were at their own homes for a
+brief visit, and Gladys came from the foreroom, where she had been
+reading the daily paper aloud, saying to Seth:</p>
+
+<p>“Aunt Hannah thinks I ought to run out of doors a little while because
+I have stayed in the house so long. There isn’t the least bit of need;
+but I must go, else she’ll worry herself sick. She says you can sit
+with her, an’ I’ll take Snippey with me, for he’s needing fresh air
+more than I am.”</p>
+
+<p>Just for a moment Seth hesitated; the time had come when he must, if
+ever, carry his good resolutions into effect, and there was little
+doubt in his mind but that Aunt Hannah would insist upon his leaving
+the farm without delay once she knew all his wickedness.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_100">100</a></span>Gladys did not give him very much time for reflection. With Snip at
+her heels she hurried down the road, and Seth knew he must not leave
+the invalid alone many moments.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah’s eyes were open when he entered the foreroom, and but for
+that fact he might almost have believed she was dead, so pale was her
+face. The bandaged hands were outside the coverings, and Seth had been
+told that she could not move them unaided, except at the cost of most
+severe pain.</p>
+
+<p>“I knew you would be forced to come when Gladys went out, and that was
+why I sent her. We two—you an’ I—need to have a quiet chat together,
+and there is little opportunity unless we are alone in the house.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth’s face was flushed crimson; he believed Aunt Hannah had come to
+the conclusion that he must not be allowed to remain at the farm any
+longer unless he confessed why it had been necessary to leave New
+York, and his one desire was to speak before she should be able to
+make a demand.</p>
+
+<p>“I ought’er——”</p>
+
+<p>He stammered and stopped, unable to begin exactly as he desired, and
+the little woman said <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_101">101</a></span>quietly, but in a tone which told that the
+words came from her heart:</p>
+
+<p>“You have saved the old home, an’ my life as well, Seth. Even if I had
+hesitated at making you one of the family, I could not do so now,
+after owing you so much.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t talk like that, Aunt Hannah! Don’t tell ’bout what you owe me!”
+Seth cried tearfully. “It’s the other way, an’ Snip an’ I are mighty
+lucky, if for no other reason than that we’ve seen you. Wait a
+minute,” he pleaded as the invalid was about to speak. “Ever since you
+got hurt I’ve wanted to tell everything you asked the other day, an’ I
+promised Snip an’ myself that I’d do it the very first chance. If
+it——”</p>
+
+<p>“There is no need of your tellin’ me, my child, unless you really
+think it necessary. I have no doubts as to your honesty, and truly
+hope that your wanderings are over.”</p>
+
+<p>“We shall have to go; but I’m bound to tell the truth now, ’cause I
+know you think I was tryin’ to steal somethin’ when we were only goin’
+to run away so’s you wouldn’t know what I’ve done.”</p>
+
+<p>“My dear boy,” and Aunt Hannah vainly tried to raise her head, “I
+never thought for a single minute <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_102">102</a></span>that you came downstairs for any
+other purpose than to leave the house secretly.”</p>
+
+<p>“An’ that’s jest the truth. Now don’t say a word till I’ve told you
+all about it, an’ please not look at me.”</p>
+
+<p>Then, speaking hurriedly lest she should interrupt him in what was an
+exceedingly difficult task, Seth told of the advertisement, of the
+counterfeit money he had unwittingly passed, and of his flight, aided
+by Teddy and Tim.</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t mean to do it,” he concluded, amid his sobs; “but I reckon
+I’d tried to get rid of it some time, ’cause I couldn’t afford to lose
+so much money. Of course they’ll put me in jail, if the detectives
+catch me, an’ if I should be locked up for ever so many years, won’t
+you let Gladys take care of poor little Snippey?”</p>
+
+<p>“Come here an’ kiss me, Seth,” Aunt Hannah said softly. “I wish I
+could put my hand on your head! And you’ve been frightened out of your
+wits because of that counterfeit nickel?” she added when he had
+obeyed. “You poor little child! If you had told me, your troubles
+would soon have come to an end; but you must understand that in this
+world the only honest course is to atone for your <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_103">103</a></span>faults, rather than
+run away from them. The good Book says that ‘your sins shall find you
+out,’ and it is true, my dear, as true as is every word that has come
+to us from God. But I’m not allowin’ that you have committed any
+grievous sin in this matter. Do you know, Gladys read your story in
+the paper before I sent her for a walk, and that is why I wanted to be
+alone with you.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth looked up in surprise which was almost bewilderment, and Aunt
+Hannah continued with a bright smile that was like unto the sunshine
+after a shower:</p>
+
+<p>“Take up the newspaper lying on the table. I told Gladys to fold it so
+you might find the article I wanted you to read.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth did as she directed, but without glancing at the printed sheet.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you read, dear?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not very well, ’cause I have to spell out the big words.”</p>
+
+<p>“Hold it before my eyes while I make the attempt. There isn’t very
+much of a story; but it will mean a great deal to you, I hope.”</p>
+
+<p>Seth was wholly at a loss to understand the little woman’s meaning;
+but he did as she directed, and <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_104">104</a></span>listened without any great show of
+enthusiasm to the following:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+    <p>Messrs. Symonds &amp; Symonds, the well-known attorneys of Pine
+    Street, are willing to confess that they are not well informed
+    regarding the character of the average newsboy of this city, and
+    by such ignorance have defeated their own ends. Several days ago
+    the gentlemen were notified by a professional brother in San
+    Francisco that a client of his, lately deceased, had bequeathed to
+    one Seth Barrows the sum of five thousand dollars. All the
+    information that could be given concerning the heir was that he
+    had been living with a certain family in Jersey City, and was now
+    believed to be selling newspapers in this city. His age was stated
+    as about eleven years, and he owed his good fortune to the fact
+    that the dead man was his uncle.</p>
+
+    <p>“It is not a simple matter to find any particular street merchant
+    in New York City; but Messrs. Symonds &amp; Symonds began their search
+    by advertising in the newspapers for the lad. As has been since
+    learned, the friends of the young heir saw the notice which had
+    been inserted by the attorneys, and straightway believed the lad
+    was wanted because of some crime committed. The boy himself must
+    have had a guilty conscience, for he fled without delay, carrying
+    with him into exile a small white terrier, his only worldly
+    possession. The moral of this incident is, that when you want to
+    find a boy of the streets, be careful to state exactly why you
+    desire to see him, otherwise the game may give you the slip rather
+    than take chances of being brought face to face with the officers
+    of the law.”</p></div>
+
+<p>It was not until Aunt Hannah had concluded that <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_105">105</a></span>Seth appeared to
+understand he was the boy referred to, and then he asked excitedly:</p>
+
+<p>“Do you suppose the Seth Barrows told about there can be me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course, my dear. Isn’t this your story just as you have repeated
+it to me?”</p>
+
+<p>“But there isn’t anybody who’d leave me so much money as that, Aunt
+Hannah! There’s a big mistake somewhere.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you remember of ever hearing that you had an uncle in California?”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed I don’t. I thought Snip was all the relation I had in the
+world.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why did the man in Jersey City allow you to live with him?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know. I had pretty good clothes then, an’ didn’t have to
+work, ’cause I was too small.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well,” the little woman said with a sigh, as if the exertion of
+talking had wearied her, “I don’t pretend to be able to straighten out
+the snarl; but I’m certain you are the boy spoken of in the newspaper
+story, for it isn’t reasonable to suppose that two lads of the same
+age have lately run away from New York because of an advertisement.
+The money must be yours, my dear, and instead of being a <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_106">106</a></span>homeless
+wanderer, you’re quite a wealthy gentleman.”</p>
+
+<p>“I wouldn’t take the chances of goin’ to see about it,” Seth said
+thoughtfully, “’cause what we’ve read may be only a trap to catch me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Now, don’t be too suspicious, my dear. I’m not countin’ on your going
+into that wicked city just yet. I’ve sent for Nathan Dean, an’ you may
+be sure he’ll get at the bottom of the matter, for he’s a master hand
+at such work.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Dean entered to take up her duties of nurse once more, and
+Seth went into the barn, where he could be alone to think over the
+strange turn which his affairs appeared to be taking.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys joined him half an hour later, and asked abruptly:</p>
+
+<p>“What did Aunt Hannah say to you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Why do you think she counted on talkin’ to me?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because I read that story in the newspaper. Then she wanted me to go
+out for a walk, and said I’d better ask Mr. Dean to come over this
+afternoon. I couldn’t help knowing it was about you; but didn’t say
+anything to her because Mrs. Dean thinks she oughtn’t to be excited.
+Did you tell her why you and Snippey ran away?”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_107">107</a></span>“Of course I did, an’ was countin’ on doin’ that same thing the first
+chance I had to speak with her alone, though I made sure she’d send me
+away.”</p>
+
+<p>Then Seth repeated that which he had told Aunt Hannah, and while he
+was thus engaged Mr. Dean entered the house.</p>
+
+<p>During the two days which followed, Gladys and Seth held long
+conversations regarding the possible good fortune which might come to
+the latter; but nothing definite was known until the hour when Aunt
+Hannah was allowed to sit in an easy-chair for the first time since
+the accident.</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Mr. Dean returned from New York, and came to make his
+report.</p>
+
+<p>There was no longer any question but that it was really Seth’s uncle
+who had lately died in San Francisco, or that he had bequeathed the
+sum of five thousand dollars to his nephew.</p>
+
+<p>It appeared, according to Mr. Dean’s story, as learned from Messrs.
+Symonds &amp; Symonds, that Daniel Barrows had cared for his brother’s
+child to the extent of paying Richard Genet of Jersey City a certain
+sum of money each year to provide for and clothe the lad. Mr. Genet
+having died suddenly, and without leaving anything to show whom Seth
+<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_108">108</a></span>had claims upon, the boy was left to his own devices, while his uncle,
+because of carelessness or indifference, made no effort to learn what
+might have become of the child.</p>
+
+<p>There were certain formalities of law to be complied with before the
+inheritance would be paid, among which was the naming of a guardian
+for the heir.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah declared that it was her duty as well as pleasure to make
+the lame boy one of her family, and to such end Mr. Dean had several
+conferences with Symonds &amp; Symonds, after which the little woman was
+duly appointed guardian of the heir.</p>
+
+<p>There is little more that can be told regarding those who now live on
+the Morse farm, for the very good reason that all which has been
+related took place only a few months ago; but at some time in the
+future, if the readers so please, it shall be the duty of the author
+to set down what befell Aunt Hannah, Seth, Gladys, and Snip after the
+inheritance was paid.</p>
+
+<p>That they were a very happy family goes without saying, for who could
+be discontented or fretful in Aunt Hannah’s home? And in the days to
+come, <span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_109">109</a></span>when Father Time lays his hand heavily upon the little woman,
+Seth knows that then, if not before, he can repay her in some degree
+for the kindness shown when he and Snip were fugitives, fleeing from
+nothing worse than a newspaper advertisement.</p>
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+<div style='display:block;margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***</div>
+<div style='display:block;margin:1em 0;'>This file should be named 31265-h.htm or 31265-h.zip</div>
+<div style='display:block;margin:1em 0;'>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/2/6/31265/</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
+<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
+Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
+on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+  </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg™ License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
+other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
+Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+        the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
+        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
+        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+        Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+        Literary Archive Foundation.”
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+        you in writing (or by email) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
+        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
+        works.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+        receipt of the work.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+        distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/31265-h/images/cover.jpg b/31265-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7909af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/31265-h/images/frontis.jpg b/31265-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1334e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/31265-h/images/title.png b/31265-h/images/title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdb1d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/title.png
diff --git a/31265-h/images/x-cover.jpg b/31265-h/images/x-cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32f0e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/x-cover.jpg
diff --git a/31265-h/images/x-frontis.jpg b/31265-h/images/x-frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1b0adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/x-frontis.jpg
diff --git a/31265-h/images/x-title.png b/31265-h/images/x-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f6d5d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/31265-h/images/x-title.png
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..080ff49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #31265 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/31265)
diff --git a/old/31265 2010-02-10.txt b/old/31265 2010-02-10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9d15e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/31265 2010-02-10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3108 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Aunt Hannah and Seth
+
+Author: James Otis
+
+Release Date: February 13, 2010 [EBook #31265]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  AUNT HANNAH
+  AND SETH
+
+  A STORY OF SOME
+  PEOPLE AND
+  A DOG. BY
+  JAMES
+  OTIS]
+
+
+[Illustration: "'HI, LIMPY!' A SHRILL VOICE CRIED."]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration:
+
+  _Aunt Hannah
+  And Seth
+
+  By
+
+  James Otis
+
+  Author of
+  "How Tommy Saved the Barn" etc.
+
+  New York
+  Thomas Y. Crowell & Co.
+  Publishers_]
+
+
+
+
+Copyright, 1900, by
+
+THOMAS Y. CROWELL & CO.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+  CHAPTER                   PAGE
+
+    I.--AN ADVERTISEMENT,      1
+
+   II.--THE COUNTRY,          20
+
+  III.--AUNT HANNAH,          39
+
+   IV.--THE FLIGHT,           58
+
+    V.--AN ACCIDENT,          76
+
+   VI.--SUNSHINE,             95
+
+
+
+
+AUNT HANNAH.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+AN ADVERTISEMENT.
+
+
+A SMALL boy with a tiny white dog in his arms stood near the New York
+approach to the Brooklyn Bridge on a certain June morning not many
+years since, gazing doubtfully at the living tide which flowed past
+him, as if questioning whether it might be safe to venture across the
+street.
+
+Seth Barrows, otherwise known by his acquaintances as Limpy Seth,
+because of what they were pleased to speak of as "a pair of legs that
+weren't mates," was by no means dismayed by the bustle and apparent
+confusion everywhere around him. Such scenes were familiar, he having
+lived in the city, so far as he knew, from the day of his birth; but,
+owing to his slight lameness, it was not always a simple matter for
+him to cross the crowded streets.
+
+"Hi, Limpy!" a shrill voice cried from amid the pedestrians in the
+distance, and as Seth looked quickly toward the direction from which
+had come the hail, he noted that a boy with hair of such a vivid hue
+of red as would attract particular attention from any person within
+whose range of vision he might come, was frantically trying to force a
+passage.
+
+Seth stepped back to a partially sheltered position beneath the
+stairway of the overhead bridge, and awaited the coming of his friend.
+
+"Out swellin', are you?" the boy with the red hair asked, as he
+finally approached, panting so heavily that it was with difficulty he
+could speak. "Goin' to give up business?"
+
+"I got rid of my stock quite a while ago, an' counted on givin' Snip a
+chance to run in the park. The poor little duffer don't have much fun
+down at Mother Hyde's while I'm workin'."
+
+"You might sell him for a pile of money, Limpy, an' he's a heap of
+bother for you," the new-comer said reflectively, as he stroked the
+dog's long, silken hair. "Teddy Dixon says he's got good blood in
+him----"
+
+"Look here, Tim, do you think I'd sell Snip, no matter how much money
+I might get for him? Why, he's the only relation I've got in all this
+world!" and the boy buried his face in the dog's white hair.
+
+"It costs more to keep him than you put out for yourself."
+
+"What of that? He thinks a heap of me, Snip does, an' he'd be as sorry
+as I would if anything happened to one of us."
+
+"Yes, I reckon you are kind'er stuck on him! It's a pity, Limpy,
+'cause you can't hustle same's the rest of us do, an' so don't earn as
+much money."
+
+"Snip has what milk he needs----"
+
+"An' half the time you feed him by goin' hungry yourself."
+
+"What of that?" Seth cried sharply. "Don't I tell you we two are the
+only friends each other's got! I'd a good deal rather get along
+without things than let him go hungry, 'cause he wouldn't know why I
+couldn't feed him."
+
+"A dog is only a dog, an' that's all you can make out of it. I ain't
+countin' but that Snip is better'n the general run, 'cause, as Teddy
+Dixon says, he's blooded; but just the same it don't stand to reason
+you should treat him like he was as good as you."
+
+"He's a heap better'n I am, Tim Chandler! Snip never did a mean thing
+in his life, an' he's the same as a whole family to me."
+
+As if understanding that he was the subject of the conversation, the
+dog pressed his cold nose against the boy's neck, and the latter cried
+triumphantly:
+
+"There, look at that! If you didn't have any folks, Tim Chandler, an'
+couldn't get 'round same as other fellers do, don't you reckon his
+snugglin' up like this would make you love him?"
+
+"He ain't really yours," Tim said after a brief pause, whereat the
+lame boy cried fiercely:
+
+"What's the reason he ain't? Didn't I find him 'most froze to death
+more'n a year ago, an' haven't I kept him in good shape ever since? Of
+course he wasn't mine at first; but I'd like to see the chump who'd
+dare to say he belonged to anybody else! If you didn't own any more of
+a home than you could earn sellin' papers, an' if nobody cared the
+least little bit whether you was cold or hungry, you'd think it was
+mighty fine to have a chum like Snip. You ought'er see him when I come
+in after he's been shut up in the room all the forenoon! It seems like
+he'd jump out of his skin, he's so glad to see me! I tell you, Tim,
+Snip loves me just like I was his mother!"
+
+Master Chandler shook his head doubtfully, and appeared to be on the
+point of indulging some disparaging remark, when his attention was
+diverted by a lad on the opposite side of the street, who was making
+the most frantic gestures, and, as might be guessed by the movement of
+his lips, shouting at the full strength of his lungs; but the words
+were drowned by the rattle of vehicles and other noises of the street.
+
+"There's Pip Smith, an' what do you s'pose he's got in his ear now?"
+Tim said speculatively; but with little apparent interest in the
+subject. "He's allers botherin' his head 'bout somethin' that ain't
+any of his business. He allows he'll be a detective when he gets big
+enough."
+
+Seth gave more attention to the caresses Snip was bestowing upon him
+than to his acquaintance opposite, until Tim exclaimed, with a sudden
+show of excitement:
+
+"He's yellin' for you, Seth! What's he swingin' that newspaper 'round
+his head for?"
+
+Perhaps Tim might have become interested enough to venture across the
+street, had Master Smith remained on the opposite side very long; but
+just at that moment the tide of travel slackened sufficiently to admit
+of a passage, and the excited Pip came toward his acquaintances at
+full speed.
+
+"What kind of a game have you been up to, Limpy?" he demanded, waving
+the newspaper meanwhile.
+
+Seth looked at the speaker in astonishment, but without making any
+reply.
+
+"Anything gone wrong?" Tim asked, gazing inquiringly from one to the
+other.
+
+"I don't know what he means," Seth replied, and Pip shouted wildly:
+
+"Listen to him! You'd think butter wouldn't melt in his mouth, an' yet
+he's been ridin' a mighty high hoss, 'cordin' to all I can find out!"
+
+"Who?" Seth demanded, grown restive under Pip's accusing gaze.
+
+"You, of course!"
+
+"But I haven't been up to any game."
+
+"You can't stuff me with that kind of talk, 'cause I've got it down
+here in black an' white."
+
+"Got what down?" Tim asked impatiently. "If there's anything wrong,
+why don't you come out with it like a man, an' not stand there like a
+dummy?"
+
+"Seth Barrows will find there's somethin' wrong when the whole perlice
+force of this city gets after him," Pip replied, in what was very like
+a threatening tone. "Listen to this, Tim Chandler, an' try to figger
+out the kind of a game Limpy's been playin'!"
+
+Then, with a tragical air, Master Smith read slowly from the newspaper
+he had been brandishing, the following advertisement:
+
+    "INFORMATION WANTED of a boy calling himself Seth Barrows. Said
+    boy is about eleven years old; his left leg an inch shorter than
+    the right, and is known to have been living in Jersey City three
+    years ago. He then sold newspapers for a livelihood, and resided
+    with one Richard Genet. A liberal reward will be paid for any
+    information concerning him. Address Symonds & Symonds,
+    Attorneys-at-law."
+
+As he ceased reading, Master Smith looked at his companions with a
+certain gleam of triumph in his eyes; but this expression quickly
+changed to one of severe reproof as he met Seth's bewildered gaze.
+
+"Sellin' papers is good enough for me, though it ain't a business that
+brings in any too much money," he said sharply. "But I don't keep a
+fancy dog, so the cost of livin' ain't so high."
+
+"What does it mean?" Seth asked in a low tone, as he gazed alternately
+at Tim and Pip.
+
+"Mean?" the latter replied scornfully. "I reckon you can answer that
+better'n we could. When the bank on Broadway was broke into there was
+the same kind of notice in the papers, for I saw it with my own eyes."
+
+"But I haven't been breakin' into any bank!" Seth wailed, hugging Snip
+yet more tightly to his bosom.
+
+"Then what's that advertisement there for?" and Master Smith looked
+upon his acquaintance with an air of judicial severity.
+
+"How do I know?"
+
+Now it was Tim's turn to gaze at Seth reproachfully; and as the three
+stood there one and another of their acquaintances, having heard the
+startling news, came up eagerly curious and positive that Snip's
+master had committed some terrible crime.
+
+The lame boy gave ample token of mental distress, as well he might
+after hearing that two attorneys-at-law were desirous of finding him,
+and more than one of the throng set down the expression of trouble on
+his face as strong proof of guilt.
+
+Although conscious that he had committed no crime, the boy was
+thoroughly alarmed at being thus advertised for. He knew that rewards
+were offered for information which would lead to the apprehension of
+criminals, and never so much as dreamed that similar methods might be
+employed in a search for those who were innocent.
+
+There was no reason, so he might have said to himself, why any lawyer
+in the city of New York would care to see him, unless he had been
+accused of some crime, but as he revolved the matter in his mind
+terror took possession of him until all power of reflection had
+departed.
+
+The number of alleged friends or acquaintances had increased, until
+Seth and Snip were literally surrounded, and every member of the
+throng knew full well that the gathering would be rudely dispersed by
+the first policeman who chanced to come that way. Therefore it was
+that each fellow hastened to give his opinion as to the reason why the
+advertisement had been inserted in the columns of the paper, and, with
+five or six boys speaking at the same moment, it can well be
+understood that no one of them succeeded in making any very great
+impression upon the minds of his neighbors.
+
+Seth understood, however, that every boy present was agreed upon the
+supposed fact that a great crime had been committed, although these
+young merchants might, upon due reflection, come to realize how
+improbable was such a supposition.
+
+When little Snip, seeming to understand that his master was in sore
+distress, licked the boy's cheek, it was to Seth almost as if the dog
+shared in the belief of those who were so ready to accuse him, and he
+could restrain his feelings no longer.
+
+Leaning against the iron column which supported the staircase, with
+his face buried in Snip's silky hair, the crippled lad gave way to
+tears, while his companions gazed at him severely, for to their minds
+this show of grief was much the same as a confession of guilt.
+
+A blue-coated guardian of the peace dispersed the throng before those
+composing it had had time to make audible comment upon this last
+evidence of an accusing conscience; but Seth was so bowed down by
+bewilderment, sorrow, and fear as not to know that he stood alone with
+Snip, while a throng of acquaintances gazed at him from the opposite
+side of the street.
+
+Once the officer had passed on, and was at a respectful distance,
+Seth's friends returned, and it could be understood from their manner
+that some definite plan of action had been decided upon during the
+enforced absence.
+
+"See here, Seth, we ain't such chumps as to jump on a feller when he's
+down. If you don't want to tell us what you've been doin'----"
+
+"I haven't done a thing, an' you know it, Tim Chandler," the lad
+moaned, speaking with difficulty because of his sobs.
+
+"Then what's the notice about?" Tim asked in a severe, yet friendly
+tone.
+
+"I don't know any more'n you do."
+
+"Where's the lead nickel Mickey Dowd says somebody shoved on you the
+other day?" Teddy Dixon asked sharply.
+
+Seth raised his head, looked about him for a moment as a shadow of
+fear passed over his face, and, dropping Snip for an instant, plunged
+both hands deep in his trousers pockets.
+
+Withdrawing them he displayed a small collection of silver and copper
+coins, which he turned over eagerly, his companions crowding yet more
+closely to assure themselves that the examination was thorough.
+
+"It's gone!" Seth cried shrilly. "It's gone; but I'll cross my throat
+if I knew I was passin' it!"
+
+Snip, hearing his young master's cry of fear, stood on his hind feet,
+scratching and clawing to attract attention, and, hardly conscious of
+what he did, Seth took the little fellow in his arms once more.
+
+"That settles the whole business," Teddy Dixon cried, in the tone of
+one who has made an important discovery. "You shoved it on somebody
+who'd been lookin' for counterfeit money, an' now the detectives are
+after you!"
+
+Seth glanced quickly and apprehensively around, as if fearing the
+officers of the law were already close upon him, and the seeming
+mystery was unravelled.
+
+From that moment there was not even the shadow of a doubt in the minds
+of Seth's acquaintances, and, believing that he had not intended to
+commit such a grave crime, the sympathies of all were aroused.
+
+"You've got to skip mighty quick," Tim said, after a brief pause,
+during which each lad had looked at his neighbor as if asking what
+could be done to rescue the threatened boy.
+
+"Where'll I go?" Seth cried tearfully. "They know what my name is, an'
+there ain't much use for me to hide."
+
+"You can bet I wouldn't hang 'round here many seconds," one of the
+group said, in a low tone, glancing around to make certain his words
+were not overheard by the minions of the law. "If we fellers keep our
+mouths shut, an' you sneak off into the country somewhere, I don't see
+how anybody could find you!"
+
+"But where'd I go?" Seth asked, his tears checked by the great fear
+which came with the supposed knowledge of what he had done.
+
+"Anywhere. Here's Snip all ready to take a journey for his health, an'
+in ten minutes you'll be out of the city; but it ain't safe to hang
+'round thinkin' of it very long, for the detectives will be runnin'
+their legs off tryin' to earn the money that's promised by the
+advertisement."
+
+Seth made no reply, and his most intimate friends understood that if
+he was to be saved from prison the time had arrived when they must act
+without waiting for his decision.
+
+They held a hurried consultation, while Seth stood caressing Snip,
+without being really conscious of what he did, and then Teddy and Tim
+ranged themselves either side of the culprit who had unwittingly
+brought himself under the ban of the law.
+
+Seizing him by the arms they forced the lad forward in the direction
+of Broadway, Tim saying hoarsely to those who gave token of their
+intention to follow:
+
+"You fellers must keep away, else the cops will know we're up to
+somethin' crooked. Wait here, an' me an' Teddy'll come back as soon as
+we've taken care of Seth."
+
+This injunction was not obeyed without considerable grumbling on the
+part of the more curious, and but for the efforts of two or three of
+the wiser heads, the fugitive and his accomplices would have aroused
+the suspicions of the dullest policeman in the city.
+
+"You'll get yourselves into a heap of trouble if anybody knows you
+helped me to run away," Seth said, in a tone of faint remonstrance.
+
+"It can't be helped," Teddy replied firmly, urging the hunted boy to a
+faster pace. "We ain't goin' to stand by an' see you lugged off to
+jail while there's a show of our doin' anything. Keep your eye on Snip
+so's he won't bark, an' we'll look after the rest of the business."
+
+Even if Seth had been averse to running away from the possible danger
+which threatened, he would have been forced to continue the flight so
+lately begun, because of the energy displayed by his friends.
+
+Tim and Teddy literally dragged him along, crossing the street at one
+point to avoid a policeman, and again dodging into a friendly doorway
+when the guardians of the peace came upon them suddenly.
+
+Had any one observed particularly the movements of these three lads,
+the gravest suspicions must have been awakened, for they displayed a
+consciousness of guilt in every movement, and showed plainly that
+their great desire was to escape scrutiny.
+
+Seth was so enveloped in sorrow and fear as to be ignorant of the
+direction in which he and Snip were being forced. He understood dimly
+that those who had the business of escape in hand were bent on gaining
+the river; but to more than that he gave no heed.
+
+Finally, when they were arrived at a ferry-slip, Teddy paid the
+passage money, and Seth was led to the forward end of the boat, in
+order, as Tim explained, that he might be ready to jump ashore
+instantly the pier on the opposite side was gained, in case the
+officers of justice had tracked them thus far.
+
+Now, forced to remain inactive for a certain time, Seth's friends
+took advantage of the opportunity to give him what seemed to be
+much-needed advice.
+
+"The minute the boat strikes the dock you must take a sneak," Teddy
+said impressively, clutching Seth vigorously by the shoulder to insure
+attention. "We'll hang 'round here to make sure the detectives haven't
+got on to your trail, an' then we'll go back."
+
+"But what am I to do afterward?" Seth asked helplessly.
+
+"There ain't any need of very much guessin' about that. You're bound
+to get where there'll be a chance of hidin', an' you want to be mighty
+lively."
+
+"Snip an' I will have to earn money enough to keep us goin', an' how
+can it be done while I'm hidin'?"
+
+"How much have you got now?"
+
+"'Bout fifty cents."
+
+Tim drew from his pocket a handful of coins, mostly pennies, and,
+retaining only three cents with which to pay his return passage on the
+ferry-boat, forced them upon the fugitive, saying when the boy
+remonstrated:
+
+"You'll need it all, an' I can hustle a little livelier to-night, or
+borrow from some of the other fellers if trade don't show up as it
+ought'er."
+
+Teddy followed his comrade's example, paying no heed to Seth's
+expostulations, save as he said:
+
+"We're bound to give you a lift, old man, so don't say anything more
+about it. If you was the only feller in this city what had passed a
+lead nickel, perhaps this thing would look different to me; but the
+way I reckon it is, that the man what put the advertisement in the
+paper jest 'cause he'd been done out'er five cents is a mighty poor
+citizen, an' I stand ready to do all I can towards keepin' you away
+from him."
+
+"Look here, fellers," Seth cried in what was very like despair as the
+steamer neared the dock, "I don't know what to do, even after you've
+put up all your money. Where can Snip an' I go? We've got to earn our
+livin', an' I don't see how it's to be done if we're bound to hide all
+the time."
+
+"That's easy enough," and Tim spoke hopefully. "The city is a fool
+alongside the country, an' I'm countin' on your havin' a reg'lar snap
+after you get settled down. When we land, you're to strike right out,
+an' keep on goin' till you're where there's nothin' but farms with
+milk, an' pie, an' stuff to eat layin' 'round loose for the first
+feller what comes to pick 'em up. Pip Smith says farmers don't do
+much of anything but fill theirselves with good things, an' I've
+allers wanted to try my hand with 'em for one summer."
+
+Seth shook his head doubtfully. Although he had never been in the
+country, it did not seem reasonable that the picture drawn by Pip
+Smith was truthful, otherwise every city boy would turn farmer's
+assistant, rather than remain where it cost considerable labor to
+provide themselves with food and a shelter.
+
+"You'll strike it rich somewhere," Teddy said, with an air of
+conviction, "an' then you can sneak back long enough to tell us where
+you're hangin' out. I'll work down 'round the markets for a spell, an'
+p'rhaps I'll see some of the hayseeders you've run across."
+
+The conversation was brought to a close abruptly as the ferry-boat
+entered the dock with many a bump and reel against the heavy timbers;
+and Seth, with Snip hugged tightly to his bosom, pressed forward to
+the gates that he might be ready to leap ashore instantly they were
+opened.
+
+"Keep your upper lip stiff, an' don't stop, once you've started, till
+you're so far from New York that the detectives can't find you," Tim
+whispered encouragingly, and ten seconds later the fugitive was
+running at full speed up the gangway, Snip barking shrilly at the
+throng on either side.
+
+Tim and Teddy followed their friend to the street beyond the ticket
+office, and there stood watching until he had disappeared from view.
+Then the latter said, with a long-drawn sigh:
+
+"I wish it had been almost any other feller what passed the lead
+nickel, for Seth hasn't got sand enough to do what's needed, if he
+counts on keepin' out'er jail." And Tim replied sadly:
+
+"If a feller stuck me with a counterfeit I'd think I had a right to
+shove it along; but after all this scrape I'll keep my eyes open
+mighty wide, else it may be a case of the country for me, an' I ain't
+hankerin' after livin' on a farm, even if Pip Smith does think it's
+sich a soft snap."
+
+Then the friends of the fugitives returned to the ferry-boat, in order
+that they might without delay make a report to those acquaintances
+whom they knew would be eagerly waiting, as to how Seth had fared at
+the outset of his flight.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE COUNTRY.
+
+
+SETH had little idea as to the direction he had taken, save that the
+street led straight away from the water, and surely he must come into
+the country finally by pursuing such a course.
+
+Neither time nor distance gave him relief of mind; it was much as if
+flight served to increase the fear in his mind, and even after having
+come to the suburbs of the city he looked over his shoulder
+apprehensively from time to time, almost expecting to see the officers
+of the law in hot pursuit.
+
+If it had been possible for Snip to understand the situation fully, he
+could not have behaved with more discretion, according to his master's
+views.
+
+Instead of begging to be let down that he might enjoy a frolic on the
+green grass, he remained passive in Seth's arms, pressing his nose up
+to the lad's neck now and then as if expressing sympathy. The little
+fellow did not so much as whine when they passed rapidly by a
+cool-looking, bubbling stream, even though his tongue was lolling out,
+red and dripping with perspiration; but Seth understood that his pet
+would have been much refreshed with a drink of the running water, and
+said, in a soothing, affectionate tone:
+
+"I don't dare to stop yet a while, Snippey dear, for nobody knows how
+near the officers may be, and you had better go thirsty a little
+longer, than be kicked out into the street when I'm locked up in
+jail."
+
+A big lump came into the fugitive's throat at the picture he had
+drawn, and the brook was left far behind before he could force it down
+sufficiently to speak.
+
+Then the two were come to a small shop, in the windows of which were
+displayed a variety of wares, from slate pencils to mint drops, and
+here Seth halted irresolutely.
+
+He had continued at a rapid pace, and fully an hour was passed since
+he parted from his friends. He was both hungry and weary; there were
+but few buildings to be seen ahead, and, so he argued with himself,
+this might be his last opportunity to purchase anything which would
+serve as food until he was launched into that wilderness known to him
+as "the country."
+
+No person could be seen in either direction, and Seth persuaded
+himself that it might be safe to halt here for so long a time as would
+be necessary to select something from the varied stock to appease
+hunger, and at the same time be within his limited means.
+
+For the first moment since leaving the ferry-slip he allowed Snip to
+slip out of his arms; but caught him up again very quickly as the dog
+gave strong evidence of a desire to spend precious time in a frolic.
+
+"You must wait a spell longer, Snippey dear," he muttered. "We may
+have to run for it, an' I mightn't have a chance to get you in my arms
+again. It would be terrible if the officers got hold of you, an' I'm
+afraid they'd try it for the sake of catchin' me, 'cause everybody
+knows I wouldn't leave you, no matter what happened."
+
+Then Seth stole softly into the shop, as if fearing to awaken the
+suspicion of the proprietor by a bold approach, and once inside, gazed
+quickly around.
+
+Two or three early, unwholesome-looking apples and a jar of ginger
+cakes made up the list of eatables, and his decision was quickly
+made.
+
+"How many of them cakes will you sell for five cents?" he asked
+timidly of the slovenly woman who was embroidering an odd green flower
+on a small square of soiled and faded red silk.
+
+She looked at him listlessly, and then gazed at the cakes
+meditatively.
+
+"I don't know the price of them. This shop isn't mine; I'm tendin' it
+for a friend."
+
+"Then you can't sell things?" and Seth turned to go, fearing lest he
+had already loitered too long.
+
+"Oh, dear, yes, that's what I'm here for; but I never had a customer
+for cakes, an' to tell the truth I don't believe one of 'em has been
+sold for a month. Do you know what they are worth?"
+
+"The bakers sell a doughnut as big as three of them for a cent, an'
+throw in an extra one if they're stale."
+
+The lady deposited her embroidery on a sheet of brown paper which
+covered one end of the counter, and surveyed the cakes.
+
+"It seems to me that a cent for three of them would be a fair price,"
+she said at length, after having broken one in order to gain some
+idea of its age.
+
+"Have you got anything else to eat?"
+
+"That candy is real good, especially the checkerberry sticks, but
+perhaps you rather have somethin' more fillin'."
+
+"I'll take five cents' worth of cakes," Seth said hurriedly, for it
+seemed as if he had been inside the shop a very long while.
+
+The amateur clerk set about counting the stale dainties in a
+businesslike way; but at that instant Snip came into view from behind
+his master, and she ceased the task at once to cry in delight:
+
+"What a dear little dog! Did he come with you?"
+
+"Yes, ma'am," Seth replied hesitatingly; and he added as the woman
+stooped to caress Snip: "We're in a big hurry, an' if you'll give me
+the cakes I'll thank you."
+
+"Dear me, why didn't you say so at first?" and she resumed her task of
+counting the cakes, stopping now and then to speak to Snip, who was
+sitting up on his hind legs begging for a bit of the stale pastry.
+"How far are you going?"
+
+"I don't know; you see we can't walk very fast."
+
+"Got friends out this way, I take it?"
+
+"Well,--yes--no--that is, I don't know. Won't you please hurry?"
+
+The woman seemed to think it necessary she should feed Snip with a
+portion of one cake that had already been counted out for Seth, and to
+still further tempt the dog's appetite by giving him an inch or more
+broken from one of the checkerberry sticks, before attending to her
+duties as clerk, after which she concluded her portion of the
+transaction by holding out a not over-cleanly hand for the money.
+
+Seth hurriedly gave her five pennies, and then, seizing Snip in his
+arms, ran out of the shop regardless of the questions she literally
+hurled after him.
+
+His first care was to gaze down the road in the direction from which
+he had just come, and the relief of mind was great when he failed to
+see any signs of life.
+
+"They haven't caught up with us yet, Snippey," he said, as if certain
+the officers were somewhere in the rear bent on taking him prisoner.
+"If they stop at the store, that woman will be sure to say we were
+here."
+
+Having thus spurred himself on, he continued the journey half an hour
+longer, when they had arrived at a grove of small trees and bushes
+through which ran a tiny brook.
+
+"We can hide in here, an' you'll have a chance to run around on the
+grass till you're tired," he said, as, after making certain there was
+no one in sight to observe his movements, he darted amid the
+shrubbery.
+
+It was not difficult for a boy tired as was Seth, to find a
+rest-inviting spot by the side of the stream where the bushes hid him
+from view of any who might chance to pass along the road, and without
+loss of time Snip set himself the task of chasing every butterfly that
+dared come within his range of vision, ceasing only for a few seconds
+at a time to lick his master's hand, or take his share of the stale
+pastry.
+
+It was most refreshing to Seth, this halt beneath the shade of the
+bushes where the brook sang such a song as he had never heard before,
+and despite the age of the cake his hunger was appeased. Save for the
+haunting fear that the officers of the law might be close upon his
+heels, he would have been very happy, and even under the painful
+circumstances attending his departure, he enjoyed in a certain degree
+the unusual scene before him.
+
+Then Snip, wearied with his fruitless pursuit of the butterflies,
+crept close by his master's side for a nap, and Seth yielded to the
+temptation to stretch himself out at full length on the soft, cool
+moss.
+
+There was in his mind the thought that he must resume the flight
+within a short time, lest he fail to find a shelter before the night
+had come; but the dancing waters sang a most entrancing and
+rest-inviting melody until his eyes closed despite his efforts to hold
+them open, and master and dog were wrapped in slumber.
+
+The birds gathered on the branches above the heads of the sleepers,
+gazing down curiously and with many an inquiring twitter, as if asking
+whether this boy was one who would do them a mischief if it lay in his
+power, and the butterflies flaunted their gaudy wings within an inch
+of Snip's eyes; but the slumber was not broken.
+
+The sun had no more than an hour's time remaining before his day's
+work in that particular section of the country had come to an end,
+when a brown moth fluttered down upon Seth's nose, where he sat
+pluming his wings in such an energetic manner that the boy suddenly
+sneezed himself into wakefulness, while Snip leaped up with a chorus
+of shrill barks and yelps which nearly threw the curious birds into
+hysterics.
+
+"It's almost sunset, Snippey dear, an' we've been idlin' here when we
+ought'er been huntin' for a house where we can stay till mornin'. It's
+fine, I know," he added, as he took the tiny dog in his arms; "but I
+don't believe it would be very jolly to hang 'round in such a place
+all night. Besides, who knows but there are bears? We must be a
+terrible long way in the country, an' if the farmers are as good as
+Pip Smith tells about, we can get a chance to sleep in a house."
+
+The fear that the officers might be close upon his heels had fled; it
+seemed as if many, many hours had passed since he took leave of Tim
+and Teddy, and it was possible the representatives of law would not
+pursue him so far into the country.
+
+He had yet on hand a third of the stale cakes, and with these in his
+pocket as token that he would not go supperless to bed, and Snip on
+his arm, he resumed the flight once more.
+
+After a brisk walk of half an hour, still on a course directly away
+from the river, as he believed, Seth began to look about him for a
+shelter during the night.
+
+"We'll stop at the first house that looks as if the folks who live in
+it might be willin' to help two fellers like us along, an' ask if we
+can stay all night," he said to Snip, speaking in a more cheery tone
+than he had indulged in since the fear-inspiring advertisement had
+been brought to his attention.
+
+He did not adhere strictly to this plan, however, for when he was come
+to a farmhouse which had seemed to give token of sheltering generous
+people, a big black dog ran out of the yard growling and snapping,
+much to Snippey's alarm, and Seth hurried on at full speed.
+
+"That wouldn't be any place for you, young man," he said, patting the
+dog's head. "We'll sleep out of doors rather than have you scared half
+to death!"
+
+Ten minutes later he knocked at the door of a house, and, on making
+his request to a surly-looking man, was told that they "had no use for
+tramps."
+
+Seth did not stop to explain that he could not rightly be called a
+tramp; but ran onward as if fearful lest the farmer might pursue to
+punish him for daring to ask such a favor.
+
+Three times within fifteen minutes did he ask in vain for a shelter,
+and then his courage had oozed out at his fingers' ends.
+
+"If Pip Smith was here he'd see that there ain't much milk an' pie
+layin' 'round to be picked up, an' it begins to look, Snippey, as if
+we'd better stayed down there by the brook."
+
+Master Snip growled as if to say that he too believed they had made a
+mistake in pushing on any farther, and the sun hid his face behind the
+hills as a warning for young boys and small dogs to get under cover.
+
+Seth was discouraged, and very nearly frightened. He began to fear
+that he might get himself and Snip into serious trouble by any further
+efforts at finding a charitably disposed farmer, and after the shadows
+of night had begun to lengthen until every bush and rock was distorted
+into some hideous or fantastic shape, he was standing opposite a small
+barn adjoining a yet smaller dwelling.
+
+No light could be seen from the building; it was as if the place had
+been deserted, and such a state of affairs seemed more promising to
+Seth than any he had seen.
+
+"If the people are at home, an' we ask them to let us stay all night,
+we'll be driven away; so s'pose we creep in there, an' at the first
+show of mornin' we'll be off. It can't do any harm for us to sleep in
+a barn when the folks don't know it."
+
+The barking of a dog in the distance caused him to decide upon a
+course of action very quickly, and in the merest fraction of time he
+was inside the building, groping around the main floor on which had
+been thrown a sufficient amount of hay to provide a dozen boys with a
+comfortable bed.
+
+He could hear some animal munching its supper a short distance away,
+and this sound robbed the gloomy interior of half its imaginary
+terrors.
+
+Promising himself that he would leave the place before the occupants
+of the house were stirring next morning, Seth made his bed by
+burrowing into the hay, and, with Snip nestling close by his side, was
+soon ready for another nap.
+
+The fugitive had taken many steps during his flight, and, despite the
+slumber indulged in by the side of the brook, his eyes were soon
+closed in profound sleep.
+
+Many hours later the shrill barking of Snip awakened Seth, and he sat
+bolt upright on the hay, rubbing his sleepy eyes as if trying to prove
+that those useful members had deceived him in some way.
+
+The rays of the morning sun were streaming in through the open door in
+a golden flood, and with the radiance came sweet odors borne by the
+gentle breeze.
+
+Seth gave no heed just at that moment to the wondrous beauties of
+nature to be seen on every hand, when even the rough barn was gilded
+and perfumed, for standing in the doorway, as if literally petrified
+with astonishment, was a motherly looking little woman whose upraised
+hands told of bewilderment and surprise, while from the expression on
+her face one could almost have believed that she was really afraid of
+the tiny Snip.
+
+"Is that animal dangerous, little boy?" she asked nervously after a
+brief but, to Seth, painful pause.
+
+"Who--what animal? Oh, you mean Snip? Why, he couldn't harm anybody if
+he tried, an', besides, he wouldn't hurt a fly. He always barks when
+strange folks come near where I am, so's to make me think he's a
+watch-dog. Do you own this barn?"
+
+"Yes--that is to say, it has always belonged to the Morses, an' there
+are none left now except Gladys an' me."
+
+"I hope you won't be mad 'cause I came in here last night. I counted
+on gettin' away before you waked up; but the bed was so soft that it
+ain't any wonder I kept right on sleepin'."
+
+"Have you been here all night?" the little woman asked in surprise,
+advancing a pace now that Snip had decided there was no longer any
+necessity for him to continue the shrill outcries.
+
+"I didn't have any place to sleep; there wasn't a light to be seen in
+your house. Well, to tell the truth, I was afraid I'd be driven away,
+same's I had been at the other places, so sneaked in----"
+
+"Aunt Hannah! Aunt Hannah!"
+
+It was a sweet, clear, childish voice which thus interrupted the
+conversation, and the little woman said nervously, as she glanced
+suspiciously at Snip:
+
+"I wish you would hold your dog, little boy. That is Gladys, an' she's
+so reckless that I'm in fear of her life every minute she is near
+strange animals."
+
+Seth did not have time to comply with this request before a
+pink-cheeked little miss of about his own age came dancing into the
+barn like a June wind, which burdens itself with the petals of the
+early roses.
+
+"Oh, Aunt Hannah! Why, where in the world did that little boy--What a
+perfectly lovely dog! Oh, you dear!"
+
+This last exclamation was called forth by Master Snip himself, who
+bounded forward with every show of joy, and stood erect on his hind
+feet with both forepaws raised as if asking to be taken in her arms.
+
+"Don't, Gladys! You mustn't touch that animal, for nobody knows
+whether he may not be ferocious."
+
+The warning came too late. Gladys already had Snip in her arms, and as
+the little fellow struggled to lick her cheek in token of his desire
+to be on friendly terms, she said laughingly:
+
+"You poor, foolish Aunt Hannah! To think that a mite of a dog like
+this one could ever be ferocious! Isn't he a perfect beauty? I never
+saw such a dear!"
+
+The little woman hovered helplessly around much like a sparrow whose
+fledglings are in danger. She feared lest the dog should do the child
+a mischief, and yet dared not come so near as to rescue her from the
+imaginary danger.
+
+There was just a tinge of jealousy in Seth's heart as he gazed at
+Snip's demonstrations of affection for this stranger. It seemed as if
+he had suddenly lost his only friend, and, at that moment, it was the
+greatest misfortune that could befall him.
+
+Gladys was so occupied with the dog as to be unconscious of Aunt
+Hannah's anxiety. She admired Snip's silky hair; declared that he
+needed a bath, and insisted on knowing how "such a treasure" had come
+into Seth's possession.
+
+The boy was not disposed to admit that he had no real claim upon the
+dog, save such as might result from having found him homeless and
+friendless in the street; but willing that the girl should admire his
+pet yet more.
+
+"Put him on the floor an' see how much he knows," Seth said, without
+replying to her question.
+
+Then Snip was called upon to show his varied accomplishments. He sat
+bolt upright holding a wisp of straw in his mouth; walked on his hind
+feet with Seth holding him by one paw; whirled around and around on
+being told to dance; leaped over the handle of the hay-fork, barking
+and yelping with excitement; and otherwise gave token of being very
+intelligent.
+
+Gladys was in an ecstasy of delight, and even the little woman so far
+overcame her fear of animals as to venture to touch Snip's
+outstretched paw when he gravely offered to "shake hands."
+
+Not until at least a quarter of an hour had passed was any particular
+attention paid to Seth, and by this time Aunt Hannah was willing to
+admit that while dogs in general frightened her, however peaceable
+they appeared to be, she thought a little fellow like Snip might be
+almost as companionable as a cat.
+
+"Of course you won't continue your journey until after breakfast," she
+said in a matter-of-fact tone, "and Gladys will take you into the
+kitchen where you can wash your face and hands, while I am milking."
+
+Then it was that Seth observed a bright tin pail and a three-legged
+stool lying on the ground just outside the big door, as if they had
+fallen from the little woman's hands when she was alarmed by hearing
+Snip's note of defiance and warning.
+
+Gladys had the dog in her arms, and nodding to Seth as if to say he
+should follow, she led the way to the house, while Aunt Hannah
+disappeared through a doorway opening from the main portion of the
+barn.
+
+"There's the towel, the soap and water," she said, pointing toward a
+wooden sink in one corner of what was to Seth the most wonderful
+kitchen he had ever seen. "Don't you think Snippey would like some
+milk?"
+
+"I'm certain he would," Seth replied promptly. "He hasn't had anything
+except dry ginger cake since yesterday mornin'."
+
+A moment later Master Snip had before him a saucer filled with such
+milk as it is safe to say he had not seen since Seth took him in
+charge, and the eager way in which he lapped it showed that it was
+appreciated fully.
+
+The fugitive did not make his toilet immediately, because of the
+irresistible temptation to gaze about him.
+
+The walls of the kitchen were low; but in the newcomer's eyes this was
+an added attraction, because it gave to the room such an hospitable
+appearance. The floor was more cleanly than any table he had ever
+seen; the bricks of the fireplace, at one side of which stood a small
+cook-stove, were as red as if newly painted; while on the dresser and
+the mantel across the broad chimney were tin dishes that shone like
+newly polished silver.
+
+A large rocking-chair, a couch covered with chintz, and half a dozen
+straight-backed, spider-legged chairs were ranged methodically along
+the sides of the room, while in the centre of the floor, so placed
+that the fresh morning breeze which entered by the door would blow
+straight across it to the window shaded by lilac bushes, was a table
+covered with a snowy cloth.
+
+"Well, if this is a farmer's house I wouldn't wonder if a good bit of
+Pip Smith's yarn was true," Seth muttered to himself, as he turned
+toward the sink, over which hung a towel so white that he could hardly
+believe he would be allowed to dry his face and hands with it.
+
+He was alone in the kitchen. Snip, having had a most satisfactory
+breakfast of what he must have believed was real cream, had run out of
+doors to chase a leaf blown by the wind, and Gladys was close behind,
+alternately urging him in the pursuit, and showering praises upon "the
+sweetest dog that ever lived."
+
+"Folks that live like this must be mighty rich," Seth thought, as he
+plunged his face into a basin of clear water. "It ain't likely Snip
+an' me will strike it so soft again, an' I expect he'll be terrible
+sorry to leave. I reckon it'll be all right to hang 'round an hour or
+so, an' then we must get out lively. I wonder if that little bit of a
+woman expects I'll pay for breakfast?"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+AUNT HANNAH.
+
+
+WITH a broken comb, which he used upon Snip's hair as well as his own,
+Seth concluded his toilet, and, neither the little woman nor the girl
+having returned to the house, stood in the doorway gazing out upon as
+peaceful a scene as a boy pursued by the officers of the law could
+well desire to see.
+
+On either hand ran the dusty road, not unlike a yellow ribbon upon a
+cloth of green, and bordering it here and there were clumps of bushes
+or groves of pine or of oak, as if planted for the especial purpose of
+affording to the weary traveller a screen from the blinding sun.
+
+The little farmhouse stood upon the height of a slight elevation from
+which could be had a view of the country round about on either hand;
+and although so near to the great city, there were no settlements,
+villages, or towns to be seen.
+
+Surely, the lad said to himself, he had at last arrived at "the
+country," and if all houses were as hospitable-looking, as cleanly,
+and as inviting in appearance as was this one, then Pip Smith's story
+had in it considerably more than a grain of truth.
+
+"It must be mighty nice to have money enough to live in a place like
+this," Seth said to himself. "It would please Snip way down to the
+ground; but I mustn't think of it, 'cause there's no chance for a
+feller like me to earn a livin' here, an' we can't always count on
+folks givin' us what we need to eat."
+
+Then Aunt Hannah came out from the barn, carrying in one hand a
+glistening tin pail filled with foaming milk, and in the other the
+three-legged stool.
+
+Seth ran toward her and held out his hand as if believing she would
+readily yield at least a portion of her burden; but she shook her head
+smiling.
+
+"Bless your heart, my child, I ought to be able to carry one pail of
+milk, seeing that I've done as much or more every day since I was
+Gladys's age."
+
+"But that's no reason why I shouldn't help along a little to make up
+for your not bein' mad 'cause Snip an' me slept in the barn. Besides,
+I'd like to say to the fellers that I'd carried as much milk as a
+whole pail full once in my life--that is, if I ever see 'em again," he
+added with a sigh.
+
+"Then you came from the city?"
+
+"Yes, an' I never got so far out in the country before. Say, it's
+mighty fine, ain't it?" And as Aunt Hannah relinquished her hold on
+the pail, Seth started toward the house without waiting for a reply to
+his question.
+
+After placing the stool bottom up by the side of the broad stone which
+served as doorstep, the little woman called to Gladys:
+
+"It's time White-Face was taken to pasture, child."
+
+"Do you mean the cow?" Seth asked.
+
+"Yes, dear."
+
+"Why can't I take her to the pasture; that is, if you'll tell me where
+to find it?"
+
+"Unfasten her chain, and she will show you the way. It's only across
+the road over yonder."
+
+Seth ran quickly to the barn, and having arrived at the doorway
+through which Aunt Hannah disappeared when she went about the task of
+milking, he halted in surprise and fear, looking at what seemed to him
+an enormous beast with long, threatening horns, which she shook now
+and then in what appeared to be a most vicious fashion.
+
+Only once before had Seth ever seen an animal of this species, and
+then it was when he and Pip Smith had travelled over to the Erie Yards
+to see a drove of oxen taken from the cars to the abattoir.
+
+It surely seemed very dangerous to turn loose such a huge beast; but
+Seth was determined to perform whatsoever labor lay in his power, with
+the idea that he might not be called upon to pay quite as much for
+breakfast, and, summing up all his courage, he advanced toward the
+cow.
+
+She shook her head restively, impatient for the breakfast of sweet
+grass, and he leaped back suddenly, frightened as badly of her as Aunt
+Hannah had been of Snip.
+
+Once more he made an attempt, and once more leaped back in alarm, this
+time to be greeted with a peal of merry laughter, and a volley of
+shrill barks from Snip, who probably fancied Seth stood in need of his
+protection.
+
+"Why did you jump so?" Gladys asked merrily.
+
+Seth's face reddened, and he stammered not a little in reply:
+
+"I reckon that cow would make it kind'er lively for strangers,
+wouldn't he?"
+
+"And you are really afraid of poor old White-Face? Why, she's as
+gentle as Snippey, though of course you couldn't pet her so much."
+
+Then Gladys stepped boldly forward, and Snip whined and barked in a
+perfect spasm of fear at being carried so near the formidable-looking
+animal.
+
+"Now, you are just as foolish as your master," Gladys said with a
+hearty laugh; but she allowed the dog to slip down from her arms, and
+as he sought safety behind his master, she unloosened the chain from
+the cow's neck, leading her by the horn out of the barn.
+
+Then it was that Snip plucked up courage to join the girl who had been
+so kind to him, and Seth, thoroughly ashamed at having betrayed so
+much cowardice, followed his example.
+
+"I want to do something toward paying for my breakfast," he said
+hesitatingly; "but I never saw a cow before, and that one acted as if
+he was up to mischief. I s'pose they're a good deal like dogs--all
+right after a feller gets acquainted with 'em."
+
+"Some cows are ugly, I suppose," Gladys replied reflectively, taking
+Snip once more in her arms as the little fellow hung back in alarm
+when White-Face stopped to gather a tempting bunch of clover; "but
+Aunt Hannah has had this one ever since she was a calf, and we two are
+great friends. She's a real well-behaved cow, an' never makes any
+trouble about going into pasture. There, she's in now, and all we've
+got to do is to put up the bars. By the time we get back breakfast
+will be ready. Did you walk all the way from the city?"
+
+There was no necessity for Seth to make a reply, because at this
+instant an audacious wren flew past within a dozen inches of Snip's
+nose, causing him to spring from the girl's arms in a vain pursuit,
+which was not ended until the children were at the kitchen door.
+
+The morning meal was prepared, and as Gladys drew out a chair to show
+Seth where he should sit, Aunt Hannah asked anxiously:
+
+"What does the dog do while you are eating?"
+
+"You'll see how well he can behave himself," Snip's master replied
+proudly, as the little fellow laid down on the floor at a respectful
+distance from the table.
+
+Much to Seth's surprise, instead of immediately beginning the meal,
+the little woman bowed her head reverentially, Gladys following the
+example, and for the first time in his life did the boy hear a
+blessing invoked upon the food of which he was about to partake.
+
+It caused him just a shade of uneasiness and perhaps awe, this
+"prayin' before breakfast" as he afterward expressed it while going
+over the events of the day with Snip, and he did not feel wholly at
+ease until the meal had well nigh come to an end.
+
+Then the little woman gave free rein to her curiosity, by asking:
+
+"Where are you going, my boy?"
+
+"That's what I don't just know," Seth replied, after a short pause.
+"Pip Smith, he said the country was a terrible nice place to live in,
+an' when Snip an' I had to come away, I thought perhaps we could find
+a chance to earn some money."
+
+"Haven't you any parents, or a home?" Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.
+
+"I don't s'pose I have. I did live over to Mr. Genet's in Jersey City;
+but he died, an' I had to hustle for myself."
+
+"Had to what?" Aunt Hannah asked.
+
+"Why, shinny 'round for money enough to pay my way. There ain't much
+of anything a feller like me can do but sell papers, an' I don't cut
+any big ice at that, 'cause I can't get 'round as fast as the other
+boys."
+
+"Did you earn enough to provide you with food, and clothes, an' a
+place to sleep?"
+
+"Well, sometimes. You see I ain't flashin' up very strong on clothes,
+an' Snip an' I had a room down to Mother Hyde's that cost us eighty
+cents a week. We could most always get along, except sometimes when
+there was a heavy storm an' trade turned bad."
+
+"I suppose you became discouraged with that way of living?" the little
+woman said reflectively.
+
+"Well, it ain't so awful swell; but then you can't call it so terrible
+bad. Perhaps some time I could have got money enough to start a
+news-stand, an' then I'd been all right, you know."
+
+"Why did you come into the country?"
+
+"You see we had to leave mighty sudden, 'cause----"
+
+Seth checked himself; he had been very near to explaining exactly why
+he left New York so unceremoniously. Perhaps but for the "prayers
+before breakfast" he might have told this kindly faced little woman
+all his troubles; now, however, he did not care to do so, believing
+she would consider he had committed a great crime in passing a lead
+nickel, even though unwittingly.
+
+Neither was he willing to tell so good a woman an absolute untruth,
+and therefore held his peace; but the flush which had come into his
+cheeks was ample proof to his hostess that in his life was something
+which caused shame.
+
+Aunt Hannah looked at him for an instant, and then as if realizing
+that the scrutiny might cause him uneasiness, turned her eyes away as
+she asked in a low tone:
+
+"Do you believe it would be possible for you to find such work in the
+country as would support you and the dog?"
+
+"I don't know anything about it, 'cause you see I never was in the
+country before," Seth replied, decidedly relieved by this change in
+the subject of conversation. "Pip Smith thought there was milk an'
+pies layin' 'round to be picked up by anybody, an' accordin' to his
+talk it seemed as if a feller might squeak along somehow. If I could
+always have such a bed as I got last night, the rest of it wouldn't
+trouble a great deal."
+
+"But you slept in the barn!" Gladys cried.
+
+"Yes; it was nicer than any room Mother Hyde's got. Don't boys like me
+do something to earn money out this way?"
+
+"The farmers' sons find employment enough 'round home; but I don't
+think you would be able to earn very much, my boy."
+
+"I might strike something," Seth said reflectively. "At any rate, Snip
+an' I'll have to keep movin'."
+
+"Then you have no idea where you're going?" And Aunt Hannah appeared
+to be distressed in mind.
+
+"I wish I did," Seth replied with a sigh, and Gladys said quickly:
+
+"You can't keep walkin' 'round all the time, for what will you do when
+it rains?"
+
+"Perhaps I might come across a barn, same's I did last night."
+
+"And grow to be a regular tramp?"
+
+"I wouldn't be one if I was willin' to work, would I? That's all Snip
+an' me ask for now, is just a chance to earn what we'll eat, an' a
+place to sleep."
+
+Aunt Hannah rose from the table quickly in apparently a preoccupied
+manner, and the conversation was thus brought to an abrupt close.
+
+Snip, who had already breakfasted most generously, scrambled to his
+feet for another excursion into the wonderful fields where he might
+chase butterflies to his heart's content, and Seth lingered by the
+open doorway undecided as to what he should say or do.
+
+Gladys began removing the dishes from the table, Aunt Hannah assisting
+now and then listlessly, as if her mind was far away; and after two or
+three vain efforts Seth managed to ask:
+
+"How much will I have to pay for breakfast an' sleepin' in the barn?"
+
+"Why, bless your heart, my boy, I wouldn't think of chargin' anything
+for that," the little woman said, almost sharply.
+
+"But we must pay our way, you know, though I ain't got such a dreadful
+pile of money. I don't want folks to think we're regular tramps."
+
+"You needn't fear anything of that kind yet a while, but if it would
+make you feel more comfortable in mind to do something toward payin'
+for the food which has been freely given, you may try your hand at
+clearin' up the barn. Gladys an' I aim to keep it cleanly; but even at
+the best it doesn't look as I would like to see it."
+
+Seth sat about this task with alacrity, although not knowing exactly
+what ought to be done; but the boy who is willing to work and eager to
+please will generally succeed in his efforts, even though he be
+ignorant as to the proper method.
+
+It was while working at that end of the barn nearest the house at a
+time when Aunt Hannah and Gladys were standing at the open window
+washing the breakfast dishes, that he overheard, without absolutely
+intending to do so, a certain conversation not meant for his ears.
+
+It is true he had no right to listen, and also true that the hum of
+voices came to his ears several moments before he paid any attention
+whatsoever, or made an effort to distinguish the words.
+
+Then that which he heard literally forced him to listen for more.
+
+It was Aunt Hannah who said, evidently in reply to a suggestion from
+Gladys:
+
+"It is a pity and a shame to see a child like that poor little lame
+boy wandering about the country trying to find work, when he isn't
+fitted for anything of the kind. But how could we give him a home
+here, my dear?"
+
+"I am sure it wouldn't cost you anything, Aunt Hannah. With three
+spare rooms in the house and hardly ever a visitor to use one of them,
+why couldn't he have a bed here?"
+
+"He can, my dear, and it's my duty to give him a home, as I see
+plainly; but you can't imagine what a cross it will be for me to have
+a boy and a dog around the old place. I have lived here alone so many
+years, except after you came, that a new face, even though it be a
+friendly one, disturbs me."
+
+"Surely you'd get used to him in a few days, and he's a boy who tries
+to do all he can in the way of helping."
+
+"I believe so, my dear, and, therefore, because it seems to be my
+duty, I'm goin' to ask him to stay, at least until he can find a
+better home; but at the same time I hold that it will be a dreadful
+cross for me to bear."
+
+Seth suddenly became aware that he was playing the part of a sneak by
+thus listening; and although eager to hear more, turned quickly away,
+busying himself at the opposite side of the barn, where it would not
+be possible to play the eavesdropper in even so slight a degree.
+
+Until now it had never come into his mind that this little woman,
+whose home was so exceedingly inviting, might give him an opportunity
+to remain, even for the space of twenty-four hours; but as it was thus
+suggested, he realized how happy both he and Snip would be in such a
+place, and believed he could ask for nothing more in this world if it
+should be his good fortune to have an opportunity to stay.
+
+There was little probability the officers of the law would find him
+here, however rigorously the search might be continued, and it seemed
+as if every day spent in such a household must be filled with
+unalloyed pleasure.
+
+He stopped suddenly in his work as the thought came that it had
+already been decided he should have an invitation to remain, and a
+great joy came into his heart just for an instant, after which he
+forced it back resolutely, saying to himself:
+
+"A feller who would bother a good woman like Aunt Hannah deserves to
+be kicked. She's made up her mind to give me a chance jest 'cause she
+thinks it's something that ought'er be done; but I ain't goin' to play
+mean with her. It's lucky I happened to hear what was said, else I'd
+have jumped at the chance of stayin' when she told me I might."
+
+At that moment Snip came into the barn eager to be petted by his
+master, and wearied with the fruitless chase after foolish and
+annoying birds.
+
+"It's tough on you, little man, 'cause a home like this is jest what
+you've been achin' for, an' they'd be awful good to you," Seth
+whispered as he took the dog in his arms. "How would it be if I should
+sneak off an' leave you with 'em? I ought'er do it, Snippey dear; but
+it would most break my heart to give up the only family I've got. An'
+that's where I'm mighty mean! You'd have a great time here, an' by
+stickin' to me there ain't much show for fun, unless things take a
+terribly sudden turn."
+
+Snip licked his master's chin by way of reply, and Seth pressed the
+little fellow yet more closely, saying with what was very like a sob:
+
+"I can't do it, little man, I can't do it! You must stick to me, else
+I'll be the lonesomest feller in all the world. We'll hold on here a
+spell, an' then hustle once more. It must be we'll find somebody
+who'll give us work, providin' the detectives don't nab me."
+
+Then he turned his attention once more to the task set him by Aunt
+Hannah, and Snip sat on the threshold of the door watching his master
+and snapping at the impudent sparrows, until Gladys came out with an
+invitation for the dog to escort her to a neighbor's house, where she
+was forced to go with a message.
+
+"I'll take good care of him," she called to Seth, as Snip ran on
+joyously in advance, "and bring him back before you finish sweeping
+the barn."
+
+"I'm not afraid of his comin' to any harm while you keep an eye on
+him; but I believe he's beginnin' to like you almost better'n he does
+me," Seth replied, with a shade of sorrow in his tone, whereat Gladys
+laughed merrily.
+
+Then the boy continued his work with a will, and ample evidence of his
+labor was apparent when Aunt Hannah came out, looking very much like
+the fairy godmothers of "once upon a time" stories, despite the
+wrinkles on her placid face.
+
+"It looks very neat," she said approvingly. "I never would have
+believed a boy could be so handy with a broom! Last spring I hired
+William Dean, the son of a neighbor, to tidy up the barn and the yard;
+but it looked worse when he had finished than before."
+
+"Have I earned the breakfast Snip and I ate?" Seth asked, pleased with
+her praise.
+
+"Indeed you have, child, although there was no reason for doing
+anything of the kind. When we share with those who are less fortunate,
+we are doing no more than our duty, an' I don't like to think that you
+feel it necessary to pay for a mouthful of food."
+
+"It was the very nicest breakfast I ever had, Miss--Miss----"
+
+"You may call me 'Aunt Hannah,' for I'm an aunt to all the children in
+the neighborhood, accordin' to their way of thinking. Would you be
+contented to stay here for a while, my dear?"
+
+"Indeed I would!" was the emphatic reply, and then Seth added,
+remembering the conversation he had overheard: "That is, I would if I
+could; but Snip an' me have got to hunt for a chance to earn our
+livin', an' it won't do to think of loafin' here, even though it is
+such a fine place."
+
+Aunt Hannah smiled kindly and said, with a certain show of
+determination, as if forcing herself to an unwelcome decision:
+
+"You an' the little dog shall stay for a while, my boy, and perhaps
+you can find some kind of work nearabout; but if not, surely it won't
+increase my cost of living, for we'll have a garden, which is what
+I'm not able to attend to now I've grown so old. Why did you leave the
+city, my child?"
+
+Had it not been for that "praying before breakfast" Seth would have
+invented some excuse for his flight; but now he could not bring
+himself, as he gazed into the kindly eyes, either to utter a
+deliberate falsehood or to make an equivocal reply.
+
+"I'd like to tell you," he said hesitatingly, after a long pause,
+during which Aunt Hannah looked out across the meadow rather than at
+him. "I'd like to tell you, but I can't," he repeated.
+
+"I don't believe you are a bad boy, Seth," she said mildly, but
+without glancing toward him.
+
+The lad remained silent with downcast eyes, and when it seemed to him
+as if many minutes had passed, the little woman added:
+
+"Perhaps you will tell me after we are better acquainted. Gladys
+declares, an' I've come quite to her way of thinking, that you should
+remain with us for a time. I don't believe you could find work such as
+would pay for your board and lodging, unless it was with an old woman
+like me, and so we're to consider you and Snip as members of the
+family."
+
+Seth shook his head, feebly at first, for the temptation to accept the
+invitation was very great, and then decidedly, as if the decision he
+had arrived at could not be changed.
+
+"Would you rather go away?" Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.
+
+"No, I wouldn't!" Seth cried passionately, the tears coming
+dangerously near his eyelids. "I'd do anything in this world for the
+sake of havin' such a home as this; but all the same, Snip an' I can't
+stay to bother you. We'll leave when he comes back."
+
+"Listen to me, my child," and now the little woman spoke with a degree
+of firmness which sounded strangely from one so mild, "you are not to
+go away this day, no matter what may be done later. We will talk about
+my plan after dinner, and then perhaps you'll feel like explaining why
+you think it necessary to go further in search of work after I have
+given you a chance to earn what you and the dog may need."
+
+Then Gladys' voice was heard in the distance as she urged Snip on in
+his pursuit of a butterfly, and Aunt Hannah went quickly into the
+dwelling, leaving Seth gazing after her wistfully as he muttered:
+
+"I never believed there was such a good woman in this world!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE FLIGHT.
+
+
+NEITHER Gladys nor Snip came into the barn immediately after their
+return, probably because the former had some report to make as to the
+message with which she had been entrusted, and Seth was left alone to
+turn over in his mind all that Aunt Hannah had said.
+
+A very disagreeable half hour he spent in the conflict between what he
+believed to be his duty and his inclination.
+
+It seemed that all his troubles would be at an end if he might remain
+in that peaceful place, as the little woman had suggested, and he knew
+full well that he could never hope to find as pleasant an abiding
+place.
+
+As the matter presented itself to his mind, he was not at liberty to
+accept the generous invitation unless the story of why he left New
+York was first told; and once Aunt Hannah was aware that he had
+transgressed the law by passing counterfeit money, it seemed certain
+she would look upon him as a sinner too great for pardon.
+
+He believed it was better to go without explanations than be utterly
+cast off by the little woman whom he was rapidly beginning to love,
+and, in addition, forfeit her friendship forever. So long as she could
+only guess at the reasons for his flight, she might think of him
+kindly, and, perhaps, in time, he would be able to prove that he was
+worthy of confidence.
+
+"I'll come back when I'm a man, an' then she'll have to believe I
+didn't mean to do anything so terrible bad when I passed the lead
+nickel," he said to himself, in an effort to strengthen the resolution
+just made. "It would be mighty nice to live here, an' what a good time
+Snip could have!"
+
+Then he tried to convince himself that his pet should be left behind;
+but the thought of going away from that charming home--which might
+have been his but for the carelessness in handling the counterfeit
+money--leaving behind the only friend he had known for many a long
+day, brought the tears to his eyes again.
+
+"I'll have to take the poor little man with me, an' it'll come mighty
+rough on him!" he said with a sob. "I reckon he thinks this kind of
+fun, when he can chase butterflies an' birds to his heart's content,
+is goin' to last, an' he'll be dreadfully disappointed after we leave;
+but I couldn't get along without him!"
+
+Gladys interrupted his mournful train of thought, and perhaps it was
+well, for the boy was rapidly working himself into a most melancholy
+frame of mind.
+
+She and Snip came tearing into the barn as if there was no other aim
+in this life than enjoyment, and so startled the sorrowing Seth that
+he arose to his feet in something very nearly resembling alarm.
+
+"If you jump like that I shall begin to think you are as nervous as
+Aunt Hannah," she cried with a merry laugh. "She insists that between
+Snip and me there will no longer be any peace for her, unless we sober
+down very suddenly; but do you know, Seth, that I've lived here with
+no other companion than the dear old woman so long, it seems as if
+some good fairy had sent this little fluff of white to make me happy.
+I had rather have him for a friend than all the children in the
+neighborhood, which isn't saying very much, in view of the fact that
+the two Dean boys and Malvinia Stubbs are the only people of
+nearabout my age in this section of the country."
+
+"I believe Snip thinks as much of you as you do of him," Seth replied
+gloomily. "I never knew him to make friends with any one before; but
+perhaps that was because he saw only the fellers who liked to tease
+him. If I wasn't mighty mean, he'd stay here all the time."
+
+"Of course he'll stay," Gladys cried as she tossed the tiny dog in the
+air while he gave vent to an imitation growl. "Aunt Hannah and I have
+arranged it without so much as asking your permission. You two are to
+live here; Snip's work is to enjoy himself with me, while you're to
+make a garden, the like of which won't be seen this side of New York.
+What do you think of settling down to being a farmer?"
+
+"I'd like it mighty well, but it can't be done." And Seth gazed out
+through the open door, not daring to meet Miss Gladys' startled gaze.
+
+"Wait till you've talked with Aunt Hannah," she exclaimed after the
+first burst of surprise had passed. "We've fixed everything, an'
+you'll find that there isn't a word for you to say."
+
+"I have talked with her," Seth replied gloomily. "We'd both love to
+stay mighty well, but we can't."
+
+"I'd like to know why"; and now Gladys was on her feet, looking
+sternly at the sorrowful guest. "Neither you nor Snip have got a home,
+an' here's one with the best woman who ever lived--that much I know to
+a certainty."
+
+"I believe you, but it can't be done." And the boy walked to the other
+side of the barn as if to end the conversation.
+
+Gladys looked after him for a moment in mingled surprise and
+petulance, and then, taking Snip in her arms, she walked straight into
+the house, leaving him seemingly more alone than ever.
+
+During the remainder of the forenoon neither Aunt Hannah, Gladys, nor
+Snip came out of the door, and then the little woman summoned him to
+dinner.
+
+Seth entered the house much as a miserable culprit might have done,
+and, after making a toilet at the kitchen sink, sat down at the table
+in obedience to Aunt Hannah's instructions.
+
+This time he half expected she would pray, and was not mistaken. Not
+having been taken by surprise, he heard every word, and his cheeks
+crimsoned with mingled shame and pleasure as she asked her Heavenly
+Father to bless and guide the homeless stranger who had come to them,
+inclining his heart to the right path.
+
+Aunt Hannah did not use many words in asking the blessing; but to Seth
+each one was full of a meaning which could not be mistaken, and he
+knew she was pleading that he might be willing to confess his sins.
+
+Perhaps if the good woman had asked at the conclusion of the prayer
+why he left New York, Seth would have told her everything; but no word
+was spoken on the subject, and by the time dinner had come to an end
+he was more firmly convinced than ever that she could not forgive him
+for having passed the counterfeit money.
+
+Nothing was said regarding his departure or the proposition that he
+should become a member of the household; but Gladys gave the outlines
+of a journey she proposed making with Snip that afternoon, and the
+heavy-hearted boy understood that it was not her purpose to return
+until nightfall.
+
+Then Aunt Hannah asked if he felt equal to the task of spading up a
+small piece of ground behind the barn, where she counted on making a
+garden, and he could do no less than agree to undertake the task.
+
+Therefore did it seem to him as if he was in duty bound to remain at
+the farm during the remainder of that day at least; but there was in
+his mind the fact that he must continue his aimless journey that very
+night, or be willing to give a detailed account of his wrongdoing.
+
+Immediately after the meal had been brought to a close Seth went out
+with the little woman to begin the work of making ready for a garden.
+
+When she had explained what was necessary to be done he labored at the
+task with feverish energy, for it seemed to him as if the task must be
+concluded before he would be at liberty to leave the farm, and go he
+must, because each moment was it becoming more nearly impossible to
+bring himself to confess why he and Snip were fugitives.
+
+Some of the neighbors called upon Aunt Hannah that afternoon,
+therefore she was forced to leave him alone after having described
+what must be done in order to make a garden of the unpromising looking
+land behind the barn; and he knew that Gladys and Snip would not
+return until time for supper, because the girl had plainly given him
+to understand as much during the conversation at the dinner-table.
+
+His hands were blistered, and his back ached because of the
+unaccustomed labor; but the work was completed to the best of his
+ability before sunset, and then Aunt Hannah found time to inspect the
+result of his toil.
+
+"I declare you have done as well as any man I could have hired, an' a
+good deal better than some!" she exclaimed, and a flush of joy
+overspread Seth's face as he arose with difficulty from the grass
+where he had thrown himself for a much-needed rest. "William Dean
+tried to do the same thing, but when he had finished the ground looked
+as if it had no more than been teased with a comb. You have turned it
+up till it is the same as ploughed, an' we'll have a famous garden,
+even though it is a bit late in the season."
+
+"I'm glad you like it," the boy replied. "Of course I could do such
+work quicker after I'd tried my hand at it two or three times."
+
+"I didn't expect you'd more than half finish it in one day, an' now
+there's nothing to be done but put in the seeds. We'll see to that in
+the morning. I must go after White-Face now, or we shall have a late
+supper. Have you seen anything of Gladys?"
+
+"She hasn't been here. Say, why can't I get the cow?"
+
+"I suppose you might, for she's gentle as a kitten; but you must be
+tired."
+
+"I reckon it won't hurt me to walk from here to the pasture." And Seth
+started off at full speed, delighted with the opportunity to perform
+yet more work, for there was in his mind the thought that Aunt Hannah
+would think kindly of him after he was gone, if he showed himself
+willing to do whatsoever came in his way.
+
+It did not seem exactly safe to walk deliberately up to that enormous
+beast of a cow; but since Gladys had done so he advanced without any
+great show of fear, and was surprised at discovering that she
+willingly obeyed the pressure on her horns.
+
+He led her into the cleanly barn, threw some hay into the manger, and
+then fastened the chain around her neck, all the while wondering at
+his own bravery.
+
+"Is there anything more for me to do?" he asked, as Aunt Hannah came
+out of the house with the three-legged stool and the glistening tin
+pail.
+
+"You've earned a rest, my dear," the little woman said cheerily. "Sit
+down on the front porch and enjoy the sensation which comes to every
+one who has done a good day's work. We poor people can have what rich
+folks can't, or don't, which amounts to much the same thing."
+
+Seth did not avail himself of this permission; but stood on the
+threshold of the "tie-up" watching the little woman force out the big
+streams of milk without apparent effort, until the desire to
+successfully perform the same task was strong upon him.
+
+"Don't you think I could do that?" he asked timidly.
+
+"I dare say you might, my child; there isn't much of a knack to it."
+
+"Would you be willin' to let me try?"
+
+"Of course you shall," and Aunt Hannah got up quickly from the stool.
+"Be gentle, and you'll have no trouble."
+
+Seth failed at first; but after a few trials he was able to extract a
+thin stream of the foaming fluid, although White-Face did not appear
+well pleased with his experiments.
+
+Then Aunt Hannah took the matter in hand, and when she had finished
+Seth carried the pail for her, arriving at the kitchen just as Gladys
+and Snip entered, both seemingly weary with their afternoon's frolic.
+
+Bread, baked that forenoon, and warm milk, made up the evening meal,
+and again Aunt Hannah prayed for the stranger, much to his secret
+satisfaction.
+
+While they were at the table the little woman said, in a low tone of
+authority, such as did not seem suited to her lips:
+
+"You are to stay here until morning, Seth, and then we will have
+another talk. I'm an old-fashioned old maid, an' believe in early to
+bed an' early to rise, therefore we don't light lamp or candle in the
+summer-time, unless some of the neighbors loiter later than usual. You
+are to sleep in the room over the kitchen, my boy, and when we have
+finished supper I guess you'll be glad to lie down, for spading up a
+piece of grass land isn't easy work."
+
+Understanding from these remarks that he was expected to retire
+without delay, Seth took Snip in his arms immediately the meal had
+come to a close, and said, as he stood waiting to be shown the way to
+his room:
+
+"You've been mighty good to us, Miss--Aunt Hannah, an' I hope we'll
+have a chance to pay you back some day."
+
+"You've done that this afternoon," Gladys cried laughingly. "Aunt
+Hannah has wanted that garden spot spaded ever since the snow went
+away, and the boys around here were too lazy to do it. All hands,
+including Snip, will have a share in the planting, and I wouldn't be
+surprised if we beat our neighbors, even though it is late for such
+work."
+
+Seth would have liked to take leave of these two who had been so kind
+to him, for he was still determined to leave the house secretly as
+soon as was possible; but he did not dare say all that was in his mind
+lest his purpose be betrayed, and followed Aunt Hannah as she led the
+way to the room above the kitchen.
+
+"You won't forget to say your prayers," she said, kissing him
+good-night, an act which brought the tears to his eyes; and Seth shook
+his head by way of promise, although never did he remember having done
+such a thing.
+
+After undressing, and when Snip had been provided with a comfortable
+bed in the cushioned rocking-chair, Seth attempted to do as he had
+promised, and found it an exceedingly difficult task. There was in his
+heart both thanksgiving and sorrow, but he could not give words to
+either, and after several vain efforts he said reverentially:
+
+"I hope Aunt Hannah will have just as snifty a time in this world as
+she deserves, for she's a dandy, if there ever was one!"
+
+Then he crept between the lavender-scented sheets and gave himself up
+to the pleasure of gazing at his surroundings.
+
+Never before had he seen such a room, so comfort-inviting and cleanly!
+There were two regular pillows on the bed, and each of them enclosed
+in a snowy white case which was most pleasing to the cheek, while the
+fragrant sheets seemed much too fine to be slept on.
+
+Snip was quite as well satisfied with the surroundings as his master.
+The chair cushion was particularly soft, and he curled himself into a
+little ring with a sigh of content which told that if the question of
+leaving the Morse farm might be decided by him, he and his master
+would remain there all their lives.
+
+Weary, as Seth was, he found it exceedingly difficult to prevent his
+eyes from closing in slumber; yet sleep was a luxury he could not
+indulge in at that time, lest he should not awaken at an hour when he
+might leave the dwelling without arousing the other inmates.
+
+Perhaps it would have been wiser had he not undressed himself; but
+the temptation of getting into such a bed as Aunt Hannah had provided
+for his benefit was greater than he could withstand, therefore must he
+be exceedingly careful not to venture even upon the border of
+dreamland.
+
+It is needless to make any attempt at trying to describe Seth's
+condition of mind, for it may readily be understood that his grief was
+great. More than once did he say to himself it would be better to tell
+Aunt Hannah all; but each time he understood, or believed he did, that
+by such a course he should not only be cutting himself off from all
+possibility of remaining longer at the farm, but would be forfeiting
+her friendship.
+
+To his mind he would be forced to leave the farm if he told the story,
+and he could not remain without doing so; therefore it seemed wisest
+to run away, thus avoiding a most painful scene.
+
+Then came the time when his eyelids rebelled against remaining open;
+and in order to save himself from falling asleep it seemed necessary
+to get out of bed.
+
+Crouching by the window, after having dressed himself, he gazed out
+over the broad fields that were bathed by the moonlight, and pictured
+to himself the pleasure of viewing them night after night with the
+knowledge that they formed a portion of his home. And then, such a
+revery being almost painful, he nerved himself for what was to be done
+by taking Snip in his arms. The dog was sleeping soundly, and Seth
+whispered in a voice which was far from being steady:
+
+"It's too bad, old man; but we can't help ourselves. You'll be sorry
+not to see Gladys when you wake; but you won't feel half so bad as I
+shall, 'cause I know what a slim chance there is of our ever strikin'
+another place like this."
+
+Then he opened the door softly, still holding Snip in his arms.
+
+Not a sound could be heard; he crept to the head of the stairs and
+listened intently.
+
+It was as if he and Snip were the only occupants of the house. Seth
+had no very clear idea as to how long he had been in the chamber; but
+it seemed as if at least two hours had passed since Aunt Hannah bade
+him good-night, and there was no reason why he should not begin the
+flight at once.
+
+With his hand on Snip's head as a means of preventing the dog from
+growling in case any unusual sound was heard, Seth began the descent
+of the stairs, creeping from one to the other with the utmost
+caution, while the boards creaked and groaned under his weight until
+it seemed certain both Aunt Hannah and Gladys must be aroused.
+
+In trying to move yet more cautiously he staggered against the
+stair-rail, squeezing Snip until the little fellow yelped sharply; and
+Seth stood breathlessly awaiting some token that the mistress of the
+house had been alarmed.
+
+He was surprised because of hearing nothing; it appeared strange that
+any one could sleep while he was making such a noise, and yet the
+silence was as profound as before he began to descend.
+
+Never had he believed a flight of stairs could be so long, and when it
+seemed as if he should be at the bottom, he had hardly gotten more
+than half-way down.
+
+The descent came to an end, however, as must all things in this world,
+and he groped his way toward the kitchen door, not so much as daring
+to breathe.
+
+Once he fancied it was possible to distinguish a slight, rustling
+sound; but when he stopped all was silent as before, therefore the
+fugitive went on until his hand was on the kitchen door.
+
+The key was turned noiselessly in the lock; he raised the latch, and
+the door swung open with never a creak.
+
+The moonlight flooded that portion of the kitchen where he stood
+irresolute, as if even now believing it might be better to confess why
+he had been forced to come away from New York; and as he turned his
+head ever so slightly to listen, a sudden fear came upon him.
+
+He saw, not more than half a dozen paces distant, a human form
+advancing. A cry of fear burst from his lips, and he would have leaped
+out of the open door but that a gentle pressure on his shoulder
+restrained him.
+
+"Where are you going, my child?" a kindly voice asked; and he knew
+that what he had mistaken for an apparition was none other than Aunt
+Hannah.
+
+Seth could not speak; his mouth had suddenly become parched, and his
+knees trembled beneath him. He had been discovered while seemingly
+prowling around the house like a thief, and on the instant he realized
+in what way his actions might be misconstrued.
+
+"Where are you going, Seth dear?"
+
+"I wasn't--I had to run away, Aunt Hannah, an' that's the truth of
+it!" he cried passionately, suddenly recovering the use of his tongue.
+
+"Why didn't you tell me at supper-time?"
+
+"I was afraid you and Gladys would try to stop me, an' perhaps I
+couldn't stick to what I'd agreed on."
+
+"Do you really want to leave us, Seth?"
+
+"Indeed I don't, Aunt Hannah! I'd give anything in this world if I
+could stay, for this is the very nicest place I ever was in. Oh,
+indeed, I don't want to go away!"
+
+"Then why not stay?"
+
+"I can't! I can't, 'cause I'd have to tell----"
+
+Seth did not finish the sentence, but buried his face in Snip's silky
+hair.
+
+"Is it because you can't tell me why you left the city?" And the
+little woman laid her hand on the boy's shoulder with a motion not
+unlike a caress.
+
+Seth nodded, but did not trust himself to speak.
+
+"Then go right back to bed. You shall stay here, my dear, until the
+time comes when you can confide in me, and meanwhile I will not
+believe you have been guilty of any wickedness."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+AN ACCIDENT.
+
+
+FILLED with shame and confusion, Seth made no resistance when Aunt
+Hannah ordered him back to bed; but obeyed silently, moving stealthily
+as when he began the flight. He was trembling as with a sudden chill
+when he undressed and laid himself down, while Snip lost no time in
+curling his tiny body into a good imitation of a ball, wondering,
+perhaps, why he had thus been needlessly disturbed in his "beauty
+sleep."
+
+Seth was no longer capable of speculating upon the problem in which he
+had been involved through a lead nickel and an advertisement in the
+newspapers. He could only realize that Aunt Hannah had good reason to
+believe him a thief, or worse, otherwise she would not have been
+waiting to discover if he attempted to prowl around the house while
+she was supposed to be asleep, and his cheeks burned with shame at the
+thought.
+
+He wished that the night might never come to an end, and then he
+would not be forced to meet her face to face, as he must when the sun
+rose.
+
+"Of course she'll tell Gladys where she found me, an' both of 'em will
+believe I'm the worst feller that ever lived!" he whispered to
+himself; and then tears, bitter and scalding, flowed down his cheeks,
+moistening the spotless linen, but bringing some slight degree of
+comfort, because sleep quickly followed in their train.
+
+Seth was awakened next morning by Aunt Hannah's voice, as she called
+gently:
+
+"It's time to get up, my dear. The sun is out looking for boys an'
+dogs, an' you mustn't disappoint him."
+
+Snip ran eagerly down the stairs as if to greet some one for whom he
+had a great affection, and Seth heard the little woman say to him:
+
+"I really believe Gladys was in the right when she said I would come
+to like you almost as much as if you were a cat. Do you want a saucer
+of milk?"
+
+"She won't talk so pleasantly when I get there," Seth said to himself.
+"I'd rather take a sound flogging than have her look at me as if I was
+a thief!"
+
+The lad soon came to know Aunt Hannah better than to accuse her of
+being cruel even in the slightest degree.
+
+When he entered the kitchen she greeted him with a kindly smile, and
+said, much as if the events of the previous night were no more than a
+disagreeable dream:
+
+"You see I'm beginning to depend on you already, Seth. Gladys isn't up
+yet, and I've left White-Face in the barn thinkin' you'd take her to
+the pasture. The grass is wet with dew, an' I'm gettin' so old that I
+don't dare take the chances of wetting my feet."
+
+Seth did not wait to make his toilet, but ran swiftly to the barn,
+rejoicing because of the opportunity to perform some task.
+
+When the cow had been cared for he loitered around outside, picking up
+a stick here and a stone there as if it was of the highest importance
+that the lawn in front of the house be freed from litter of every kind
+before breakfast.
+
+His one desire was to avoid coming face to face with Aunt Hannah until
+it should be absolutely necessary, and while he was thus inventing
+work Gladys came out in search of Snip.
+
+Seth understood at once that the girl was yet ignorant of his attempt
+to run away, and his heart swelled with gratitude toward the little
+woman who had thus far kept secret what he would have been ashamed to
+tell.
+
+Just then Snip was of far more importance in the eyes of Aunt Hannah's
+niece than was his master, and after a hasty "good-morning" she ran
+away with the dog at her heels for the accustomed exercise before
+breakfast.
+
+"Come in an' wash your face, my dear. Breakfast will be cooked by the
+time you are ready to eat it, and such work as you are doing may as
+well be left until a more convenient season."
+
+Seth felt forced to obey this summons promptly; but he did not dare
+meet the little woman's glance. Had he observed her closely, however,
+it would have been seen that she studiously avoided looking toward
+him. Aunt Hannah was averse to causing pain, even to the brutes which
+came in her way, and at this particular time she understood very much
+of what was in the boy's mind.
+
+Seth feared lest in the "prayer before breakfast" some reference might
+be made to what he had attempted to do during the night; but his fears
+were groundless. The little woman asked that her Father's blessing
+might fall upon the homeless; but the words were spoken in the same
+fervent, kindly tone as on the evening previous, and again the boy
+thanked her in his heart.
+
+When the morning meal had come to an end Gladys was eager Seth should
+join her and Snip on an excursion through the grove where squirrels
+were said to be "thick as peas," and under almost any other
+circumstances the guest would have been delighted to accept the
+invitation; but now he insisted that there was very much work to be
+done before nightfall, which would force him to remain near the house.
+
+"We've only to plant the garden," Aunt Hannah interrupted, "an' then
+there's no reason why you shouldn't enjoy a stroll among the trees."
+
+Seth remained silent, but determined to do all in his power to atone
+for what seemed to him very nearly a crime, and Gladys decided that
+she must also take part in the sowing of the seeds.
+
+Until noon the three, with Snip as a most interested spectator, worked
+industriously, and then, as Aunt Hannah said, "there was nothing to be
+done save wait patiently until the sun and the rain had performed
+their portion of the task."
+
+Seth did not join Gladys and Snip in their afternoon romp, but
+continued at his self-imposed tasks until night had come, doing quite
+as much work with his mind as his hands. Twenty times over he resolved
+to tell the little woman exactly why he was forced to run away from
+New York, and as often decided he could not confess himself such a
+criminal as it seemed certain, because of the advertisement, he really
+was.
+
+"I couldn't stand it to have her look at me after she knew
+everything," he repeated again and again.
+
+There was no idea in his mind as to how the matter might end, save
+when now and then he had the faintest of faint hopes that perhaps she
+might forget, or learn the truth from some one other than himself.
+
+During three days he struggled between what he knew to be duty and his
+own inclination, and in all that time the little woman never showed by
+word or look that there was any disagreeable secret between them.
+
+Seth tried to ease his conscience by working most industriously during
+every moment of daylight, and then came the time when it was
+absolutely impossible to find anything more for his hands to do. He
+had swept the barn floor until it was as clean as a broom could make
+it; the wood in the shed had been piled methodically; a goodly supply
+of kindlings were prepared, and not so much as a pebble was to be seen
+on the velvety lawn.
+
+Gladys had tried in vain to entice him away from what she declared was
+useless labor, and Snip did all within the power of a dog to coax his
+master into joining him in the jolly strolls among the trees or across
+the green fields, and yet Seth remained nearabout the little house in
+a feverish search for something with which to employ his hands.
+
+"It's no use, Snippey dear," he said on the fourth night of his stay
+at the farm, after the family had retired, "I can't stay an' not tell
+Aunt Hannah, an' it's certain we won't be allowed to stop more'n a
+minute after she knows the truth. If I could talk to her in the dark,
+when I couldn't see her face, it wouldn't seem quite so bad; but we go
+to bed so early there's no chance for that. We must have it out mighty
+soon, for I can't hang 'round here many hours longer without tellin'
+all about ourselves."
+
+He was not ready for bed, although an hour had passed since he bade
+Aunt Hannah and Gladys good-night.
+
+The moon had gilded the rail fence, the shed, and the barn until they
+were transformed into fairy handiwork; the road gleamed like gold with
+an enamel of black marking the position of trees and bushes, and Seth
+had gazed upon the wondrous picture without really being aware of
+time's flight.
+
+Having repeated to Snip that which was in his mind, the boy was on the
+point of making himself ready for a visit from the dream elves when he
+heard, apparently from the room below, what sounded like a fall, a
+smothered exclamation, and the splintering of glass.
+
+Only for a single instant did he stand motionless, and then, realizing
+that some accident must have happened, he ran downstairs, Snip
+following close behind, barking shrilly.
+
+Once in the kitchen an exclamation of terror burst from his lips.
+
+The room was illumined by a line of fire, seemingly extending entirely
+across the floor, which was fringed by a dense smoke that rose nearly
+to the ceiling, and, beside the table, where she had evidently fallen,
+lay Aunt Hannah, struggling to smother with bare hands the yellow,
+dancing flames that had fastened upon her clothing.
+
+It needed not the fragments of glass and brass to tell Seth that the
+little woman had accidentally fallen, breaking the lamp she carried,
+and that the fire was fed by oil.
+
+Like a flash there came into his mind the memory of that night when
+Dud Wilson overturned a lamp on the floor of his news-stand, and he
+had heard it said then that the property might have been saved if the
+boys had smothered the flames with their coats, or any fabric of
+woollen, instead of trying to drown it out with water.
+
+He pulled off his coat in a twinkling, threw it over the prostrate
+woman, and added to the covering rag rugs from the floor, pressing
+them down firmly as he said, in a trembling voice, much as though
+speaking to a child:
+
+"Don't get scared! We can't put the fire out with water; but I'll soon
+smother it."
+
+"You needn't bother about me, my child; but attend to the house! It
+would be dreadful if we should lose the dear old home!"
+
+"I'll get the best of this business in a jiffy; but it won't do to
+give you a chance of bein' burned."
+
+"There is no fire here now." And Aunt Hannah threw back the rugs,
+despite Seth's hold upon them, to show that the flames were really
+quenched. "For mercy's sake, save the house! It's the only home I ever
+knew, an' my heart would be wellnigh broken if I lost it!"
+
+Before she had ceased speaking Seth was flinging rug after rug on the
+burning oil, for Aunt Hannah, like many another woman living in the
+country, had an ample supply of such floor coverings.
+
+Not until he had entirely covered that line of flame, and had danced
+to and fro over the rugs to stamp out the last spark of fire, did he
+venture to open the outside door, and it was high time, for the
+pungent smoke filled the kitchen until it was exceedingly difficult to
+breathe.
+
+The little woman remained upon the floor where Seth had first found
+her, and it was only after the night breeze was blowing through the
+room, carrying off the stifling vapor, that the boy had time to wonder
+why she made no effort to rise.
+
+"Are you hurt?" he cried anxiously, running to her side.
+
+"Never mind me until the fire is out."
+
+"There is no more fire, an' I'm bound to mind you! Are you hurt?"
+
+"It doesn't seem possible, my dear, an' yet I can't use either ankle
+or wrist. Of course the bones are not broken; but old people like me
+don't fall harmlessly as do children."
+
+Seth was more alarmed now than when he saw the flames of the burning
+oil threatening the destruction of the building, and he dumbly
+wondered why Gladys did not make her appearance.
+
+The first excitement was over, and now he had time in which to be
+frightened.
+
+"What can I do? Oh, what can I do?" he cried, running to and fro, and
+then, hardly aware of his movements, he shouted loudly for Gladys.
+
+"Don't waken her!" Aunt Hannah cried warningly. "If you can't help me
+there is nothing she can do."
+
+"Ain't she in the house?" Seth asked nervously.
+
+He feared Aunt Hannah might die, and even though she was in no real
+danger, to stand idly by not knowing how to aid her was terrible.
+
+He failed to observe that Snip was no longer in the room; but just at
+that moment his shrill barking was heard in an adjoining apartment,
+and Seth knew the dog had gone to find his little playmate.
+
+"You mustn't get frightened after the danger is all over, my dear,"
+Aunt Hannah said soothingly. "But for you the house would have been
+destroyed, and now we have nothing to fear."
+
+"But you can't get up!" Seth wailed.
+
+"That wouldn't be a great misfortune compared with losing our home,
+even if I never got up again," the little woman said quietly. "But I'm
+not going to lie here. Surely you can help me on to the couch."
+
+"Tell me how to do it," Seth cried eagerly, and at that moment Gladys
+appeared in the doorway.
+
+"Lean over so that I may put my arms around your neck," Aunt Hannah
+said, giving no heed to the girl's cry of alarm.
+
+"She fell an' hurt herself," Seth said hurriedly to Gladys, as he
+obeyed the little woman's injunction. And then, as the latter put her
+uninjured arm over his neck, he tried to aid the movement by clasping
+her waist.
+
+"If you can help me just a little bit we'll soon have her on the
+couch," he cried to Gladys, who by this time was standing at his side.
+
+Aunt Hannah was a tiny woman, and the children, small though they
+were, did not find it an exceedingly difficult task to raise her
+bodily from the floor.
+
+Then Gladys lighted a lamp, and it was seen that, in addition to the
+injuries received by the fall, Aunt Hannah had been grievously burned.
+
+"Yes, I'm in some pain," she said in reply to Seth's anxious
+questioning; "but now that the house has been saved I have no right to
+complain. Get some flour, Gladys, and while you are putting it on the
+worst of the burns, perhaps Seth will run over to Mrs. Dean an' ask if
+she can come here a few minutes."
+
+"Where does Mis' Dean live?" the lad asked hurriedly, starting toward
+the door; and he was already outside when Gladys replied:
+
+"It's the first house past the grove where Snip and I went this
+afternoon!"
+
+Seth gave no heed to his lameness as he ran at full speed down the
+road; the thought that now was the time when he might in some slight
+degree repay Aunt Hannah for having given shelter to him and Snip,
+lending speed to his feet.
+
+The Dean family had not yet retired when he arrived at the farmhouse,
+and, stopping only sufficiently long to tell in fewest possible words
+of what had happened, Seth ran back to help Gladys care for the
+invalid, for he was feverishly eager to have some part in the nursing.
+
+Aunt Hannah was on the couch with her wounds partially bandaged when
+the boy returned, and although her suffering must have been severe,
+that placid face was as serene as when he bade her good-night.
+
+"Mis' Dean is comin' right away. What can I do?"
+
+"Nothing more, my dear," the little woman replied quietly. "You have
+been of such great service to me this night that I can never repay
+you."
+
+"Please don't say that, Aunt Hannah," Seth cried, his face flushing
+with shame as he remembered the past. "If I could only do somethin'
+real big, then perhaps you wouldn't think I was so awful bad."
+
+"I believe you to be a good boy, Seth, and shall until you tell me to
+the contrary. Even then," she added with a smile, "I fancy it will be
+possible to find a reasonable excuse."
+
+The arrival of Mrs. Dean put an end to any further conversation, and
+Seth was called upon to aid in carrying Aunt Hannah to the foreroom,
+in which was the best bed, although the little woman protested
+against anything of the kind.
+
+"I am as well off in my own bed, Sarah Dean. Don't treat me as if I
+was a child who didn't know what was best."
+
+"You are goin' into the foreroom, Hannah Morse, an' that's all there
+is about it. That bed hasn't been used since the year your brother
+Benjamin was at home, an' I've always said that if anything happened
+to you, an' I had charge of affairs, you should get some comfort out
+of the feathers you earned pickin' berries. We'll take her into the
+foreroom, boy, for it's the most cheerful, an' she deserves the best
+that's goin'."
+
+"You can bet she does!" Seth exclaimed with great emphasis; and then
+he gave all his attention to obeying the many commands which issued
+from Mrs. Dean's mouth.
+
+When the little woman had been disposed of according to her neighbor's
+ideas of comfort, Seth was directed to build a fire in the kitchen
+stove; Gladys received instructions to bring all the old linen to be
+found; and Snip was ordered into the shed.
+
+Aunt Hannah protested vehemently against this last order, with the
+result that the dog was banished to Gladys' chamber, and then Mrs.
+Dean proceeded to attend to the invalid without giving her a voice in
+any matter, however nearly it might concern herself.
+
+Seth took up his station in the kitchen when other neighbors arrived,
+summoned most likely by Mr. Dean, and here Gladys joined him after
+what had seemed to the boy a very long time.
+
+"How is she?" he asked when the girl came softly into the room as if
+thinking he might be asleep.
+
+"Her hands and arms are burned very badly. Why, Seth, there are
+blisters as big as my hand, and Mrs. Dean says she suffers terribly;
+but the dear old woman hasn't made the least little complaint."
+
+"That's 'cause she's so good. If I was like her I needn't bother my
+head 'bout what was goin' to happen after I died. It would be a funny
+kind of an angel who wasn't glad to see Aunt Hannah!"
+
+"She'd have burned to death but for you."
+
+"That ain't so, Gladys. I didn't do very much, 'cept throw the rugs
+an' my coat over her."
+
+"She's just been telling Mrs. Dean that you saved her life, and the
+house."
+
+"Did she really?" Seth cried excitedly. "Did she say it in them very
+same words?"
+
+"Aunt Hannah made it sound a good deal better than I can. She said God
+sent you to this house to help her in the time of trouble, an' she's
+goin' to see that you always have a home here."
+
+"Wasn't she kind'er out of her head?" Seth asked quickly. "I've heard
+Mother Hyde say that folks got crazy-like when they ached pretty bad."
+
+"Aunt Hannah knew every word she was saying, and it's true that she
+might have burned to death if you hadn't been in the house, for I
+never heard a thing till Snippey came into my room barking."
+
+"I hope I did do as much; but it don't seem jest true."
+
+"Don't you think the house would have burned if some one hadn't put
+out the fire very quickly?"
+
+"Perhaps so, 'cause the flames jumped up mighty high."
+
+"And since she couldn't move, wouldn't she have been burned to death?"
+
+"I hope so."
+
+"Why, Seth Barrows, how wicked you are!"
+
+"No, no, Gladys, I didn't mean I hoped she'd have burned to death; but
+I hoped I really an' truly saved her life, 'cause then she won't jump
+down on me so hard when I tell her."
+
+"Tell her what?"
+
+"Why Snip an' I had to run away from New York."
+
+"Is it something you're ashamed of?" Gladys asked quickly and in
+surprise.
+
+Seth nodded, while the flush of shame crept up into his cheeks.
+
+Gladys gazed at him earnestly while one might have counted ten, and
+then said, speaking slowly and distinctly:
+
+"I don't believe it. Aunt Hannah says you're the best boy she ever
+saw; an' she knows."
+
+"Did Aunt Hannah tell you that, or are you tryin' to stuff me?" And
+Seth rose to his feet excitedly.
+
+"I hope you don't think I'd tell a lie?"
+
+"Of course I don't, Gladys; but if you only knew how much it means to
+me--Aunt Hannah's sayin' what you claim she did--there wouldn't be any
+wonder I had hard work to believe it."
+
+"She said to me those very same words----"
+
+"What ones?"
+
+"That you was the best boy she ever saw, an' it was only yesterday
+afternoon, when you were splitting kindling wood, that she said it."
+
+Then, suddenly, to Gladys' intense surprise, Seth dropped his head on
+his arm and burst into a flood of tears.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+SUNSHINE.
+
+
+MRS. DEAN had taken entire charge of the invalid and the house, and so
+many of the neighbors insisted on aiding her that Gladys and Seth were
+pushed aside as if they had been strangers.
+
+At midnight, when one of the volunteer nurses announced that Aunt
+Hannah was resting as comfortably as could be expected under the
+circumstances, Gladys, in obedience to Mrs. Dean's peremptory command,
+went to bed; but Seth positively refused to leave the kitchen.
+
+"Somethin' that I could do might turn up, an' I count on bein' ready
+for it," he said when the neighbor urged him to lie down. "Snip an'
+I'll stay here; an' if we get sleepy, what's to hinder our takin' a
+nap on the couch?"
+
+So eager was the boy for an opportunity to serve Aunt Hannah that he
+resolutely kept his eyes open during the remainder of the night lest
+the volunteer nurses should fail to waken him if his services were
+needed; and to accomplish this he made frequent excursions out of
+doors, where the wind swept the "sand" from his eyes.
+
+With the first light of dawn he set about effacing so far as might be
+possible all traces of fire from the kitchen, and was washing the
+floor when Mrs. Dean came out from the foreroom.
+
+"Well, I do declare!" she exclaimed in surprise. "Hannah Morse said
+you was a handy boy 'round the house, but this is a little more'n I
+expected. I wish my William could take a few lessons from you."
+
+"I didn't count on gettin' the floor very clean," Seth replied
+modestly, but secretly delighted with the unequivocal praise. "If the
+oil and smut is taken off it'll be easier to put things into shape."
+
+"You're doin' wonderfully, my boy, an' when I tell Hannah Morse,
+she'll be pleased, 'cause a speck of dirt anywhere about the house
+does fret her mortally bad."
+
+Seth did not venture to look up lest Mrs. Dean should see the joy in
+his eyes, for to his mind the good woman could do him no greater
+service than give the invalid an account of his desire to be useful in
+the household.
+
+"Is Aunt Hannah burned very much?" he asked, as the nurse set about
+making herself a cup of tea.
+
+"I allow it'll be a full month before she gets around again. At first
+I was afraid she'd broken some bones; but Mrs. Stubbs declares it's
+only a bad sprain. It seems that she had a headache, an' came for the
+camphor bottle, when she slipped an' fell against the table. The
+wonder to me is that this house wasn't burned to the ground."
+
+Then Mrs. Dean questioned Seth as to himself, and his reasons for
+coming into the country in search of work; but the boy did not
+consider it necessary to give any more information than pleased him,
+although the good woman was most searching in her inquiries.
+
+Then Gladys entered the kitchen, and the two children made
+preparations for breakfast, after Seth had brought to an end his
+self-imposed task of washing the floor.
+
+Mr. Dean came over to milk White-Face, and Seth insisted that he be
+allowed to try his hand at the work, claiming that if Aunt Hannah was
+to be a helpless invalid during a full month, as Mrs. Dean had
+predicted, it was absolutely necessary he be able to care for the
+cow.
+
+The old adage that "a willing pupil is an apt one" was verified in
+this case, for the lad succeeded so well in his efforts that Mr. Dean
+declared it would not be necessary for him to come to the Morse farm
+again, so far as caring for the cow was concerned.
+
+Very proud was Seth when he brought the pail of foaming milk into the
+kitchen with the announcement that he had done nearly all the work,
+and Gladys ran to tell Aunt Hannah what she considered exceedingly
+good news.
+
+During the next two days either Mrs. Dean or Mrs. Stubbs ruled over
+the Morse household by virtue of their supposed rights as nurses, and
+in all this time Seth had not been allowed to see the invalid.
+
+Gladys visited the foreroom from time to time, reporting that Aunt
+Hannah was "doing as well as could be expected," and Seth had reason
+to believe the little woman's suffering would now abate unless some
+unexpected change in her condition prevented.
+
+The neighbors sent newspapers and books for Gladys to read to her aunt
+during such moments as she was able to listen, and while the girl was
+thus employed Seth busied himself in the kitchen, taking great pride
+in keeping every article neat and cleanly, as Aunt Hannah herself
+would have done.
+
+Then came the hour which the boy had been looking forward to with
+mingled hope and fear. He had fully decided to tell all his story to
+the little woman who had been so kind to him, and was resolved that
+the unpleasant task should be accomplished at the earliest
+opportunity.
+
+It was nearly noon; the good neighbors were at their own homes for a
+brief visit, and Gladys came from the foreroom, where she had been
+reading the daily paper aloud, saying to Seth:
+
+"Aunt Hannah thinks I ought to run out of doors a little while because
+I have stayed in the house so long. There isn't the least bit of need;
+but I must go, else she'll worry herself sick. She says you can sit
+with her, an' I'll take Snippey with me, for he's needing fresh air
+more than I am."
+
+Just for a moment Seth hesitated; the time had come when he must, if
+ever, carry his good resolutions into effect, and there was little
+doubt in his mind but that Aunt Hannah would insist upon his leaving
+the farm without delay once she knew all his wickedness.
+
+Gladys did not give him very much time for reflection. With Snip at
+her heels she hurried down the road, and Seth knew he must not leave
+the invalid alone many moments.
+
+Aunt Hannah's eyes were open when he entered the foreroom, and but for
+that fact he might almost have believed she was dead, so pale was her
+face. The bandaged hands were outside the coverings, and Seth had been
+told that she could not move them unaided, except at the cost of most
+severe pain.
+
+"I knew you would be forced to come when Gladys went out, and that was
+why I sent her. We two--you an' I--need to have a quiet chat together,
+and there is little opportunity unless we are alone in the house."
+
+Seth's face was flushed crimson; he believed Aunt Hannah had come to
+the conclusion that he must not be allowed to remain at the farm any
+longer unless he confessed why it had been necessary to leave New
+York, and his one desire was to speak before she should be able to
+make a demand.
+
+"I ought'er----"
+
+He stammered and stopped, unable to begin exactly as he desired, and
+the little woman said quietly, but in a tone which told that the
+words came from her heart:
+
+"You have saved the old home, an' my life as well, Seth. Even if I had
+hesitated at making you one of the family, I could not do so now,
+after owing you so much."
+
+"Don't talk like that, Aunt Hannah! Don't tell 'bout what you owe me!"
+Seth cried tearfully. "It's the other way, an' Snip an' I are mighty
+lucky, if for no other reason than that we've seen you. Wait a
+minute," he pleaded as the invalid was about to speak. "Ever since you
+got hurt I've wanted to tell everything you asked the other day, an' I
+promised Snip an' myself that I'd do it the very first chance. If
+it----"
+
+"There is no need of your tellin' me, my child, unless you really
+think it necessary. I have no doubts as to your honesty, and truly
+hope that your wanderings are over."
+
+"We shall have to go; but I'm bound to tell the truth now, 'cause I
+know you think I was tryin' to steal somethin' when we were only goin'
+to run away so's you wouldn't know what I've done."
+
+"My dear boy," and Aunt Hannah vainly tried to raise her head, "I
+never thought for a single minute that you came downstairs for any
+other purpose than to leave the house secretly."
+
+"An' that's jest the truth. Now don't say a word till I've told you
+all about it, an' please not look at me."
+
+Then, speaking hurriedly lest she should interrupt him in what was an
+exceedingly difficult task, Seth told of the advertisement, of the
+counterfeit money he had unwittingly passed, and of his flight, aided
+by Teddy and Tim.
+
+"I didn't mean to do it," he concluded, amid his sobs; "but I reckon
+I'd tried to get rid of it some time, 'cause I couldn't afford to lose
+so much money. Of course they'll put me in jail, if the detectives
+catch me, an' if I should be locked up for ever so many years, won't
+you let Gladys take care of poor little Snippey?"
+
+"Come here an' kiss me, Seth," Aunt Hannah said softly. "I wish I
+could put my hand on your head! And you've been frightened out of your
+wits because of that counterfeit nickel?" she added when he had
+obeyed. "You poor little child! If you had told me, your troubles
+would soon have come to an end; but you must understand that in this
+world the only honest course is to atone for your faults, rather than
+run away from them. The good Book says that 'your sins shall find you
+out,' and it is true, my dear, as true as is every word that has come
+to us from God. But I'm not allowin' that you have committed any
+grievous sin in this matter. Do you know, Gladys read your story in
+the paper before I sent her for a walk, and that is why I wanted to be
+alone with you."
+
+Seth looked up in surprise which was almost bewilderment, and Aunt
+Hannah continued with a bright smile that was like unto the sunshine
+after a shower:
+
+"Take up the newspaper lying on the table. I told Gladys to fold it so
+you might find the article I wanted you to read."
+
+Seth did as she directed, but without glancing at the printed sheet.
+
+"Can you read, dear?"
+
+"Not very well, 'cause I have to spell out the big words."
+
+"Hold it before my eyes while I make the attempt. There isn't very
+much of a story; but it will mean a great deal to you, I hope."
+
+Seth was wholly at a loss to understand the little woman's meaning;
+but he did as she directed, and listened without any great show of
+enthusiasm to the following:
+
+    Messrs. Symonds & Symonds, the well-known attorneys of Pine
+    Street, are willing to confess that they are not well informed
+    regarding the character of the average newsboy of this city, and
+    by such ignorance have defeated their own ends. Several days ago
+    the gentlemen were notified by a professional brother in San
+    Francisco that a client of his, lately deceased, had bequeathed to
+    one Seth Barrows the sum of five thousand dollars. All the
+    information that could be given concerning the heir was that he
+    had been living with a certain family in Jersey City, and was now
+    believed to be selling newspapers in this city. His age was stated
+    as about eleven years, and he owed his good fortune to the fact
+    that the dead man was his uncle.
+
+    "It is not a simple matter to find any particular street merchant
+    in New York City; but Messrs. Symonds & Symonds began their search
+    by advertising in the newspapers for the lad. As has been since
+    learned, the friends of the young heir saw the notice which had
+    been inserted by the attorneys, and straightway believed the lad
+    was wanted because of some crime committed. The boy himself must
+    have had a guilty conscience, for he fled without delay, carrying
+    with him into exile a small white terrier, his only worldly
+    possession. The moral of this incident is, that when you want to
+    find a boy of the streets, be careful to state exactly why you
+    desire to see him, otherwise the game may give you the slip rather
+    than take chances of being brought face to face with the officers
+    of the law."
+
+It was not until Aunt Hannah had concluded that Seth appeared to
+understand he was the boy referred to, and then he asked excitedly:
+
+"Do you suppose the Seth Barrows told about there can be me?"
+
+"Of course, my dear. Isn't this your story just as you have repeated
+it to me?"
+
+"But there isn't anybody who'd leave me so much money as that, Aunt
+Hannah! There's a big mistake somewhere."
+
+"Do you remember of ever hearing that you had an uncle in California?"
+
+"Indeed I don't. I thought Snip was all the relation I had in the
+world."
+
+"Why did the man in Jersey City allow you to live with him?"
+
+"I don't know. I had pretty good clothes then, an' didn't have to
+work, 'cause I was too small."
+
+"Well," the little woman said with a sigh, as if the exertion of
+talking had wearied her, "I don't pretend to be able to straighten out
+the snarl; but I'm certain you are the boy spoken of in the newspaper
+story, for it isn't reasonable to suppose that two lads of the same
+age have lately run away from New York because of an advertisement.
+The money must be yours, my dear, and instead of being a homeless
+wanderer, you're quite a wealthy gentleman."
+
+"I wouldn't take the chances of goin' to see about it," Seth said
+thoughtfully, "'cause what we've read may be only a trap to catch me."
+
+"Now, don't be too suspicious, my dear. I'm not countin' on your going
+into that wicked city just yet. I've sent for Nathan Dean, an' you may
+be sure he'll get at the bottom of the matter, for he's a master hand
+at such work."
+
+Then Mrs. Dean entered to take up her duties of nurse once more, and
+Seth went into the barn, where he could be alone to think over the
+strange turn which his affairs appeared to be taking.
+
+Gladys joined him half an hour later, and asked abruptly:
+
+"What did Aunt Hannah say to you?"
+
+"Why do you think she counted on talkin' to me?"
+
+"Because I read that story in the newspaper. Then she wanted me to go
+out for a walk, and said I'd better ask Mr. Dean to come over this
+afternoon. I couldn't help knowing it was about you; but didn't say
+anything to her because Mrs. Dean thinks she oughtn't to be excited.
+Did you tell her why you and Snippey ran away?"
+
+"Of course I did, an' was countin' on doin' that same thing the first
+chance I had to speak with her alone, though I made sure she'd send me
+away."
+
+Then Seth repeated that which he had told Aunt Hannah, and while he
+was thus engaged Mr. Dean entered the house.
+
+During the two days which followed, Gladys and Seth held long
+conversations regarding the possible good fortune which might come to
+the latter; but nothing definite was known until the hour when Aunt
+Hannah was allowed to sit in an easy-chair for the first time since
+the accident.
+
+Then it was that Mr. Dean returned from New York, and came to make his
+report.
+
+There was no longer any question but that it was really Seth's uncle
+who had lately died in San Francisco, or that he had bequeathed the
+sum of five thousand dollars to his nephew.
+
+It appeared, according to Mr. Dean's story, as learned from Messrs.
+Symonds & Symonds, that Daniel Barrows had cared for his brother's
+child to the extent of paying Richard Genet of Jersey City a certain
+sum of money each year to provide for and clothe the lad. Mr. Genet
+having died suddenly, and without leaving anything to show whom Seth
+had claims upon, the boy was left to his own devices, while his uncle,
+because of carelessness or indifference, made no effort to learn what
+might have become of the child.
+
+There were certain formalities of law to be complied with before the
+inheritance would be paid, among which was the naming of a guardian
+for the heir.
+
+Aunt Hannah declared that it was her duty as well as pleasure to make
+the lame boy one of her family, and to such end Mr. Dean had several
+conferences with Symonds & Symonds, after which the little woman was
+duly appointed guardian of the heir.
+
+There is little more that can be told regarding those who now live on
+the Morse farm, for the very good reason that all which has been
+related took place only a few months ago; but at some time in the
+future, if the readers so please, it shall be the duty of the author
+to set down what befell Aunt Hannah, Seth, Gladys, and Snip after the
+inheritance was paid.
+
+That they were a very happy family goes without saying, for who could
+be discontented or fretful in Aunt Hannah's home? And in the days to
+come, when Father Time lays his hand heavily upon the little woman,
+Seth knows that then, if not before, he can repay her in some degree
+for the kindness shown when he and Snip were fugitives, fleeing from
+nothing worse than a newspaper advertisement.
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31265.txt or 31265.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/2/6/31265/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/31265 2010-02-10.zip b/old/31265 2010-02-10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfed02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/31265 2010-02-10.zip
diff --git a/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.htm b/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3e77f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3198 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+
+body {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;}
+
+p {margin-top: 0.75em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 0.75em; text-indent: 2em;}
+
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; clear: both;} /* all headings centered */
+
+hr.tiny {width: 20%; border-color: #C0C0C0; border-style: solid;
+margin: 2em auto 3em auto; clear: both;}
+
+hr.full {width: 100%; margin: 5em auto 5em auto; height: 4px; border-width: 4px 0 0 0; border-style: solid;
+border-color: #000000; clear: both;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.blockquote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+img {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+/* images */
+.figcenter {margin: 5em auto 1em auto; text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
+
+.caption {text-align: center; font-size:  100%; color: #808080;}
+
+/* page numbers */
+.pagenum {position: absolute; left: 5%; font-size: 90%; font-weight: normal;
+font-style: normal; text-align: right; color: #808080; background-color: inherit;
+text-indent: 0;}
+
+/* table of contents */
+.block { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: 400px;}
+table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;}
+.tda {text-align: right; padding-right: 2em; vertical-align: top;
+padding-bottom: 1em;}
+.tdb {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-bottom: 1em;}
+.tdc {text-align: right; vertical-align: top; padding-bottom: 1em;}
+
+a {text-decoration: none;}
+a:hover {text-decoration: underline;}
+.link {font-size: small; text-align: center; margin-top: 0em; font-weight: 400;}
+-->
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Aunt Hannah and Seth
+
+Author: James Otis
+
+Release Date: February 13, 2010 [EBook #31265]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" title="" width="300" height="555" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-cover.jpg">View larger image</a></span></div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/frontis.jpg" alt="" title="" width="300" height="462" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-frontis.jpg">View larger image</a></span></div>
+<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">'Hi, Limpy!' a Shrill Voice Cried."</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/title.png" alt="" title="" width="300" height="457" />
+<span class="link"><a href="images/x-title.png">View larger image</a></span></div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p class="center">Copyright, 1900, by<br />
+
+THOMAS Y. CROWELL &amp; CO.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<table summary="table of contents" class="block">
+    <colgroup span="3">
+      <col width="10" />
+      <col width="375" />
+      <col width="15" />
+    </colgroup>
+  <tbody>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tdb"><span class="smcap">CHAPTER</span></td>
+      <td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">PAGE</span></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">I.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">An Advertisement</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch1">1</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">II.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Country</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch2">20</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+        <td class="tda">III.</td>
+        <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Aunt Hannah</span>,</td>
+        <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch3">39</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">IV.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Flight</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch4">58</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">V.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">An Accident</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch5">76</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td class="tda">VI.</td>
+      <td class="tdb">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Sunshine</span>,</td>
+      <td class="tdc"><a href="#ch6">95</a></td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">1</a></span></p>
+
+<h1>AUNT HANNAH.</h1>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<h2><a name="ch1" id="ch1"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<h3>AN ADVERTISEMENT.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">A small boy</span> with a tiny white dog in his arms stood near the New York
+approach to the Brooklyn Bridge on a certain June morning not many
+years since, gazing doubtfully at the living tide which flowed past
+him, as if questioning whether it might be safe to venture across the
+street.</p>
+
+<p>Seth Barrows, otherwise known by his acquaintances as Limpy Seth,
+because of what they were pleased to speak of as "a pair of legs that
+weren't mates," was by no means dismayed by the bustle and apparent
+confusion everywhere around him. Such scenes were familiar, he having
+lived in the city, so far as he knew, from the day of his birth; but,
+owing to his slight lameness, it was not always a simple matter for
+him to cross the crowded streets.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">2</a></span>"Hi, Limpy!" a shrill voice cried from amid the pedestrians in the
+distance, and as Seth looked quickly toward the direction from which
+had come the hail, he noted that a boy with hair of such a vivid hue
+of red as would attract particular attention from any person within
+whose range of vision he might come, was frantically trying to force a
+passage.</p>
+
+<p>Seth stepped back to a partially sheltered position beneath the
+stairway of the overhead bridge, and awaited the coming of his friend.</p>
+
+<p>"Out swellin', are you?" the boy with the red hair asked, as he
+finally approached, panting so heavily that it was with difficulty he
+could speak. "Goin' to give up business?"</p>
+
+<p>"I got rid of my stock quite a while ago, an' counted on givin' Snip a
+chance to run in the park. The poor little duffer don't have much fun
+down at Mother Hyde's while I'm workin'."</p>
+
+<p>"You might sell him for a pile of money, Limpy, an' he's a heap of
+bother for you," the new-comer said reflectively, as he stroked the
+dog's long, silken hair. "Teddy Dixon says he's got good blood in
+him&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Look here, Tim, do you think I'd sell Snip, no <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">3</a></span>matter how much money
+I might get for him? Why, he's the only relation I've got in all this
+world!" and the boy buried his face in the dog's white hair.</p>
+
+<p>"It costs more to keep him than you put out for yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"What of that? He thinks a heap of me, Snip does, an' he'd be as sorry
+as I would if anything happened to one of us."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I reckon you are kind'er stuck on him! It's a pity, Limpy,
+'cause you can't hustle same's the rest of us do, an' so don't earn as
+much money."</p>
+
+<p>"Snip has what milk he needs&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"An' half the time you feed him by goin' hungry yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"What of that?" Seth cried sharply. "Don't I tell you we two are the
+only friends each other's got! I'd a good deal rather get along
+without things than let him go hungry, 'cause he wouldn't know why I
+couldn't feed him."</p>
+
+<p>"A dog is only a dog, an' that's all you can make out of it. I ain't
+countin' but that Snip is better'n the general run, 'cause, as Teddy
+Dixon says, he's blooded; but just the same it don't stand to reason
+you should treat him like he was as good as you."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">4</a></span>"He's a heap better'n I am, Tim Chandler! Snip never did a mean thing
+in his life, an' he's the same as a whole family to me."</p>
+
+<p>As if understanding that he was the subject of the conversation, the
+dog pressed his cold nose against the boy's neck, and the latter cried
+triumphantly:</p>
+
+<p>"There, look at that! If you didn't have any folks, Tim Chandler, an'
+couldn't get 'round same as other fellers do, don't you reckon his
+snugglin' up like this would make you love him?"</p>
+
+<p>"He ain't really yours," Tim said after a brief pause, whereat the
+lame boy cried fiercely:</p>
+
+<p>"What's the reason he ain't? Didn't I find him 'most froze to death
+more'n a year ago, an' haven't I kept him in good shape ever since? Of
+course he wasn't mine at first; but I'd like to see the chump who'd
+dare to say he belonged to anybody else! If you didn't own any more of
+a home than you could earn sellin' papers, an' if nobody cared the
+least little bit whether you was cold or hungry, you'd think it was
+mighty fine to have a chum like Snip. You ought'er see him when I come
+in after he's been shut up in the room all the forenoon! It seems like
+he'd jump out of his skin, he's so glad to see <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">5</a></span>me! I tell you, Tim,
+Snip loves me just like I was his mother!"</p>
+
+<p>Master Chandler shook his head doubtfully, and appeared to be on the
+point of indulging some disparaging remark, when his attention was
+diverted by a lad on the opposite side of the street, who was making
+the most frantic gestures, and, as might be guessed by the movement of
+his lips, shouting at the full strength of his lungs; but the words
+were drowned by the rattle of vehicles and other noises of the street.</p>
+
+<p>"There's Pip Smith, an' what do you s'pose he's got in his ear now?"
+Tim said speculatively; but with little apparent interest in the
+subject. "He's allers botherin' his head 'bout somethin' that ain't
+any of his business. He allows he'll be a detective when he gets big
+enough."</p>
+
+<p>Seth gave more attention to the caresses Snip was bestowing upon him
+than to his acquaintance opposite, until Tim exclaimed, with a sudden
+show of excitement:</p>
+
+<p>"He's yellin' for you, Seth! What's he swingin' that newspaper 'round
+his head for?"</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps Tim might have become interested enough to venture across the
+street, had Master <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">6</a></span>Smith remained on the opposite side very long; but
+just at that moment the tide of travel slackened sufficiently to admit
+of a passage, and the excited Pip came toward his acquaintances at
+full speed.</p>
+
+<p>"What kind of a game have you been up to, Limpy?" he demanded, waving
+the newspaper meanwhile.</p>
+
+<p>Seth looked at the speaker in astonishment, but without making any
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Anything gone wrong?" Tim asked, gazing inquiringly from one to the
+other.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know what he means," Seth replied, and Pip shouted wildly:</p>
+
+<p>"Listen to him! You'd think butter wouldn't melt in his mouth, an' yet
+he's been ridin' a mighty high hoss, 'cordin' to all I can find out!"</p>
+
+<p>"Who?" Seth demanded, grown restive under Pip's accusing gaze.</p>
+
+<p>"You, of course!"</p>
+
+<p>"But I haven't been up to any game."</p>
+
+<p>"You can't stuff me with that kind of talk, 'cause I've got it down
+here in black an' white."</p>
+
+<p>"Got what down?" Tim asked impatiently. "If there's anything wrong,
+why don't you come out with it like a man, an' not stand there like a
+dummy?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">7</a></span>"Seth Barrows will find there's somethin' wrong when the whole perlice
+force of this city gets after him," Pip replied, in what was very like
+a threatening tone. "Listen to this, Tim Chandler, an' try to figger
+out the kind of a game Limpy's been playin'!"</p>
+
+<p>Then, with a tragical air, Master Smith read slowly from the newspaper
+he had been brandishing, the following advertisement:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+    <p>"INFORMATION WANTED of a boy calling himself Seth Barrows. Said
+    boy is about eleven years old; his left leg an inch shorter than
+    the right, and is known to have been living in Jersey City three
+    years ago. He then sold newspapers for a livelihood, and resided
+    with one Richard Genet. A liberal reward will be paid for any
+    information concerning him. Address Symonds &amp; Symonds,
+    Attorneys-at-law."</p></div>
+
+<p>As he ceased reading, Master Smith looked at his companions with a
+certain gleam of triumph in his eyes; but this expression quickly
+changed to one of severe reproof as he met Seth's bewildered gaze.</p>
+
+<p>"Sellin' papers is good enough for me, though it ain't a business that
+brings in any too much money," he said sharply. "But I don't keep a
+fancy dog, so the cost of livin' ain't so high."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">8</a></span>"What does it mean?" Seth asked in a low tone, as he gazed alternately
+at Tim and Pip.</p>
+
+<p>"Mean?" the latter replied scornfully. "I reckon you can answer that
+better'n we could. When the bank on Broadway was broke into there was
+the same kind of notice in the papers, for I saw it with my own eyes."</p>
+
+<p>"But I haven't been breakin' into any bank!" Seth wailed, hugging Snip
+yet more tightly to his bosom.</p>
+
+<p>"Then what's that advertisement there for?" and Master Smith looked
+upon his acquaintance with an air of judicial severity.</p>
+
+<p>"How do I know?"</p>
+
+<p>Now it was Tim's turn to gaze at Seth reproachfully; and as the three
+stood there one and another of their acquaintances, having heard the
+startling news, came up eagerly curious and positive that Snip's
+master had committed some terrible crime.</p>
+
+<p>The lame boy gave ample token of mental distress, as well he might
+after hearing that two attorneys-at-law were desirous of finding him,
+and more than one of the throng set down the expression of trouble on
+his face as strong proof of guilt.</p>
+
+<p>Although conscious that he had committed no crime, the boy was
+thoroughly alarmed at being <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">9</a></span>thus advertised for. He knew that rewards
+were offered for information which would lead to the apprehension of
+criminals, and never so much as dreamed that similar methods might be
+employed in a search for those who were innocent.</p>
+
+<p>There was no reason, so he might have said to himself, why any lawyer
+in the city of New York would care to see him, unless he had been
+accused of some crime, but as he revolved the matter in his mind
+terror took possession of him until all power of reflection had
+departed.</p>
+
+<p>The number of alleged friends or acquaintances had increased, until
+Seth and Snip were literally surrounded, and every member of the
+throng knew full well that the gathering would be rudely dispersed by
+the first policeman who chanced to come that way. Therefore it was
+that each fellow hastened to give his opinion as to the reason why the
+advertisement had been inserted in the columns of the paper, and, with
+five or six boys speaking at the same moment, it can well be
+understood that no one of them succeeded in making any very great
+impression upon the minds of his neighbors.</p>
+
+<p>Seth understood, however, that every boy present was agreed upon the
+supposed fact that a great crime <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">10</a></span>had been committed, although these
+young merchants might, upon due reflection, come to realize how
+improbable was such a supposition.</p>
+
+<p>When little Snip, seeming to understand that his master was in sore
+distress, licked the boy's cheek, it was to Seth almost as if the dog
+shared in the belief of those who were so ready to accuse him, and he
+could restrain his feelings no longer.</p>
+
+<p>Leaning against the iron column which supported the staircase, with
+his face buried in Snip's silky hair, the crippled lad gave way to
+tears, while his companions gazed at him severely, for to their minds
+this show of grief was much the same as a confession of guilt.</p>
+
+<p>A blue-coated guardian of the peace dispersed the throng before those
+composing it had had time to make audible comment upon this last
+evidence of an accusing conscience; but Seth was so bowed down by
+bewilderment, sorrow, and fear as not to know that he stood alone with
+Snip, while a throng of acquaintances gazed at him from the opposite
+side of the street.</p>
+
+<p>Once the officer had passed on, and was at a respectful distance,
+Seth's friends returned, and it could be understood from their manner
+that some <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">11</a></span>definite plan of action had been decided upon during the
+enforced absence.</p>
+
+<p>"See here, Seth, we ain't such chumps as to jump on a feller when he's
+down. If you don't want to tell us what you've been doin'&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"I haven't done a thing, an' you know it, Tim Chandler," the lad
+moaned, speaking with difficulty because of his sobs.</p>
+
+<p>"Then what's the notice about?" Tim asked in a severe, yet friendly
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know any more'n you do."</p>
+
+<p>"Where's the lead nickel Mickey Dowd says somebody shoved on you the
+other day?" Teddy Dixon asked sharply.</p>
+
+<p>Seth raised his head, looked about him for a moment as a shadow of
+fear passed over his face, and, dropping Snip for an instant, plunged
+both hands deep in his trousers pockets.</p>
+
+<p>Withdrawing them he displayed a small collection of silver and copper
+coins, which he turned over eagerly, his companions crowding yet more
+closely to assure themselves that the examination was thorough.</p>
+
+<p>"It's gone!" Seth cried shrilly. "It's gone; but I'll cross my throat
+if I knew I was passin' it!"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">12</a></span>Snip, hearing his young master's cry of fear, stood on his hind feet,
+scratching and clawing to attract attention, and, hardly conscious of
+what he did, Seth took the little fellow in his arms once more.</p>
+
+<p>"That settles the whole business," Teddy Dixon cried, in the tone of
+one who has made an important discovery. "You shoved it on somebody
+who'd been lookin' for counterfeit money, an' now the detectives are
+after you!"</p>
+
+<p>Seth glanced quickly and apprehensively around, as if fearing the
+officers of the law were already close upon him, and the seeming
+mystery was unravelled.</p>
+
+<p>From that moment there was not even the shadow of a doubt in the minds
+of Seth's acquaintances, and, believing that he had not intended to
+commit such a grave crime, the sympathies of all were aroused.</p>
+
+<p>"You've got to skip mighty quick," Tim said, after a brief pause,
+during which each lad had looked at his neighbor as if asking what
+could be done to rescue the threatened boy.</p>
+
+<p>"Where'll I go?" Seth cried tearfully. "They know what my name is, an'
+there ain't much use for me to hide."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">13</a></span>"You can bet I wouldn't hang 'round here many seconds," one of the
+group said, in a low tone, glancing around to make certain his words
+were not overheard by the minions of the law. "If we fellers keep our
+mouths shut, an' you sneak off into the country somewhere, I don't see
+how anybody could find you!"</p>
+
+<p>"But where'd I go?" Seth asked, his tears checked by the great fear
+which came with the supposed knowledge of what he had done.</p>
+
+<p>"Anywhere. Here's Snip all ready to take a journey for his health, an'
+in ten minutes you'll be out of the city; but it ain't safe to hang
+'round thinkin' of it very long, for the detectives will be runnin'
+their legs off tryin' to earn the money that's promised by the
+advertisement."</p>
+
+<p>Seth made no reply, and his most intimate friends understood that if
+he was to be saved from prison the time had arrived when they must act
+without waiting for his decision.</p>
+
+<p>They held a hurried consultation, while Seth stood caressing Snip,
+without being really conscious of what he did, and then Teddy and Tim
+ranged themselves either side of the culprit who had unwittingly
+brought himself under the ban of the law.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">14</a></span>Seizing him by the arms they forced the lad forward in the direction
+of Broadway, Tim saying hoarsely to those who gave token of their
+intention to follow:</p>
+
+<p>"You fellers must keep away, else the cops will know we're up to
+somethin' crooked. Wait here, an' me an' Teddy'll come back as soon as
+we've taken care of Seth."</p>
+
+<p>This injunction was not obeyed without considerable grumbling on the
+part of the more curious, and but for the efforts of two or three of
+the wiser heads, the fugitive and his accomplices would have aroused
+the suspicions of the dullest policeman in the city.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll get yourselves into a heap of trouble if anybody knows you
+helped me to run away," Seth said, in a tone of faint remonstrance.</p>
+
+<p>"It can't be helped," Teddy replied firmly, urging the hunted boy to a
+faster pace. "We ain't goin' to stand by an' see you lugged off to
+jail while there's a show of our doin' anything. Keep your eye on Snip
+so's he won't bark, an' we'll look after the rest of the business."</p>
+
+<p>Even if Seth had been averse to running away from the possible danger
+which threatened, he would have been forced to continue the flight so
+lately <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">15</a></span>begun, because of the energy displayed by his friends.</p>
+
+<p>Tim and Teddy literally dragged him along, crossing the street at one
+point to avoid a policeman, and again dodging into a friendly doorway
+when the guardians of the peace came upon them suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>Had any one observed particularly the movements of these three lads,
+the gravest suspicions must have been awakened, for they displayed a
+consciousness of guilt in every movement, and showed plainly that
+their great desire was to escape scrutiny.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was so enveloped in sorrow and fear as to be ignorant of the
+direction in which he and Snip were being forced. He understood dimly
+that those who had the business of escape in hand were bent on gaining
+the river; but to more than that he gave no heed.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, when they were arrived at a ferry-slip, Teddy paid the
+passage money, and Seth was led to the forward end of the boat, in
+order, as Tim explained, that he might be ready to jump ashore
+instantly the pier on the opposite side was gained, in case the
+officers of justice had tracked them thus far.</p>
+
+<p>Now, forced to remain inactive for a certain time, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">16</a></span>Seth's friends
+took advantage of the opportunity to give him what seemed to be
+much-needed advice.</p>
+
+<p>"The minute the boat strikes the dock you must take a sneak," Teddy
+said impressively, clutching Seth vigorously by the shoulder to insure
+attention. "We'll hang 'round here to make sure the detectives haven't
+got on to your trail, an' then we'll go back."</p>
+
+<p>"But what am I to do afterward?" Seth asked helplessly.</p>
+
+<p>"There ain't any need of very much guessin' about that. You're bound
+to get where there'll be a chance of hidin', an' you want to be mighty
+lively."</p>
+
+<p>"Snip an' I will have to earn money enough to keep us goin', an' how
+can it be done while I'm hidin'?"</p>
+
+<p>"How much have you got now?"</p>
+
+<p>"'Bout fifty cents."</p>
+
+<p>Tim drew from his pocket a handful of coins, mostly pennies, and,
+retaining only three cents with which to pay his return passage on the
+ferry-boat, forced them upon the fugitive, saying when the boy
+remonstrated:</p>
+
+<p>"You'll need it all, an' I can hustle a little livelier to-night, or
+borrow from some of the other fellers if trade don't show up as it
+ought'er."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">17</a></span>Teddy followed his comrade's example, paying no heed to Seth's
+expostulations, save as he said:</p>
+
+<p>"We're bound to give you a lift, old man, so don't say anything more
+about it. If you was the only feller in this city what had passed a
+lead nickel, perhaps this thing would look different to me; but the
+way I reckon it is, that the man what put the advertisement in the
+paper jest 'cause he'd been done out'er five cents is a mighty poor
+citizen, an' I stand ready to do all I can towards keepin' you away
+from him."</p>
+
+<p>"Look here, fellers," Seth cried in what was very like despair as the
+steamer neared the dock, "I don't know what to do, even after you've
+put up all your money. Where can Snip an' I go? We've got to earn our
+livin', an' I don't see how it's to be done if we're bound to hide all
+the time."</p>
+
+<p>"That's easy enough," and Tim spoke hopefully. "The city is a fool
+alongside the country, an' I'm countin' on your havin' a reg'lar snap
+after you get settled down. When we land, you're to strike right out,
+an' keep on goin' till you're where there's nothin' but farms with
+milk, an' pie, an' stuff to eat layin' 'round loose for the first
+feller what comes to pick 'em up. Pip Smith says farmers don't do
+much <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">18</a></span>of anything but fill theirselves with good things, an' I've
+allers wanted to try my hand with 'em for one summer."</p>
+
+<p>Seth shook his head doubtfully. Although he had never been in the
+country, it did not seem reasonable that the picture drawn by Pip
+Smith was truthful, otherwise every city boy would turn farmer's
+assistant, rather than remain where it cost considerable labor to
+provide themselves with food and a shelter.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll strike it rich somewhere," Teddy said, with an air of
+conviction, "an' then you can sneak back long enough to tell us where
+you're hangin' out. I'll work down 'round the markets for a spell, an'
+p'rhaps I'll see some of the hayseeders you've run across."</p>
+
+<p>The conversation was brought to a close abruptly as the ferry-boat
+entered the dock with many a bump and reel against the heavy timbers;
+and Seth, with Snip hugged tightly to his bosom, pressed forward to
+the gates that he might be ready to leap ashore instantly they were
+opened.</p>
+
+<p>"Keep your upper lip stiff, an' don't stop, once you've started, till
+you're so far from New York that the detectives can't find you," Tim
+whispered <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span>encouragingly, and ten seconds later the fugitive was
+running at full speed up the gangway, Snip barking shrilly at the
+throng on either side.</p>
+
+<p>Tim and Teddy followed their friend to the street beyond the ticket
+office, and there stood watching until he had disappeared from view.
+Then the latter said, with a long-drawn sigh:</p>
+
+<p>"I wish it had been almost any other feller what passed the lead
+nickel, for Seth hasn't got sand enough to do what's needed, if he
+counts on keepin' out'er jail." And Tim replied sadly:</p>
+
+<p>"If a feller stuck me with a counterfeit I'd think I had a right to
+shove it along; but after all this scrape I'll keep my eyes open
+mighty wide, else it may be a case of the country for me, an' I ain't
+hankerin' after livin' on a farm, even if Pip Smith does think it's
+sich a soft snap."</p>
+
+<p>Then the friends of the fugitives returned to the ferry-boat, in order
+that they might without delay make a report to those acquaintances
+whom they knew would be eagerly waiting, as to how Seth had fared at
+the outset of his flight.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">20</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ch2" id="ch2"></a>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<h3>THE COUNTRY.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Seth</span> had little idea as to the direction he had taken, save that the
+street led straight away from the water, and surely he must come into
+the country finally by pursuing such a course.</p>
+
+<p>Neither time nor distance gave him relief of mind; it was much as if
+flight served to increase the fear in his mind, and even after having
+come to the suburbs of the city he looked over his shoulder
+apprehensively from time to time, almost expecting to see the officers
+of the law in hot pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>If it had been possible for Snip to understand the situation fully, he
+could not have behaved with more discretion, according to his master's
+views.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of begging to be let down that he might enjoy a frolic on the
+green grass, he remained passive in Seth's arms, pressing his nose up
+to the lad's neck now and then as if expressing sympathy. The little
+fellow did not so much as whine when they <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">21</a></span>passed rapidly by a
+cool-looking, bubbling stream, even though his tongue was lolling out,
+red and dripping with perspiration; but Seth understood that his pet
+would have been much refreshed with a drink of the running water, and
+said, in a soothing, affectionate tone:</p>
+
+<p>"I don't dare to stop yet a while, Snippey dear, for nobody knows how
+near the officers may be, and you had better go thirsty a little
+longer, than be kicked out into the street when I'm locked up in
+jail."</p>
+
+<p>A big lump came into the fugitive's throat at the picture he had
+drawn, and the brook was left far behind before he could force it down
+sufficiently to speak.</p>
+
+<p>Then the two were come to a small shop, in the windows of which were
+displayed a variety of wares, from slate pencils to mint drops, and
+here Seth halted irresolutely.</p>
+
+<p>He had continued at a rapid pace, and fully an hour was passed since
+he parted from his friends. He was both hungry and weary; there were
+but few buildings to be seen ahead, and, so he argued with himself,
+this might be his last opportunity to purchase anything which would
+serve as food until he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">22</a></span>was launched into that wilderness known to him
+as "the country."</p>
+
+<p>No person could be seen in either direction, and Seth persuaded
+himself that it might be safe to halt here for so long a time as would
+be necessary to select something from the varied stock to appease
+hunger, and at the same time be within his limited means.</p>
+
+<p>For the first moment since leaving the ferry-slip he allowed Snip to
+slip out of his arms; but caught him up again very quickly as the dog
+gave strong evidence of a desire to spend precious time in a frolic.</p>
+
+<p>"You must wait a spell longer, Snippey dear," he muttered. "We may
+have to run for it, an' I mightn't have a chance to get you in my arms
+again. It would be terrible if the officers got hold of you, an' I'm
+afraid they'd try it for the sake of catchin' me, 'cause everybody
+knows I wouldn't leave you, no matter what happened."</p>
+
+<p>Then Seth stole softly into the shop, as if fearing to awaken the
+suspicion of the proprietor by a bold approach, and once inside, gazed
+quickly around.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three early, unwholesome-looking apples and a jar of ginger
+cakes made up the list of eatables, and his decision was quickly
+made.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a></span>"How many of them cakes will you sell for five cents?" he asked
+timidly of the slovenly woman who was embroidering an odd green flower
+on a small square of soiled and faded red silk.</p>
+
+<p>She looked at him listlessly, and then gazed at the cakes
+meditatively.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know the price of them. This shop isn't mine; I'm tendin' it
+for a friend."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you can't sell things?" and Seth turned to go, fearing lest he
+had already loitered too long.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, dear, yes, that's what I'm here for; but I never had a customer
+for cakes, an' to tell the truth I don't believe one of 'em has been
+sold for a month. Do you know what they are worth?"</p>
+
+<p>"The bakers sell a doughnut as big as three of them for a cent, an'
+throw in an extra one if they're stale."</p>
+
+<p>The lady deposited her embroidery on a sheet of brown paper which
+covered one end of the counter, and surveyed the cakes.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me that a cent for three of them would be a fair price,"
+she said at length, after having broken one in order to gain some
+idea of its age.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you got anything else to eat?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">24</a></span>"That candy is real good, especially the checkerberry sticks, but
+perhaps you rather have somethin' more fillin'."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll take five cents' worth of cakes," Seth said hurriedly, for it
+seemed as if he had been inside the shop a very long while.</p>
+
+<p>The amateur clerk set about counting the stale dainties in a
+businesslike way; but at that instant Snip came into view from behind
+his master, and she ceased the task at once to cry in delight:</p>
+
+<p>"What a dear little dog! Did he come with you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, ma'am," Seth replied hesitatingly; and he added as the woman
+stooped to caress Snip: "We're in a big hurry, an' if you'll give me
+the cakes I'll thank you."</p>
+
+<p>"Dear me, why didn't you say so at first?" and she resumed her task of
+counting the cakes, stopping now and then to speak to Snip, who was
+sitting up on his hind legs begging for a bit of the stale pastry.
+"How far are you going?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know; you see we can't walk very fast."</p>
+
+<p>"Got friends out this way, I take it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well,&mdash;yes&mdash;no&mdash;that is, I don't know. Won't you please hurry?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span>The woman seemed to think it necessary she should feed Snip with a
+portion of one cake that had already been counted out for Seth, and to
+still further tempt the dog's appetite by giving him an inch or more
+broken from one of the checkerberry sticks, before attending to her
+duties as clerk, after which she concluded her portion of the
+transaction by holding out a not over-cleanly hand for the money.</p>
+
+<p>Seth hurriedly gave her five pennies, and then, seizing Snip in his
+arms, ran out of the shop regardless of the questions she literally
+hurled after him.</p>
+
+<p>His first care was to gaze down the road in the direction from which
+he had just come, and the relief of mind was great when he failed to
+see any signs of life.</p>
+
+<p>"They haven't caught up with us yet, Snippey," he said, as if certain
+the officers were somewhere in the rear bent on taking him prisoner.
+"If they stop at the store, that woman will be sure to say we were
+here."</p>
+
+<p>Having thus spurred himself on, he continued the journey half an hour
+longer, when they had arrived at a grove of small trees and bushes
+through which ran a tiny brook.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span>"We can hide in here, an' you'll have a chanceto run around on the
+grass till you're tired," he said, as, after making certain there was
+no one in sight to observe his movements, he darted amid the
+shrubbery.</p>
+
+<p>It was not difficult for a boy tired as was Seth, to find a
+rest-inviting spot by the side of the stream where the bushes hid him
+from view of any who might chance to pass along the road, and without
+loss of time Snip set himself the task of chasing every butterfly that
+dared come within his range of vision, ceasing only for a few seconds
+at a time to lick his master's hand, or take his share of the stale
+pastry.</p>
+
+<p>It was most refreshing to Seth, this halt beneath the shade of the
+bushes where the brook sang such a song as he had never heard before,
+and despite the age of the cake his hunger was appeased. Save for the
+haunting fear that the officers of the law might be close upon his
+heels, he would have been very happy, and even under the painful
+circumstances attending his departure, he enjoyed in a certain degree
+the unusual scene before him.</p>
+
+<p>Then Snip, wearied with his fruitless pursuit of the butterflies,
+crept close by his master's side for a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span>nap, and Seth yielded to the
+temptation to stretch himself out at full length on the soft, cool
+moss.</p>
+
+<p>There was in his mind the thought that he must resume the flight
+within a short time, lest he fail to find a shelter before the night
+had come; but the dancing waters sang a most entrancing and
+rest-inviting melody until his eyes closed despite his efforts to hold
+them open, and master and dog were wrapped in slumber.</p>
+
+<p>The birds gathered on the branches above the heads of the sleepers,
+gazing down curiously and with many an inquiring twitter, as if asking
+whether this boy was one who would do them a mischief if it lay in his
+power, and the butterflies flaunted their gaudy wings within an inch
+of Snip's eyes; but the slumber was not broken.</p>
+
+<p>The sun had no more than an hour's time remaining before his day's
+work in that particular section of the country had come to an end,
+when a brown moth fluttered down upon Seth's nose, where he sat
+pluming his wings in such an energetic manner that the boy suddenly
+sneezed himself into wakefulness, while Snip leaped up with a chorus
+of shrill barks and yelps which nearly threw the curious birds into
+hysterics.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span>"It's almost sunset, Snippey dear, an' we've been idlin' here when we
+ought'er been huntin' for a house where we can stay till mornin'. It's
+fine, I know," he added, as he took the tiny dog in his arms; "but I
+don't believe it would be very jolly to hang 'round in such a place
+all night. Besides, who knows but there are bears? We must be a
+terrible long way in the country, an' if the farmers are as good as
+Pip Smith tells about, we can get a chance to sleep in a house."</p>
+
+<p>The fear that the officers might be close upon his heels had fled; it
+seemed as if many, many hours had passed since he took leave of Tim
+and Teddy, and it was possible the representatives of law would not
+pursue him so far into the country.</p>
+
+<p>He had yet on hand a third of the stale cakes, and with these in his
+pocket as token that he would not go supperless to bed, and Snip on
+his arm, he resumed the flight once more.</p>
+
+<p>After a brisk walk of half an hour, still on a course directly away
+from the river, as he believed, Seth began to look about him for a
+shelter during the night.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll stop at the first house that looks as if the folks who live in
+it might be willin' to help two <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span>fellers like us along, an' ask if we
+can stay all night," he said to Snip, speaking in a more cheery tone
+than he had indulged in since the fear-inspiring advertisement had
+been brought to his attention.</p>
+
+<p>He did not adhere strictly to this plan, however, for when he was come
+to a farmhouse which had seemed to give token of sheltering generous
+people, a big black dog ran out of the yard growling and snapping,
+much to Snippey's alarm, and Seth hurried on at full speed.</p>
+
+<p>"That wouldn't be any place for you, young man," he said, patting the
+dog's head. "We'll sleep out of doors rather than have you scared half
+to death!"</p>
+
+<p>Ten minutes later he knocked at the door of a house, and, on making
+his request to a surly-looking man, was told that they "had no use for
+tramps."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not stop to explain that he could not rightly be called a
+tramp; but ran onward as if fearful lest the farmer might pursue to
+punish him for daring to ask such a favor.</p>
+
+<p>Three times within fifteen minutes did he ask in vain for a shelter,
+and then his courage had oozed out at his fingers' ends.</p>
+
+<p>"If Pip Smith was here he'd see that there ain't much milk an' pie
+layin' 'round to be picked up, an' <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span>it begins to look, Snippey, as if
+we'd better stayeddown there by the brook."</p>
+
+<p>Master Snip growled as if to say that he too believed they had made a
+mistake in pushing on any farther, and the sun hid his face behind the
+hills as a warning for young boys and small dogs to get under cover.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was discouraged, and very nearly frightened. He began to fear
+that he might get himself and Snip into serious trouble by any further
+efforts at finding a charitably disposed farmer, and after the shadows
+of night had begun to lengthen until every bush and rock was distorted
+into some hideous or fantastic shape, he was standing opposite a small
+barn adjoining a yet smaller dwelling.</p>
+
+<p>No light could be seen from the building; it was as if the place had
+been deserted, and such a state of affairs seemed more promising to
+Seth than any he had seen.</p>
+
+<p>"If the people are at home, an' we ask them to let us stay all night,
+we'll be driven away; so s'pose we creep in there, an' at the first
+show of mornin' we'll be off. It can't do any harm for us to sleep in
+a barn when the folks don't know it."</p>
+
+<p>The barking of a dog in the distance caused him <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span>to decide upon a
+course of action very quickly, and in the merest fraction of time he
+was inside the building, groping around the main floor on which had
+been thrown a sufficient amount of hay to provide a dozen boys with a
+comfortable bed.</p>
+
+<p>He could hear some animal munching its supper a short distance away,
+and this sound robbed the gloomy interior of half its imaginary
+terrors.</p>
+
+<p>Promising himself that he would leave the place before the occupants
+of the house were stirring next morning, Seth made his bed by
+burrowing into the hay, and, with Snip nestling close by his side, was
+soon ready for another nap.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive had taken many steps during his flight, and, despite the
+slumber indulged in by the side of the brook, his eyes were soon
+closed in profound sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Many hours later the shrill barking of Snip awakened Seth, and he sat
+bolt upright on the hay, rubbing his sleepy eyes as if trying to prove
+that those useful members had deceived him in some way.</p>
+
+<p>The rays of the morning sun were streaming in through the open door in
+a golden flood, and with the radiance came sweet odors borne by the
+gentle breeze.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span>Seth gave no heed just at that moment to the wondrous beauties of
+nature to be seen on every hand, when even the rough barn was gilded
+and perfumed, for standing in the doorway, as if literally petrified
+with astonishment, was a motherly looking little woman whose upraised
+hands told of bewilderment and surprise, while from the expression on
+her face one could almost have believed that she was really afraid of
+the tiny Snip.</p>
+
+<p>"Is that animal dangerous, little boy?" she asked nervously after a
+brief but, to Seth, painful pause.</p>
+
+<p>"Who&mdash;what animal? Oh, you mean Snip? Why, he couldn't harm anybody if
+he tried, an', besides, he wouldn't hurt a fly. He always barks when
+strange folks come near where I am, so's to make me think he's a
+watch-dog. Do you own this barn?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes&mdash;that is to say, it has always belonged to the Morses, an' there
+are none left now except Gladys an' me."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you won't be mad 'cause I came in here last night. I counted
+on gettin' away before you waked up; but the bed was so soft that it
+ain't any wonder I kept right on sleepin'."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you been here all night?" the little woman <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span>asked in surprise,
+advancing a pace now that Snip had decided there was no longer any
+necessity for him to continue the shrill outcries.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't have any place to sleep; there wasn't a light to be seen in
+your house. Well, to tell the truth, I was afraid I'd be driven away,
+same's I had been at the other places, so sneaked in&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Aunt Hannah! Aunt Hannah!"</p>
+
+<p>It was a sweet, clear, childish voice which thus interrupted the
+conversation, and the little woman said nervously, as she glanced
+suspiciously at Snip:</p>
+
+<p>"I wish you would hold your dog, little boy. That is Gladys, an' she's
+so reckless that I'm in fear of her life every minute she is near
+strange animals."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not have time to comply with this request before a
+pink-cheeked little miss of about his own age came dancing into the
+barn like a June wind, which burdens itself with the petals of the
+early roses.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Aunt Hannah! Why, where in the world did that little boy&mdash;What a
+perfectly lovely dog! Oh, you dear!"</p>
+
+<p>This last exclamation was called forth by Master Snip himself, who
+bounded forward with every show <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a></span>of joy, and stood erect on his hind
+feet with both forepaws raised as if asking to be taken in her arms.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't, Gladys! You mustn't touch that animal, for nobody knows
+whether he may not be ferocious."</p>
+
+<p>The warning came too late. Gladys already had Snip in her arms, and as
+the little fellow struggled to lick her cheek in token of his desire
+to be on friendly terms, she said laughingly:</p>
+
+<p>"You poor, foolish Aunt Hannah! To think that a mite of a dog like
+this one could ever be ferocious! Isn't he a perfect beauty? I never
+saw such a dear!"</p>
+
+<p>The little woman hovered helplessly around much like a sparrow whose
+fledglings are in danger. She feared lest the dog should do the child
+a mischief, and yet dared not come so near as to rescue her from the
+imaginary danger.</p>
+
+<p>There was just a tinge of jealousy in Seth's heart as he gazed at
+Snip's demonstrations of affection for this stranger. It seemed as if
+he had suddenly lost his only friend, and, at that moment, it was the
+greatest misfortune that could befall him.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys was so occupied with the dog as to be <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">35</a></span>unconscious of Aunt
+Hannah's anxiety. She admired Snip's silky hair; declared that he
+needed a bath, and insisted on knowing how "such a treasure" had come
+into Seth's possession.</p>
+
+<p>The boy was not disposed to admit that he had no real claim upon the
+dog, save such as might result from having found him homeless and
+friendless in the street; but willing that the girl should admire his
+pet yet more.</p>
+
+<p>"Put him on the floor an' see how much he knows," Seth said, without
+replying to her question.</p>
+
+<p>Then Snip was called upon to show his varied accomplishments. He sat
+bolt upright holding a wisp of straw in his mouth; walked on his hind
+feet with Seth holding him by one paw; whirled around and around on
+being told to dance; leaped over the handle of the hay-fork, barking
+and yelping with excitement; and otherwise gave token of being very
+intelligent.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys was in an ecstasy of delight, and even the little woman so far
+overcame her fear of animals as to venture to touch Snip's
+outstretched paw when he gravely offered to "shake hands."</p>
+
+<p>Not until at least a quarter of an hour had passed was any particular
+attention paid to Seth, and by <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">36</a></span>this time Aunt Hannah was willing to
+admit that while dogs in general frightened her, however peaceable
+they appeared to be, she thought a little fellow like Snip might be
+almost as companionable as a cat.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you won't continue your journey until after breakfast," she
+said in a matter-of-fact tone, "and Gladys will take you into the
+kitchen where you can wash your face and hands, while I am milking."</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Seth observed a bright tin pail and a three-legged
+stool lying on the ground just outside the big door, as if they had
+fallen from the little woman's hands when she was alarmed by hearing
+Snip's note of defiance and warning.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys had the dog in her arms, and nodding to Seth as if to say he
+should follow, she led the way to the house, while Aunt Hannah
+disappeared through a doorway opening from the main portion of the
+barn.</p>
+
+<p>"There's the towel, the soap and water," she said, pointing toward a
+wooden sink in one corner of what was to Seth the most wonderful
+kitchen he had ever seen. "Don't you think Snippey would like some
+milk?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a></span>"I'm certain he would," Seth replied promptly. "He hasn't had anything
+except dry ginger cake since yesterday mornin'."</p>
+
+<p>A moment later Master Snip had before him a saucer filled with such
+milk as it is safe to say he had not seen since Seth took him in
+charge, and the eager way in which he lapped it showed that it was
+appreciated fully.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive did not make his toilet immediately, because of the
+irresistible temptation to gaze about him.</p>
+
+<p>The walls of the kitchen were low; but in the newcomer's eyes this was
+an added attraction, because it gave to the room such an hospitable
+appearance. The floor was more cleanly than any table he had ever
+seen; the bricks of the fireplace, at one side of which stood a small
+cook-stove, were as red as if newly painted; while on the dresser and
+the mantel across the broad chimney were tin dishes that shone like
+newly polished silver.</p>
+
+<p>A large rocking-chair, a couch covered with chintz, and half a dozen
+straight-backed, spider-legged chairs were ranged methodically along
+the sides of the room, while in the centre of the floor, so placed
+that the fresh morning breeze which entered by the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span>door would blow
+straight across it to the window shaded by lilac bushes, was a table
+covered with a snowy cloth.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if this is a farmer's house I wouldn't wonder if a good bit of
+Pip Smith's yarn was true," Seth muttered to himself, as he turned
+toward the sink, over which hung a towel so white that he could hardly
+believe he would be allowed to dry his face and hands with it.</p>
+
+<p>He was alone in the kitchen. Snip, having had a most satisfactory
+breakfast of what he must have believed was real cream, had run out of
+doors to chase a leaf blown by the wind, and Gladys was close behind,
+alternately urging him in the pursuit, and showering praises upon "the
+sweetest dog that ever lived."</p>
+
+<p>"Folks that live like this must be mighty rich," Seth thought, as he
+plunged his face into a basin of clear water. "It ain't likely Snip
+an' me will strike it so soft again, an' I expect he'll be terrible
+sorry to leave. I reckon it'll be all right to hang 'round an hour or
+so, an' then we must get out lively. I wonder if that little bit of a
+woman expects I'll pay for breakfast?"</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ch3" id="ch3"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<h3>AUNT HANNAH.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">With</span> a broken comb, which he used upon Snip's hair as well as his own,
+Seth concluded his toilet, and, neither the little woman nor the girl
+having returned to the house, stood in the doorway gazing out upon as
+peaceful a scene as a boy pursued by the officers of the law could
+well desire to see.</p>
+
+<p>On either hand ran the dusty road, not unlike a yellow ribbon upon a
+cloth of green, and bordering it here and there were clumps of bushes
+or groves of pine or of oak, as if planted for the especial purpose of
+affording to the weary traveller a screen from the blinding sun.</p>
+
+<p>The little farmhouse stood upon the height of a slight elevation from
+which could be had a view of the country round about on either hand;
+and although so near to the great city, there were no settlements,
+villages, or towns to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>Surely, the lad said to himself, he had at last arrived at "the
+country," and if all houses were as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span>hospitable-looking, as cleanly,
+and as inviting in appearance as was this one, then Pip Smith's story
+had in it considerably more than a grain of truth.</p>
+
+<p>"It must be mighty nice to have money enough to live in a place like
+this," Seth said to himself. "It would please Snip way down to the
+ground; but I mustn't think of it, 'cause there's no chance for a
+feller like me to earn a livin' here, an' we can't always count on
+folks givin' us what we need to eat."</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah came out from the barn, carrying in one hand a
+glistening tin pail filled with foaming milk, and in the other the
+three-legged stool.</p>
+
+<p>Seth ran toward her and held out his hand as if believing she would
+readily yield at least a portion of her burden; but she shook her head
+smiling.</p>
+
+<p>"Bless your heart, my child, I ought to be able to carry one pail of
+milk, seeing that I've done as much or more every day since I was
+Gladys's age."</p>
+
+<p>"But that's no reason why I shouldn't help along a little to make up
+for your not bein' mad 'cause Snip an' me slept in the barn. Besides,
+I'd like to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span>say to the fellers that I'd carried as much milk as a
+whole pail full once in my life&mdash;that is, if I ever see 'em again," he
+added with a sigh.</p>
+
+<p>"Then you came from the city?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, an' I never got so far out in the country before. Say, it's
+mighty fine, ain't it?" And as Aunt Hannah relinquished her hold on
+the pail, Seth started toward the house without waiting for a reply to
+his question.</p>
+
+<p>After placing the stool bottom up by the side of the broad stone which
+served as doorstep, the little woman called to Gladys:</p>
+
+<p>"It's time White-Face was taken to pasture, child."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean the cow?" Seth asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, dear."</p>
+
+<p>"Why can't I take her to the pasture; that is, if you'll tell me where
+to find it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Unfasten her chain, and she will show you the way. It's only across
+the road over yonder."</p>
+
+<p>Seth ran quickly to the barn, and having arrived at the doorway
+through which Aunt Hannah disappeared when she went about the task of
+milking, he halted in surprise and fear, looking at what seemed to him
+an enormous beast with long, threatening <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span>horns, which she shook now
+and then in what appeared to be a most vicious fashion.</p>
+
+<p>Only once before had Seth ever seen an animal of this species, and
+then it was when he and Pip Smith had travelled over to the Erie Yards
+to see a drove of oxen taken from the cars to the abattoir.</p>
+
+<p>It surely seemed very dangerous to turn loose such a huge beast; but
+Seth was determined to perform whatsoever labor lay in his power, with
+the idea that he might not be called upon to pay quite as much for
+breakfast, and, summing up all his courage, he advanced toward the
+cow.</p>
+
+<p>She shook her head restively, impatient for the breakfast of sweet
+grass, and he leaped back suddenly, frightened as badly of her as Aunt
+Hannah had been of Snip.</p>
+
+<p>Once more he made an attempt, and once more leaped back in alarm, this
+time to be greeted with a peal of merry laughter, and a volley of
+shrill barks from Snip, who probably fancied Seth stood in need of his
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>"Why did you jump so?" Gladys asked merrily.</p>
+
+<p>Seth's face reddened, and he stammered not a little in reply:</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a></span>"I reckon that cow would make it kind'er lively for strangers,
+wouldn't he?"</p>
+
+<p>"And you are really afraid of poor old White-Face? Why, she's as
+gentle as Snippey, though of course you couldn't pet her so much."</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys stepped boldly forward, and Snip whined and barked in a
+perfect spasm of fear at being carried so near the formidable-looking
+animal.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, you are just as foolish as your master," Gladys said with a
+hearty laugh; but she allowed the dog to slip down from her arms, and
+as he sought safety behind his master, she unloosened the chain from
+the cow's neck, leading her by the horn out of the barn.</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Snip plucked up courage to join the girl who had been
+so kind to him, and Seth, thoroughly ashamed at having betrayed so
+much cowardice, followed his example.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to do something toward paying for my breakfast," he said
+hesitatingly; "but I never saw a cow before, and that one acted as if
+he was up to mischief. I s'pose they're a good deal like dogs&mdash;all
+right after a feller gets acquainted with 'em."</p>
+
+<p>"Some cows are ugly, I suppose," Gladys replied reflectively, taking
+Snip once more in her arms as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span>the little fellow hung back in alarm
+when White-Face stopped to gather a tempting bunch of clover; "but
+Aunt Hannah has had this one ever since she was a calf, and we two are
+great friends. She's a real well-behaved cow, an' never makes any
+trouble about going into pasture. There, she's in now, and all we've
+got to do is to put up the bars. By the time we get back breakfast
+will be ready. Did you walk all the way from the city?"</p>
+
+<p>There was no necessity for Seth to make a reply, because at this
+instant an audacious wren flew past within a dozen inches of Snip's
+nose, causing him to spring from the girl's arms in a vain pursuit,
+which was not ended until the children were at the kitchen door.</p>
+
+<p>The morning meal was prepared, and as Gladys drew out a chair to show
+Seth where he should sit, Aunt Hannah asked anxiously:</p>
+
+<p>"What does the dog do while you are eating?"</p>
+
+<p>"You'll see how well he can behave himself," Snip's master replied
+proudly, as the little fellow laid down on the floor at a respectful
+distance from the table.</p>
+
+<p>Much to Seth's surprise, instead of immediately beginning the meal,
+the little woman bowed her <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span>head reverentially, Gladys following the
+example, and for the first time in his life did the boy hear a
+blessing invoked upon the food of which he was about to partake.</p>
+
+<p>It caused him just a shade of uneasiness and perhaps awe, this
+"prayin' before breakfast" as he afterward expressed it while going
+over the events of the day with Snip, and he did not feel wholly at
+ease until the meal had well nigh come to an end.</p>
+
+<p>Then the little woman gave free rein to her curiosity, by asking:</p>
+
+<p>"Where are you going, my boy?"</p>
+
+<p>"That's what I don't just know," Seth replied, after a short pause.
+"Pip Smith, he said the country was a terrible nice place to live in,
+an' when Snip an' I had to come away, I thought perhaps we could find
+a chance to earn some money."</p>
+
+<p>"Haven't you any parents, or a home?" Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't s'pose I have. I did live over to Mr. Genet's in Jersey City;
+but he died, an' I had to hustle for myself."</p>
+
+<p>"Had to what?" Aunt Hannah asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, shinny 'round for money enough to pay my way. There ain't much
+of anything a feller <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">46</a></span>like me can do but sell papers, an' I don't cut
+any big ice at that, 'cause I can't get 'round as fast as the other
+boys."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you earn enough to provide you with food, and clothes, an' a
+place to sleep?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sometimes. You see I ain't flashin' up very strong on clothes,
+an' Snip an' I had a room down to Mother Hyde's that cost us eighty
+cents a week. We could most always get along, except sometimes when
+there was a heavy storm an' trade turned bad."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you became discouraged with that way of living?" the little
+woman said reflectively.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it ain't so awful swell; but then you can't call it so terrible
+bad. Perhaps some time I could have got money enough to start a
+news-stand, an' then I'd been all right, you know."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did you come into the country?"</p>
+
+<p>"You see we had to leave mighty sudden, 'cause&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Seth checked himself; he had been very near to explaining exactly why
+he left New York so unceremoniously. Perhaps but for the "prayers
+before breakfast" he might have told this kindly faced little woman
+all his troubles; now, however, he did <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span>not care to do so, believing
+she would consider he had committed a great crime in passing a lead
+nickel, even though unwittingly.</p>
+
+<p>Neither was he willing to tell so good a woman an absolute untruth,
+and therefore held his peace; but the flush which had come into his
+cheeks was ample proof to his hostess that in his life was something
+which caused shame.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah looked at him for an instant, and then as if realizing
+that the scrutiny might cause him uneasiness, turned her eyes away as
+she asked in a low tone:</p>
+
+<p>"Do you believe it would be possible for you to find such work in the
+country as would support you and the dog?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know anything about it, 'cause you see I never was in the
+country before," Seth replied, decidedly relieved by this change in
+the subject of conversation. "Pip Smith thought there was milk an'
+pies layin' 'round to be picked up by anybody, an' accordin' to his
+talk it seemed as if a feller might squeak along somehow. If I could
+always have such a bed as I got last night, the rest of it wouldn't
+trouble a great deal."</p>
+
+<p>"But you slept in the barn!" Gladys cried.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span>"Yes; it was nicer than any room Mother Hyde's got. Don't boys like me
+do something to earn money out this way?"</p>
+
+<p>"The farmers' sons find employment enough 'round home; but I don't
+think you would be able to earn very much, my boy."</p>
+
+<p>"I might strike something," Seth said reflectively. "At any rate, Snip
+an' I'll have to keep movin'."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you have no idea where you're going?" And Aunt Hannah appeared
+to be distressed in mind.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish I did," Seth replied with a sigh, and Gladys said quickly:</p>
+
+<p>"You can't keep walkin' 'round all the time, for what will you do when
+it rains?"</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps I might come across a barn, same's I did last night."</p>
+
+<p>"And grow to be a regular tramp?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't be one if I was willin' to work, would I? That's all Snip
+an' me ask for now, is just a chance to earn what we'll eat, an' a
+place to sleep."</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah rose from the table quickly in apparently a preoccupied
+manner, and the conversation was thus brought to an abrupt close.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">49</a></span>Snip, who had already breakfasted most generously, scrambled to his
+feet for another excursion into the wonderful fields where he might
+chase butterflies to his heart's content, and Seth lingered by the
+open doorway undecided as to what he should say or do.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys began removing the dishes from the table, Aunt Hannah assisting
+now and then listlessly, as if her mind was far away; and after two or
+three vain efforts Seth managed to ask:</p>
+
+<p>"How much will I have to pay for breakfast an' sleepin' in the barn?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, bless your heart, my boy, I wouldn't think of chargin' anything
+for that," the little woman said, almost sharply.</p>
+
+<p>"But we must pay our way, you know, though I ain't got such a dreadful
+pile of money. I don't want folks to think we're regular tramps."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't fear anything of that kind yet a while, but if it would
+make you feel more comfortable in mind to do something toward payin'
+for the food which has been freely given, you may try your hand at
+clearin' up the barn. Gladys an' I aim to keep it cleanly; but even at
+the best it doesn't look as I would like to see it."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">50</a></span>Seth sat about this task with alacrity, although not knowing exactly
+what ought to be done; but the boy who is willing to work and eager to
+please will generally succeed in his efforts, even though he be
+ignorant as to the proper method.</p>
+
+<p>It was while working at that end of the barn nearest the house at a
+time when Aunt Hannah and Gladys were standing at the open window
+washing the breakfast dishes, that he overheard, without absolutely
+intending to do so, a certain conversation not meant for his ears.</p>
+
+<p>It is true he had no right to listen, and also true that the hum of
+voices came to his ears several moments before he paid any attention
+whatsoever, or made an effort to distinguish the words.</p>
+
+<p>Then that which he heard literally forced him to listen for more.</p>
+
+<p>It was Aunt Hannah who said, evidently in reply to a suggestion from
+Gladys:</p>
+
+<p>"It is a pity and a shame to see a child like that poor little lame
+boy wandering about the country trying to find work, when he isn't
+fitted for anything of the kind. But how could we give him a home
+here, my dear?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am sure it wouldn't cost you anything, Aunt <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span>Hannah. With three
+spare rooms in the house and hardly ever a visitor to use one of them,
+why couldn't he have a bed here?"</p>
+
+<p>"He can, my dear, and it's my duty to give him a home, as I see
+plainly; but you can't imagine what a cross it will be for me to have
+a boy and a dog around the old place. I have lived here alone so many
+years, except after you came, that a new face, even though it be a
+friendly one, disturbs me."</p>
+
+<p>"Surely you'd get used to him in a few days, and he's a boy who tries
+to do all he can in the way of helping."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe so, my dear, and, therefore, because it seems to be my
+duty, I'm goin' to ask him to stay, at least until he can find a
+better home; but at the same time I hold that it will be a dreadful
+cross for me to bear."</p>
+
+<p>Seth suddenly became aware that he was playing the part of a sneak by
+thus listening; and although eager to hear more, turned quickly away,
+busying himself at the opposite side of the barn, where it would not
+be possible to play the eavesdropper in even so slight a degree.</p>
+
+<p>Until now it had never come into his mind that this little woman,
+whose home was so exceedingly <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a></span>inviting, might give him an opportunity
+to remain, even for the space of twenty-four hours; but as it was thus
+suggested, he realized how happy both he and Snip would be in such a
+place, and believed he could ask for nothing more in this world if it
+should be his good fortune to have an opportunity to stay.</p>
+
+<p>There was little probability the officers of the law would find him
+here, however rigorously the search might be continued, and it seemed
+as if every day spent in such a household must be filled with
+unalloyed pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>He stopped suddenly in his work as the thought came that it had
+already been decided he should have an invitation to remain, and a
+great joy came into his heart just for an instant, after which he
+forced it back resolutely, saying to himself:</p>
+
+<p>"A feller who would bother a good woman like Aunt Hannah deserves to
+be kicked. She's made up her mind to give me a chance jest 'cause she
+thinks it's something that ought'er be done; but I ain't goin' to play
+mean with her. It's lucky I happened to hear what was said, else I'd
+have jumped at the chance of stayin' when she told me I might."</p>
+
+<p>At that moment Snip came into the barn eager to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span>be petted by his
+master, and wearied with the fruitless chase after foolish and
+annoying birds.</p>
+
+<p>"It's tough on you, little man, 'cause a home like this is jest what
+you've been achin' for, an' they'd be awful good to you," Seth
+whispered as he took the dog in his arms. "How would it be if I should
+sneak off an' leave you with 'em? I ought'er do it, Snippey dear; but
+it would most break my heart to give up the only family I've got. An'
+that's where I'm mighty mean! You'd have a great time here, an' by
+stickin' to me there ain't much show for fun, unless things take a
+terribly sudden turn."</p>
+
+<p>Snip licked his master's chin by way of reply, and Seth pressed the
+little fellow yet more closely, saying with what was very like a sob:</p>
+
+<p>"I can't do it, little man, I can't do it! You must stick to me, else
+I'll be the lonesomest feller in all the world. We'll hold on here a
+spell, an' then hustle once more. It must be we'll find somebody
+who'll give us work, providin' the detectives don't nab me."</p>
+
+<p>Then he turned his attention once more to the task set him by Aunt
+Hannah, and Snip sat on the threshold of the door watching his master
+and snapping <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">54</a></span>at the impudent sparrows, until Gladys came out with an
+invitation for the dog to escort her to a neighbor's house, where she
+was forced to go with a message.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll take good care of him," she called to Seth, as Snip ran on
+joyously in advance, "and bring him back before you finish sweeping
+the barn."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not afraid of his comin' to any harm while you keep an eye on
+him; but I believe he's beginnin' to like you almost better'n he does
+me," Seth replied, with a shade of sorrow in his tone, whereat Gladys
+laughed merrily.</p>
+
+<p>Then the boy continued his work with a will, and ample evidence of his
+labor was apparent when Aunt Hannah came out, looking very much like
+the fairy godmothers of "once upon a time" stories, despite the
+wrinkles on her placid face.</p>
+
+<p>"It looks very neat," she said approvingly. "I never would have
+believed a boy could be so handy with a broom! Last spring I hired
+William Dean, the son of a neighbor, to tidy up the barn and the yard;
+but it looked worse when he had finished than before."</p>
+
+<p>"Have I earned the breakfast Snip and I ate?" Seth asked, pleased with
+her praise.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span>"Indeed you have, child, although there was no reason for doing
+anything of the kind. When we share with those who are less fortunate,
+we are doing no more than our duty, an' I don't like to think that you
+feel it necessary to pay for a mouthful of food."</p>
+
+<p>"It was the very nicest breakfast I ever had, Miss&mdash;Miss&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"You may call me 'Aunt Hannah,' for I'm an aunt to all the children in
+the neighborhood, accordin' to their way of thinking. Would you be
+contented to stay here for a while, my dear?"</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed I would!" was the emphatic reply, and then Seth added,
+remembering the conversation he had overheard: "That is, I would if I
+could; but Snip an' me have got to hunt for a chance to earn our
+livin', an' it won't do to think of loafin' here, even though it is
+such a fine place."</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah smiled kindly and said, with a certain show of
+determination, as if forcing herself to an unwelcome decision:</p>
+
+<p>"You an' the little dog shall stay for a while, my boy, and perhaps
+you can find some kind of work nearabout; but if not, surely it won't
+increase my cost of living, for we'll have a garden, which is what
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span>I'm not able to attend to now I've grown so old. Why did you leave the
+city, my child?"</p>
+
+<p>Had it not been for that "praying before breakfast" Seth would have
+invented some excuse for his flight; but now he could not bring
+himself, as he gazed into the kindly eyes, either to utter a
+deliberate falsehood or to make an equivocal reply.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd like to tell you," he said hesitatingly, after a long pause,
+during which Aunt Hannah looked out across the meadow rather than at
+him. "I'd like to tell you, but I can't," he repeated.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe you are a bad boy, Seth," she said mildly, but
+without glancing toward him.</p>
+
+<p>The lad remained silent with downcast eyes, and when it seemed to him
+as if many minutes had passed, the little woman added:</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you will tell me after we are better acquainted. Gladys
+declares, an' I've come quite to her way of thinking, that you should
+remain with us for a time. I don't believe you could find work such as
+would pay for your board and lodging, unless it was with an old woman
+like me, and so we're to consider you and Snip as members of the
+family."</p>
+
+<p>Seth shook his head, feebly at first, for the temptation to accept the
+invitation was very great, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">57</a></span>then decidedly, as if the decision he
+had arrived at could not be changed.</p>
+
+<p>"Would you rather go away?" Aunt Hannah asked in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I wouldn't!" Seth cried passionately, the tears coming
+dangerously near his eyelids. "I'd do anything in this world for the
+sake of havin' such a home as this; but all the same, Snip an' I can't
+stay to bother you. We'll leave when he comes back."</p>
+
+<p>"Listen to me, my child," and now the little woman spoke with a degree
+of firmness which sounded strangely from one so mild, "you are not to
+go away this day, no matter what may be done later. We will talk about
+my plan after dinner, and then perhaps you'll feel like explaining why
+you think it necessary to go further in search of work after I have
+given you a chance to earn what you and the dog may need."</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys' voice was heard in the distance as she urged Snip on in
+his pursuit of a butterfly, and Aunt Hannah went quickly into the
+dwelling, leaving Seth gazing after her wistfully as he muttered:</p>
+
+<p>"I never believed there was such a good woman in this world!"</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">58</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ch4" id="ch4"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<h3>THE FLIGHT.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Neither</span> Gladys nor Snip came into the barn immediately after their
+return, probably because the former had some report to make as to the
+message with which she had been entrusted, and Seth was left alone to
+turn over in his mind all that Aunt Hannah had said.</p>
+
+<p>A very disagreeable half hour he spent in the conflict between what he
+believed to be his duty and his inclination.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that all his troubles would be at an end if he might remain
+in that peaceful place, as the little woman had suggested, and he knew
+full well that he could never hope to find as pleasant an abiding
+place.</p>
+
+<p>As the matter presented itself to his mind, he was not at liberty to
+accept the generous invitation unless the story of why he left New
+York was first told; and once Aunt Hannah was aware that he had
+transgressed the law by passing counterfeit money, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span>it seemed certain
+she would look upon him as a sinner too great for pardon.</p>
+
+<p>He believed it was better to go without explanations than be utterly
+cast off by the little woman whom he was rapidly beginning to love,
+and, in addition, forfeit her friendship forever. So long as she could
+only guess at the reasons for his flight, she might think of him
+kindly, and, perhaps, in time, he would be able to prove that he was
+worthy of confidence.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll come back when I'm a man, an' then she'll have to believe I
+didn't mean to do anything so terrible bad when I passed the lead
+nickel," he said to himself, in an effort to strengthen the resolution
+just made. "It would be mighty nice to live here, an' what a good time
+Snip could have!"</p>
+
+<p>Then he tried to convince himself that his pet should be left behind;
+but the thought of going away from that charming home&mdash;which might
+have been his but for the carelessness in handling the counterfeit
+money&mdash;leaving behind the only friend he had known for many a long
+day, brought the tears to his eyes again.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll have to take the poor little man with me, an' it'll come mighty
+rough on him!" he said with <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span>a sob. "I reckon he thinks this kind of
+fun, when he can chase butterflies an' birds to his heart's content,
+is goin' to last, an' he'll be dreadfully disappointed after we leave;
+but I couldn't get along without him!"</p>
+
+<p>Gladys interrupted his mournful train of thought, and perhaps it was
+well, for the boy was rapidly working himself into a most melancholy
+frame of mind.</p>
+
+<p>She and Snip came tearing into the barn as if there was no other aim
+in this life than enjoyment, and so startled the sorrowing Seth that
+he arose to his feet in something very nearly resembling alarm.</p>
+
+<p>"If you jump like that I shall begin to think you are as nervous as
+Aunt Hannah," she cried with a merry laugh. "She insists that between
+Snip and me there will no longer be any peace for her, unless we sober
+down very suddenly; but do you know, Seth, that I've lived here with
+no other companion than the dear old woman so long, it seems as if
+some good fairy had sent this little fluff of white to make me happy.
+I had rather have him for a friend than all the children in the
+neighborhood, which isn't saying very much, in view of the fact that
+the two Dean boys and Malvinia Stubbs are the only people <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">61</a></span>of
+nearabout my age in this section of the country."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe Snip thinks as much of you as you do of him," Seth replied
+gloomily. "I never knew him to make friends with any one before; but
+perhaps that was because he saw only the fellers who liked to tease
+him. If I wasn't mighty mean, he'd stay here all the time."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course he'll stay," Gladys cried as she tossed the tiny dog in the
+air while he gave vent to an imitation growl. "Aunt Hannah and I have
+arranged it without so much as asking your permission. You two are to
+live here; Snip's work is to enjoy himself with me, while you're to
+make a garden, the like of which won't be seen this side of New York.
+What do you think of settling down to being a farmer?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'd like it mighty well, but it can't be done." And Seth gazed out
+through the open door, not daring to meet Miss Gladys' startled gaze.</p>
+
+<p>"Wait till you've talked with Aunt Hannah," she exclaimed after the
+first burst of surprise had passed. "We've fixed everything, an'
+you'll find that there isn't a word for you to say."</p>
+
+<p>"I have talked with her," Seth replied gloomily. "We'd both love to
+stay mighty well, but we can't."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span>"I'd like to know why"; and now Gladys was on her feet, looking
+sternly at the sorrowful guest. "Neither you nor Snip have got a home,
+an' here's one with the best woman who ever lived&mdash;that much I know to
+a certainty."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you, but it can't be done." And the boy walked to the other
+side of the barn as if to end the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys looked after him for a moment in mingled surprise and
+petulance, and then, taking Snip in her arms, she walked straight into
+the house, leaving him seemingly more alone than ever.</p>
+
+<p>During the remainder of the forenoon neither Aunt Hannah, Gladys, nor
+Snip came out of the door, and then the little woman summoned him to
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>Seth entered the house much as a miserable culprit might have done,
+and, after making a toilet at the kitchen sink, sat down at the table
+in obedience to Aunt Hannah's instructions.</p>
+
+<p>This time he half expected she would pray, and was not mistaken. Not
+having been taken by surprise, he heard every word, and his cheeks
+crimsoned with mingled shame and pleasure as she asked her Heavenly
+Father to bless and guide the homeless <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">63</a></span>stranger who had come to them,
+inclining his heart to the right path.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah did not use many words in asking the blessing; but to Seth
+each one was full of a meaning which could not be mistaken, and he
+knew she was pleading that he might be willing to confess his sins.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps if the good woman had asked at the conclusion of the prayer
+why he left New York, Seth would have told her everything; but no word
+was spoken on the subject, and by the time dinner had come to an end
+he was more firmly convinced than ever that she could not forgive him
+for having passed the counterfeit money.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing was said regarding his departure or the proposition that he
+should become a member of the household; but Gladys gave the outlines
+of a journey she proposed making with Snip that afternoon, and the
+heavy-hearted boy understood that it was not her purpose to return
+until nightfall.</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah asked if he felt equal to the task of spading up a
+small piece of ground behind the barn, where she counted on making a
+garden, and he could do no less than agree to undertake the task.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">64</a></span>Therefore did it seem to him as if he was in duty bound to remain at
+the farm during the remainder of that day at least; but there was in
+his mind the fact that he must continue his aimless journey that very
+night, or be willing to give a detailed account of his wrongdoing.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after the meal had been brought to a close Seth went out
+with the little woman to begin the work of making ready for a garden.</p>
+
+<p>When she had explained what was necessary to be done he labored at the
+task with feverish energy, for it seemed to him as if the task must be
+concluded before he would be at liberty to leave the farm, and go he
+must, because each moment was it becoming more nearly impossible to
+bring himself to confess why he and Snip were fugitives.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the neighbors called upon Aunt Hannah that afternoon,
+therefore she was forced to leave him alone after having described
+what must be done in order to make a garden of the unpromising looking
+land behind the barn; and he knew that Gladys and Snip would not
+return until time for supper, because the girl had plainly given him
+to understand as much during the conversation at the dinner-table.</p>
+
+<p>His hands were blistered, and his back ached because <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span>of the
+unaccustomed labor; but the work was completed to the best of his
+ability before sunset, and then Aunt Hannah found time to inspect the
+result of his toil.</p>
+
+<p>"I declare you have done as well as any man I could have hired, an' a
+good deal better than some!" she exclaimed, and a flush of joy
+overspread Seth's face as he arose with difficulty from the grass
+where he had thrown himself for a much-needed rest. "William Dean
+tried to do the same thing, but when he had finished the ground looked
+as if it had no more than been teased with a comb. You have turned it
+up till it is the same as ploughed, an' we'll have a famous garden,
+even though it is a bit late in the season."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad you like it," the boy replied. "Of course I could do such
+work quicker after I'd tried my hand at it two or three times."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't expect you'd more than half finish it in one day, an' now
+there's nothing to be done but put in the seeds. We'll see to that in
+the morning. I must go after White-Face now, or we shall have a late
+supper. Have you seen anything of Gladys?"</p>
+
+<p>"She hasn't been here. Say, why can't I get the cow?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span>"I suppose you might, for she's gentle as a kitten; but you must be
+tired."</p>
+
+<p>"I reckon it won't hurt me to walk from here to the pasture." And Seth
+started off at full speed, delighted with the opportunity to perform
+yet more work, for there was in his mind the thought that Aunt Hannah
+would think kindly of him after he was gone, if he showed himself
+willing to do whatsoever came in his way.</p>
+
+<p>It did not seem exactly safe to walk deliberately up to that enormous
+beast of a cow; but since Gladys had done so he advanced without any
+great show of fear, and was surprised at discovering that she
+willingly obeyed the pressure on her horns.</p>
+
+<p>He led her into the cleanly barn, threw some hay into the manger, and
+then fastened the chain around her neck, all the while wondering at
+his own bravery.</p>
+
+<p>"Is there anything more for me to do?" he asked, as Aunt Hannah came
+out of the house with the three-legged stool and the glistening tin
+pail.</p>
+
+<p>"You've earned a rest, my dear," the little woman said cheerily. "Sit
+down on the front porch and enjoy the sensation which comes to every
+one who has done a good day's work. We poor people can <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">67</a></span>have what rich
+folks can't, or don't, which amounts to much the same thing."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not avail himself of this permission; but stood on the
+threshold of the "tie-up" watching the little woman force out the big
+streams of milk without apparent effort, until the desire to
+successfully perform the same task was strong upon him.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think I could do that?" he asked timidly.</p>
+
+<p>"I dare say you might, my child; there isn't much of a knack to it."</p>
+
+<p>"Would you be willin' to let me try?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course you shall," and Aunt Hannah got up quickly from the stool.
+"Be gentle, and you'll have no trouble."</p>
+
+<p>Seth failed at first; but after a few trials he was able to extract a
+thin stream of the foaming fluid, although White-Face did not appear
+well pleased with his experiments.</p>
+
+<p>Then Aunt Hannah took the matter in hand, and when she had finished
+Seth carried the pail for her, arriving at the kitchen just as Gladys
+and Snip entered, both seemingly weary with their afternoon's frolic.</p>
+
+<p>Bread, baked that forenoon, and warm milk, made <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span>up the evening meal,
+and again Aunt Hannah prayed for the stranger, much to his secret
+satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>While they were at the table the little woman said, in a low tone of
+authority, such as did not seem suited to her lips:</p>
+
+<p>"You are to stay here until morning, Seth, and then we will have
+another talk. I'm an old-fashioned old maid, an' believe in early to
+bed an' early to rise, therefore we don't light lamp or candle in the
+summer-time, unless some of the neighbors loiter later than usual. You
+are to sleep in the room over the kitchen, my boy, and when we have
+finished supper I guess you'll be glad to lie down, for spading up a
+piece of grass land isn't easy work."</p>
+
+<p>Understanding from these remarks that he was expected to retire
+without delay, Seth took Snip in his arms immediately the meal had
+come to a close, and said, as he stood waiting to be shown the way to
+his room:</p>
+
+<p>"You've been mighty good to us, Miss&mdash;Aunt Hannah, an' I hope we'll
+have a chance to pay you back some day."</p>
+
+<p>"You've done that this afternoon," Gladys cried laughingly. "Aunt
+Hannah has wanted that garden <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span>spot spaded ever since the snow went
+away, and the boys around here were too lazy to do it. All hands,
+including Snip, will have a share in the planting, and I wouldn't be
+surprised if we beat our neighbors, even though it is late for such
+work."</p>
+
+<p>Seth would have liked to take leave of these two who had been so kind
+to him, for he was still determined to leave the house secretly as
+soon as was possible; but he did not dare say all that was in his mind
+lest his purpose be betrayed, and followed Aunt Hannah as she led the
+way to the room above the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>"You won't forget to say your prayers," she said, kissing him
+good-night, an act which brought the tears to his eyes; and Seth shook
+his head by way of promise, although never did he remember having done
+such a thing.</p>
+
+<p>After undressing, and when Snip had been provided with a comfortable
+bed in the cushioned rocking-chair, Seth attempted to do as he had
+promised, and found it an exceedingly difficult task. There was in his
+heart both thanksgiving and sorrow, but he could not give words to
+either, and after several vain efforts he said reverentially:</p>
+
+<p>"I hope Aunt Hannah will have just as snifty a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span>time in this world as
+she deserves, for she's a dandy, if there ever was one!"</p>
+
+<p>Then he crept between the lavender-scented sheets and gave himself up
+to the pleasure of gazing at his surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>Never before had he seen such a room, so comfort-inviting and cleanly!
+There were two regular pillows on the bed, and each of them enclosed
+in a snowy white case which was most pleasing to the cheek, while the
+fragrant sheets seemed much too fine to be slept on.</p>
+
+<p>Snip was quite as well satisfied with the surroundings as his master.
+The chair cushion was particularly soft, and he curled himself into a
+little ring with a sigh of content which told that if the question of
+leaving the Morse farm might be decided by him, he and his master
+would remain there all their lives.</p>
+
+<p>Weary, as Seth was, he found it exceedingly difficult to prevent his
+eyes from closing in slumber; yet sleep was a luxury he could not
+indulge in at that time, lest he should not awaken at an hour when he
+might leave the dwelling without arousing the other inmates.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps it would have been wiser had he not undressed <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">71</a></span>himself; but
+the temptation of getting into such a bed as Aunt Hannah had provided
+for his benefit was greater than he could withstand, therefore must he
+be exceedingly careful not to venture even upon the border of
+dreamland.</p>
+
+<p>It is needless to make any attempt at trying to describe Seth's
+condition of mind, for it may readily be understood that his grief was
+great. More than once did he say to himself it would be better to tell
+Aunt Hannah all; but each time he understood, or believed he did, that
+by such a course he should not only be cutting himself off from all
+possibility of remaining longer at the farm, but would be forfeiting
+her friendship.</p>
+
+<p>To his mind he would be forced to leave the farm if he told the story,
+and he could not remain without doing so; therefore it seemed wisest
+to run away, thus avoiding a most painful scene.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the time when his eyelids rebelled against remaining open;
+and in order to save himself from falling asleep it seemed necessary
+to get out of bed.</p>
+
+<p>Crouching by the window, after having dressed himself, he gazed out
+over the broad fields that were bathed by the moonlight, and pictured
+to himself the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span>pleasure of viewing them night after night with the
+knowledge that they formed a portion of his home. And then, such a
+revery being almost painful, he nerved himself for what was to be done
+by taking Snip in his arms. The dog was sleeping soundly, and Seth
+whispered in a voice which was far from being steady:</p>
+
+<p>"It's too bad, old man; but we can't help ourselves. You'll be sorry
+not to see Gladys when you wake; but you won't feel half so bad as I
+shall, 'cause I know what a slim chance there is of our ever strikin'
+another place like this."</p>
+
+<p>Then he opened the door softly, still holding Snip in his arms.</p>
+
+<p>Not a sound could be heard; he crept to the head of the stairs and
+listened intently.</p>
+
+<p>It was as if he and Snip were the only occupants of the house. Seth
+had no very clear idea as to how long he had been in the chamber; but
+it seemed as if at least two hours had passed since Aunt Hannah bade
+him good-night, and there was no reason why he should not begin the
+flight at once.</p>
+
+<p>With his hand on Snip's head as a means of preventing the dog from
+growling in case any unusual sound was heard, Seth began the descent
+of the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span>stairs, creeping from one to the other with the utmost
+caution, while the boards creaked and groaned under his weight until
+it seemed certain both Aunt Hannah and Gladys must be aroused.</p>
+
+<p>In trying to move yet more cautiously he staggered against the
+stair-rail, squeezing Snip until the little fellow yelped sharply; and
+Seth stood breathlessly awaiting some token that the mistress of the
+house had been alarmed.</p>
+
+<p>He was surprised because of hearing nothing; it appeared strange that
+any one could sleep while he was making such a noise, and yet the
+silence was as profound as before he began to descend.</p>
+
+<p>Never had he believed a flight of stairs could be so long, and when it
+seemed as if he should be at the bottom, he had hardly gotten more
+than half-way down.</p>
+
+<p>The descent came to an end, however, as must all things in this world,
+and he groped his way toward the kitchen door, not so much as daring
+to breathe.</p>
+
+<p>Once he fancied it was possible to distinguish a slight, rustling
+sound; but when he stopped all was silent as before, therefore the
+fugitive went on until his hand was on the kitchen door.</p>
+
+<p>The key was turned noiselessly in the lock; he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">74</a></span>raised the latch, and
+the door swung open with never a creak.</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight flooded that portion of the kitchen where he stood
+irresolute, as if even now believing it might be better to confess why
+he had been forced to come away from New York; and as he turned his
+head ever so slightly to listen, a sudden fear came upon him.</p>
+
+<p>He saw, not more than half a dozen paces distant, a human form
+advancing. A cry of fear burst from his lips, and he would have leaped
+out of the open door but that a gentle pressure on his shoulder
+restrained him.</p>
+
+<p>"Where are you going, my child?" a kindly voice asked; and he knew
+that what he had mistaken for an apparition was none other than Aunt
+Hannah.</p>
+
+<p>Seth could not speak; his mouth had suddenly become parched, and his
+knees trembled beneath him. He had been discovered while seemingly
+prowling around the house like a thief, and on the instant he realized
+in what way his actions might be misconstrued.</p>
+
+<p>"Where are you going, Seth dear?"</p>
+
+<p>"I wasn't&mdash;I had to run away, Aunt Hannah, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">75</a></span>an' that's the truth of
+it!" he cried passionately, suddenly recovering the use of his tongue.</p>
+
+<p>"Why didn't you tell me at supper-time?"</p>
+
+<p>"I was afraid you and Gladys would try to stop me, an' perhaps I
+couldn't stick to what I'd agreed on."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you really want to leave us, Seth?"</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed I don't, Aunt Hannah! I'd give anything in this world if I
+could stay, for this is the very nicest place I ever was in. Oh,
+indeed, I don't want to go away!"</p>
+
+<p>"Then why not stay?"</p>
+
+<p>"I can't! I can't, 'cause I'd have to tell&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not finish the sentence, but buried his face in Snip's silky
+hair.</p>
+
+<p>"Is it because you can't tell me why you left the city?" And the
+little woman laid her hand on the boy's shoulder with a motion not
+unlike a caress.</p>
+
+<p>Seth nodded, but did not trust himself to speak.</p>
+
+<p>"Then go right back to bed. You shall stay here, my dear, until the
+time comes when you can confide in me, and meanwhile I will not
+believe you have been guilty of any wickedness."</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">76</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ch5" id="ch5"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<h3>AN ACCIDENT.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Filled</span> with shame and confusion, Seth made no resistance when Aunt
+Hannah ordered him back to bed; but obeyed silently, moving stealthily
+as when he began the flight. He was trembling as with a sudden chill
+when he undressed and laid himself down, while Snip lost no time in
+curling his tiny body into a good imitation of a ball, wondering,
+perhaps, why he had thus been needlessly disturbed in his "beauty
+sleep."</p>
+
+<p>Seth was no longer capable of speculating upon the problem in which he
+had been involved through a lead nickel and an advertisement in the
+newspapers. He could only realize that Aunt Hannah had good reason to
+believe him a thief, or worse, otherwise she would not have been
+waiting to discover if he attempted to prowl around the house while
+she was supposed to be asleep, and his cheeks burned with shame at the
+thought.</p>
+
+<p>He wished that the night might never come to an <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span>end, and then he
+would not be forced to meet her face to face, as he must when the sun
+rose.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course she'll tell Gladys where she found me, an' both of 'em will
+believe I'm the worst feller that ever lived!" he whispered to
+himself; and then tears, bitter and scalding, flowed down his cheeks,
+moistening the spotless linen, but bringing some slight degree of
+comfort, because sleep quickly followed in their train.</p>
+
+<p>Seth was awakened next morning by Aunt Hannah's voice, as she called
+gently:</p>
+
+<p>"It's time to get up, my dear. The sun is out looking for boys an'
+dogs, an' you mustn't disappoint him."</p>
+
+<p>Snip ran eagerly down the stairs as if to greet some one for whom he
+had a great affection, and Seth heard the little woman say to him:</p>
+
+<p>"I really believe Gladys was in the right when she said I would come
+to like you almost as much as if you were a cat. Do you want a saucer
+of milk?"</p>
+
+<p>"She won't talk so pleasantly when I get there," Seth said to himself.
+"I'd rather take a sound flogging than have her look at me as if I was
+a thief!"</p>
+
+<p>The lad soon came to know Aunt Hannah better <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span>than to accuse her of
+being cruel even in the slightest degree.</p>
+
+<p>When he entered the kitchen she greeted him with a kindly smile, and
+said, much as if the events of the previous night were no more than a
+disagreeable dream:</p>
+
+<p>"You see I'm beginning to depend on you already, Seth. Gladys isn't up
+yet, and I've left White-Face in the barn thinkin' you'd take her to
+the pasture. The grass is wet with dew, an' I'm gettin' so old that I
+don't dare take the chances of wetting my feet."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not wait to make his toilet, but ran swiftly to the barn,
+rejoicing because of the opportunity to perform some task.</p>
+
+<p>When the cow had been cared for he loitered around outside, picking up
+a stick here and a stone there as if it was of the highest importance
+that the lawn in front of the house be freed from litter of every kind
+before breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>His one desire was to avoid coming face to face with Aunt Hannah until
+it should be absolutely necessary, and while he was thus inventing
+work Gladys came out in search of Snip.</p>
+
+<p>Seth understood at once that the girl was yet <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">79</a></span>ignorant of his attempt
+to run away, and his heart swelled with gratitude toward the little
+woman who had thus far kept secret what he would have been ashamed to
+tell.</p>
+
+<p>Just then Snip was of far more importance in the eyes of Aunt Hannah's
+niece than was his master, and after a hasty "good-morning" she ran
+away with the dog at her heels for the accustomed exercise before
+breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>"Come in an' wash your face, my dear. Breakfast will be cooked by the
+time you are ready to eat it, and such work as you are doing may as
+well be left until a more convenient season."</p>
+
+<p>Seth felt forced to obey this summons promptly; but he did not dare
+meet the little woman's glance. Had he observed her closely, however,
+it would have been seen that she studiously avoided looking toward
+him. Aunt Hannah was averse to causing pain, even to the brutes which
+came in her way, and at this particular time she understood very much
+of what was in the boy's mind.</p>
+
+<p>Seth feared lest in the "prayer before breakfast" some reference might
+be made to what he had attempted to do during the night; but his fears
+were groundless. The little woman asked that her Father's <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span>blessing
+might fall upon the homeless; but the words were spoken in the same
+fervent, kindly tone as on the evening previous, and again the boy
+thanked her in his heart.</p>
+
+<p>When the morning meal had come to an end Gladys was eager Seth should
+join her and Snip on an excursion through the grove where squirrels
+were said to be "thick as peas," and under almost any other
+circumstances the guest would have been delighted to accept the
+invitation; but now he insisted that there was very much work to be
+done before nightfall, which would force him to remain near the house.</p>
+
+<p>"We've only to plant the garden," Aunt Hannah interrupted, "an' then
+there's no reason why you shouldn't enjoy a stroll among the trees."</p>
+
+<p>Seth remained silent, but determined to do all in his power to atone
+for what seemed to him very nearly a crime, and Gladys decided that
+she must also take part in the sowing of the seeds.</p>
+
+<p>Until noon the three, with Snip as a most interested spectator, worked
+industriously, and then, as Aunt Hannah said, "there was nothing to be
+done save wait patiently until the sun and the rain had performed
+their portion of the task."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">81</a></span>Seth did not join Gladys and Snip in their afternoon romp, but
+continued at his self-imposed tasks until night had come, doing quite
+as much work with his mind as his hands. Twenty times over he resolved
+to tell the little woman exactly why he was forced to run away from
+New York, and as often decided he could not confess himself such a
+criminal as it seemed certain, because of the advertisement, he really
+was.</p>
+
+<p>"I couldn't stand it to have her look at me after she knew
+everything," he repeated again and again.</p>
+
+<p>There was no idea in his mind as to how the matter might end, save
+when now and then he had the faintest of faint hopes that perhaps she
+might forget, or learn the truth from some one other than himself.</p>
+
+<p>During three days he struggled between what he knew to be duty and his
+own inclination, and in all that time the little woman never showed by
+word or look that there was any disagreeable secret between them.</p>
+
+<p>Seth tried to ease his conscience by working most industriously during
+every moment of daylight, and then came the time when it was
+absolutely impossible to find anything more for his hands to do. He
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span>had swept the barn floor until it was as clean as a broom could make
+it; the wood in the shed had been piled methodically; a goodly supply
+of kindlings were prepared, and not so much as a pebble was to be seen
+on the velvety lawn.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys had tried in vain to entice him away from what she declared was
+useless labor, and Snip did all within the power of a dog to coax his
+master into joining him in the jolly strolls among the trees or across
+the green fields, and yet Seth remained nearabout the little house in
+a feverish search for something with which to employ his hands.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use, Snippey dear," he said on the fourth night of his stay
+at the farm, after the family had retired, "I can't stay an' not tell
+Aunt Hannah, an' it's certain we won't be allowed to stop more'n a
+minute after she knows the truth. If I could talk to her in the dark,
+when I couldn't see her face, it wouldn't seem quite so bad; but we go
+to bed so early there's no chance for that. We must have it out mighty
+soon, for I can't hang 'round here many hours longer without tellin'
+all about ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>He was not ready for bed, although an hour had passed since he bade
+Aunt Hannah and Gladys good-night.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span>The moon had gilded the rail fence, the shed, and the barn until they
+were transformed into fairy handiwork; the road gleamed like gold with
+an enamel of black marking the position of trees and bushes, and Seth
+had gazed upon the wondrous picture without really being aware of
+time's flight.</p>
+
+<p>Having repeated to Snip that which was in his mind, the boy was on the
+point of making himself ready for a visit from the dream elves when he
+heard, apparently from the room below, what sounded like a fall, a
+smothered exclamation, and the splintering of glass.</p>
+
+<p>Only for a single instant did he stand motionless, and then, realizing
+that some accident must have happened, he ran downstairs, Snip
+following close behind, barking shrilly.</p>
+
+<p>Once in the kitchen an exclamation of terror burst from his lips.</p>
+
+<p>The room was illumined by a line of fire, seemingly extending entirely
+across the floor, which was fringed by a dense smoke that rose nearly
+to the ceiling, and, beside the table, where she had evidently fallen,
+lay Aunt Hannah, struggling to smother with bare hands the yellow,
+dancing flames that had fastened upon her clothing.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span>It needed not the fragments of glass and brass to tell Seth that the
+little woman had accidentally fallen, breaking the lamp she carried,
+and that the fire was fed by oil.</p>
+
+<p>Like a flash there came into his mind the memory of that night when
+Dud Wilson overturned a lamp on the floor of his news-stand, and he
+had heard it said then that the property might have been saved if the
+boys had smothered the flames with their coats, or any fabric of
+woollen, instead of trying to drown it out with water.</p>
+
+<p>He pulled off his coat in a twinkling, threw it over the prostrate
+woman, and added to the covering rag rugs from the floor, pressing
+them down firmly as he said, in a trembling voice, much as though
+speaking to a child:</p>
+
+<p>"Don't get scared! We can't put the fire out with water; but I'll soon
+smother it."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't bother about me, my child; but attend to the house! It
+would be dreadful if we should lose the dear old home!"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get the best of this business in a jiffy; but it won't do to
+give you a chance of bein' burned."</p>
+
+<p>"There is no fire here now." And Aunt Hannah <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a></span>threw back the rugs,
+despite Seth's hold upon them, to show that the flames were really
+quenched. "For mercy's sake, save the house! It's the only home I ever
+knew, an' my heart would be wellnigh broken if I lost it!"</p>
+
+<p>Before she had ceased speaking Seth was flinging rug after rug on the
+burning oil, for Aunt Hannah, like many another woman living in the
+country, had an ample supply of such floor coverings.</p>
+
+<p>Not until he had entirely covered that line of flame, and had danced
+to and fro over the rugs to stamp out the last spark of fire, did he
+venture to open the outside door, and it was high time, for the
+pungent smoke filled the kitchen until it was exceedingly difficult to
+breathe.</p>
+
+<p>The little woman remained upon the floor where Seth had first found
+her, and it was only after the night breeze was blowing through the
+room, carrying off the stifling vapor, that the boy had time to wonder
+why she made no effort to rise.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you hurt?" he cried anxiously, running to her side.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind me until the fire is out."</p>
+
+<p>"There is no more fire, an' I'm bound to mind you! Are you hurt?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">86</a></span>"It doesn't seem possible, my dear, an' yet I can't use either ankle
+or wrist. Of course the bones are not broken; but old people like me
+don't fall harmlessly as do children."</p>
+
+<p>Seth was more alarmed now than when he saw the flames of the burning
+oil threatening the destruction of the building, and he dumbly
+wondered why Gladys did not make her appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The first excitement was over, and now he had time in which to be
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>"What can I do? Oh, what can I do?" he cried, running to and fro, and
+then, hardly aware of his movements, he shouted loudly for Gladys.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't waken her!" Aunt Hannah cried warningly. "If you can't help me
+there is nothing she can do."</p>
+
+<p>"Ain't she in the house?" Seth asked nervously.</p>
+
+<p>He feared Aunt Hannah might die, and even though she was in no real
+danger, to stand idly by not knowing how to aid her was terrible.</p>
+
+<p>He failed to observe that Snip was no longer in the room; but just at
+that moment his shrill barking was heard in an adjoining apartment,
+and Seth knew the dog had gone to find his little playmate.</p>
+
+<p>"You mustn't get frightened after the danger is <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">87</a></span>all over, my dear,"
+Aunt Hannah said soothingly. "But for you the house would have been
+destroyed, and now we have nothing to fear."</p>
+
+<p>"But you can't get up!" Seth wailed.</p>
+
+<p>"That wouldn't be a great misfortune compared with losing our home,
+even if I never got up again," the little woman said quietly. "But I'm
+not going to lie here. Surely you can help me on to the couch."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me how to do it," Seth cried eagerly, and at that moment Gladys
+appeared in the doorway.</p>
+
+<p>"Lean over so that I may put my arms around your neck," Aunt Hannah
+said, giving no heed to the girl's cry of alarm.</p>
+
+<p>"She fell an' hurt herself," Seth said hurriedly to Gladys, as he
+obeyed the little woman's injunction. And then, as the latter put her
+uninjured arm over his neck, he tried to aid the movement by clasping
+her waist.</p>
+
+<p>"If you can help me just a little bit we'll soon have her on the
+couch," he cried to Gladys, who by this time was standing at his side.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah was a tiny woman, and the children, small though they
+were, did not find it an <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">88</a></span>exceedingly difficult task to raise her
+bodily from the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys lighted a lamp, and it was seen that, in addition to the
+injuries received by the fall, Aunt Hannah had been grievously burned.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I'm in some pain," she said in reply to Seth's anxious
+questioning; "but now that the house has been saved I have no right to
+complain. Get some flour, Gladys, and while you are putting it on the
+worst of the burns, perhaps Seth will run over to Mrs. Dean an' ask if
+she can come here a few minutes."</p>
+
+<p>"Where does Mis' Dean live?" the lad asked hurriedly, starting toward
+the door; and he was already outside when Gladys replied:</p>
+
+<p>"It's the first house past the grove where Snip and I went this
+afternoon!"</p>
+
+<p>Seth gave no heed to his lameness as he ran at full speed down the
+road; the thought that now was the time when he might in some slight
+degree repay Aunt Hannah for having given shelter to him and Snip,
+lending speed to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>The Dean family had not yet retired when he arrived at the farmhouse,
+and, stopping only sufficiently long to tell in fewest possible words
+of what <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span>had happened, Seth ran back to help Gladys care for the
+invalid, for he was feverishly eager to have some part in the nursing.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah was on the couch with her wounds partially bandaged when
+the boy returned, and although her suffering must have been severe,
+that placid face was as serene as when he bade her good-night.</p>
+
+<p>"Mis' Dean is comin' right away. What can I do?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing more, my dear," the little woman replied quietly. "You have
+been of such great service to me this night that I can never repay
+you."</p>
+
+<p>"Please don't say that, Aunt Hannah," Seth cried, his face flushing
+with shame as he remembered the past. "If I could only do somethin'
+real big, then perhaps you wouldn't think I was so awful bad."</p>
+
+<p>"I believe you to be a good boy, Seth, and shall until you tell me to
+the contrary. Even then," she added with a smile, "I fancy it will be
+possible to find a reasonable excuse."</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of Mrs. Dean put an end to any further conversation, and
+Seth was called upon to aid in carrying Aunt Hannah to the foreroom,
+in which <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span>was the best bed, although the little woman protested
+against anything of the kind.</p>
+
+<p>"I am as well off in my own bed, Sarah Dean. Don't treat me as if I
+was a child who didn't know what was best."</p>
+
+<p>"You are goin' into the foreroom, Hannah Morse, an' that's all there
+is about it. That bed hasn't been used since the year your brother
+Benjamin was at home, an' I've always said that if anything happened
+to you, an' I had charge of affairs, you should get some comfort out
+of the feathers you earned pickin' berries. We'll take her into the
+foreroom, boy, for it's the most cheerful, an' she deserves the best
+that's goin'."</p>
+
+<p>"You can bet she does!" Seth exclaimed with great emphasis; and then
+he gave all his attention to obeying the many commands which issued
+from Mrs. Dean's mouth.</p>
+
+<p>When the little woman had been disposed of according to her neighbor's
+ideas of comfort, Seth was directed to build a fire in the kitchen
+stove; Gladys received instructions to bring all the old linen to be
+found; and Snip was ordered into the shed.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah protested vehemently against this last order, with the
+result that the dog was banished <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span>to Gladys' chamber, and then Mrs.
+Dean proceeded to attend to the invalid without giving her a voice in
+any matter, however nearly it might concern herself.</p>
+
+<p>Seth took up his station in the kitchen when other neighbors arrived,
+summoned most likely by Mr. Dean, and here Gladys joined him after
+what had seemed to the boy a very long time.</p>
+
+<p>"How is she?" he asked when the girl came softly into the room as if
+thinking he might be asleep.</p>
+
+<p>"Her hands and arms are burned very badly. Why, Seth, there are
+blisters as big as my hand, and Mrs. Dean says she suffers terribly;
+but the dear old woman hasn't made the least little complaint."</p>
+
+<p>"That's 'cause she's so good. If I was like her I needn't bother my
+head 'bout what was goin' to happen after I died. It would be a funny
+kind of an angel who wasn't glad to see Aunt Hannah!"</p>
+
+<p>"She'd have burned to death but for you."</p>
+
+<p>"That ain't so, Gladys. I didn't do very much, 'cept throw the rugs
+an' my coat over her."</p>
+
+<p>"She's just been telling Mrs. Dean that you saved her life, and the
+house."</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span>"Did she really?" Seth cried excitedly. "Did she say it in them very
+same words?"</p>
+
+<p>"Aunt Hannah made it sound a good deal better than I can. She said God
+sent you to this house to help her in the time of trouble, an' she's
+goin' to see that you always have a home here."</p>
+
+<p>"Wasn't she kind'er out of her head?" Seth asked quickly. "I've heard
+Mother Hyde say that folks got crazy-like when they ached pretty bad."</p>
+
+<p>"Aunt Hannah knew every word she was saying, and it's true that she
+might have burned to death if you hadn't been in the house, for I
+never heard a thing till Snippey came into my room barking."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope I did do as much; but it don't seem jest true."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you think the house would have burned if some one hadn't put
+out the fire very quickly?"</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps so, 'cause the flames jumped up mighty high."</p>
+
+<p>"And since she couldn't move, wouldn't she have been burned to death?"</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, Seth Barrows, how wicked you are!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, Gladys, I didn't mean I hoped she'd have burned to death; but
+I hoped I really an' truly <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span>saved her life, 'cause then she won't jump
+down on me so hard when I tell her."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell her what?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why Snip an' I had to run away from New York."</p>
+
+<p>"Is it something you're ashamed of?" Gladys asked quickly and in
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>Seth nodded, while the flush of shame crept up into his cheeks.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys gazed at him earnestly while one might have counted ten, and
+then said, speaking slowly and distinctly:</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe it. Aunt Hannah says you're the best boy she ever
+saw; an' she knows."</p>
+
+<p>"Did Aunt Hannah tell you that, or are you tryin' to stuff me?" And
+Seth rose to his feet excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you don't think I'd tell a lie?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I don't, Gladys; but if you only knew how much it means to
+me&mdash;Aunt Hannah's sayin' what you claim she did&mdash;there wouldn't be any
+wonder I had hard work to believe it."</p>
+
+<p>"She said to me those very same words&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"What ones?"</p>
+
+<p>"That you was the best boy she ever saw, an' it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span>was only yesterday
+afternoon, when you were splitting kindling wood, that she said it."</p>
+
+<p>Then, suddenly, to Gladys' intense surprise, Seth dropped his head on
+his arm and burst into a flood of tears.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ch6" id="ch6"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<h3>SUNSHINE.</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Mrs. Dean</span> had taken entire charge of the invalid and the house, and so
+many of the neighbors insisted on aiding her that Gladys and Seth were
+pushed aside as if they had been strangers.</p>
+
+<p>At midnight, when one of the volunteer nurses announced that Aunt
+Hannah was resting as comfortably as could be expected under the
+circumstances, Gladys, in obedience to Mrs. Dean's peremptory command,
+went to bed; but Seth positively refused to leave the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>"Somethin' that I could do might turn up, an' I count on bein' ready
+for it," he said when the neighbor urged him to lie down. "Snip an'
+I'll stay here; an' if we get sleepy, what's to hinder our takin' a
+nap on the couch?"</p>
+
+<p>So eager was the boy for an opportunity to serve Aunt Hannah that he
+resolutely kept his eyes open during the remainder of the night lest
+the volunteer nurses should fail to waken him if his services were
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">96</a></span>needed; and to accomplish this he made frequent excursions out of
+doors, where the wind swept the "sand" from his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>With the first light of dawn he set about effacing so far as might be
+possible all traces of fire from the kitchen, and was washing the
+floor when Mrs. Dean came out from the foreroom.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I do declare!" she exclaimed in surprise. "Hannah Morse said
+you was a handy boy 'round the house, but this is a little more'n I
+expected. I wish my William could take a few lessons from you."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't count on gettin' the floor very clean," Seth replied
+modestly, but secretly delighted with the unequivocal praise. "If the
+oil and smut is taken off it'll be easier to put things into shape."</p>
+
+<p>"You're doin' wonderfully, my boy, an' when I tell Hannah Morse,
+she'll be pleased, 'cause a speck of dirt anywhere about the house
+does fret her mortally bad."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did not venture to look up lest Mrs. Dean should see the joy in
+his eyes, for to his mind the good woman could do him no greater
+service than give the invalid an account of his desire to be useful in
+the household.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">97</a></span>"Is Aunt Hannah burned very much?" he asked, as the nurse set about
+making herself a cup of tea.</p>
+
+<p>"I allow it'll be a full month before she gets around again. At first
+I was afraid she'd broken some bones; but Mrs. Stubbs declares it's
+only a bad sprain. It seems that she had a headache, an' came for the
+camphor bottle, when she slipped an' fell against the table. The
+wonder to me is that this house wasn't burned to the ground."</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Dean questioned Seth as to himself, and his reasons for
+coming into the country in search of work; but the boy did not
+consider it necessary to give any more information than pleased him,
+although the good woman was most searching in her inquiries.</p>
+
+<p>Then Gladys entered the kitchen, and the two children made
+preparations for breakfast, after Seth had brought to an end his
+self-imposed task of washing the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Dean came over to milk White-Face, and Seth insisted that he be
+allowed to try his hand at the work, claiming that if Aunt Hannah was
+to be a helpless invalid during a full month, as Mrs. Dean had
+predicted, it was absolutely necessary he be able to care for the
+cow.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">98</a></span>The old adage that "a willing pupil is an apt one" was verified in
+this case, for the lad succeeded so well in his efforts that Mr. Dean
+declared it would not be necessary for him to come to the Morse farm
+again, so far as caring for the cow was concerned.</p>
+
+<p>Very proud was Seth when he brought the pail of foaming milk into the
+kitchen with the announcement that he had done nearly all the work,
+and Gladys ran to tell Aunt Hannah what she considered exceedingly
+good news.</p>
+
+<p>During the next two days either Mrs. Dean or Mrs. Stubbs ruled over
+the Morse household by virtue of their supposed rights as nurses, and
+in all this time Seth had not been allowed to see the invalid.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys visited the foreroom from time to time, reporting that Aunt
+Hannah was "doing as well as could be expected," and Seth had reason
+to believe the little woman's suffering would now abate unless some
+unexpected change in her condition prevented.</p>
+
+<p>The neighbors sent newspapers and books for Gladys to read to her aunt
+during such moments as she was able to listen, and while the girl was
+thus <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">99</a></span>employed Seth busied himself in the kitchen, taking great pride
+in keeping every article neat and cleanly, as Aunt Hannah herself
+would have done.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the hour which the boy had been looking forward to with
+mingled hope and fear. He had fully decided to tell all his story to
+the little woman who had been so kind to him, and was resolved that
+the unpleasant task should be accomplished at the earliest
+opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>It was nearly noon; the good neighbors were at their own homes for a
+brief visit, and Gladys came from the foreroom, where she had been
+reading the daily paper aloud, saying to Seth:</p>
+
+<p>"Aunt Hannah thinks I ought to run out of doors a little while because
+I have stayed in the house so long. There isn't the least bit of need;
+but I must go, else she'll worry herself sick. She says you can sit
+with her, an' I'll take Snippey with me, for he's needing fresh air
+more than I am."</p>
+
+<p>Just for a moment Seth hesitated; the time had come when he must, if
+ever, carry his good resolutions into effect, and there was little
+doubt in his mind but that Aunt Hannah would insist upon his leaving
+the farm without delay once she knew all his wickedness.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">100</a></span>Gladys did not give him very much time for reflection. With Snip at
+her heels she hurried down the road, and Seth knew he must not leave
+the invalid alone many moments.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah's eyes were open when he entered the foreroom, and but for
+that fact he might almost have believed she was dead, so pale was her
+face. The bandaged hands were outside the coverings, and Seth had been
+told that she could not move them unaided, except at the cost of most
+severe pain.</p>
+
+<p>"I knew you would be forced to come when Gladys went out, and that was
+why I sent her. We two&mdash;you an' I&mdash;need to have a quiet chat together,
+and there is little opportunity unless we are alone in the house."</p>
+
+<p>Seth's face was flushed crimson; he believed Aunt Hannah had come to
+the conclusion that he must not be allowed to remain at the farm any
+longer unless he confessed why it had been necessary to leave New
+York, and his one desire was to speak before she should be able to
+make a demand.</p>
+
+<p>"I ought'er&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>He stammered and stopped, unable to begin exactly as he desired, and
+the little woman said <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">101</a></span>quietly, but in a tone which told that the
+words came from her heart:</p>
+
+<p>"You have saved the old home, an' my life as well, Seth. Even if I had
+hesitated at making you one of the family, I could not do so now,
+after owing you so much."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't talk like that, Aunt Hannah! Don't tell 'bout what you owe me!"
+Seth cried tearfully. "It's the other way, an' Snip an' I are mighty
+lucky, if for no other reason than that we've seen you. Wait a
+minute," he pleaded as the invalid was about to speak. "Ever since you
+got hurt I've wanted to tell everything you asked the other day, an' I
+promised Snip an' myself that I'd do it the very first chance. If
+it&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"There is no need of your tellin' me, my child, unless you really
+think it necessary. I have no doubts as to your honesty, and truly
+hope that your wanderings are over."</p>
+
+<p>"We shall have to go; but I'm bound to tell the truth now, 'cause I
+know you think I was tryin' to steal somethin' when we were only goin'
+to run away so's you wouldn't know what I've done."</p>
+
+<p>"My dear boy," and Aunt Hannah vainly tried to raise her head, "I
+never thought for a single minute <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">102</a></span>that you came downstairs for any
+other purpose than to leave the house secretly."</p>
+
+<p>"An' that's jest the truth. Now don't say a word till I've told you
+all about it, an' please not look at me."</p>
+
+<p>Then, speaking hurriedly lest she should interrupt him in what was an
+exceedingly difficult task, Seth told of the advertisement, of the
+counterfeit money he had unwittingly passed, and of his flight, aided
+by Teddy and Tim.</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't mean to do it," he concluded, amid his sobs; "but I reckon
+I'd tried to get rid of it some time, 'cause I couldn't afford to lose
+so much money. Of course they'll put me in jail, if the detectives
+catch me, an' if I should be locked up for ever so many years, won't
+you let Gladys take care of poor little Snippey?"</p>
+
+<p>"Come here an' kiss me, Seth," Aunt Hannah said softly. "I wish I
+could put my hand on your head! And you've been frightened out of your
+wits because of that counterfeit nickel?" she added when he had
+obeyed. "You poor little child! If you had told me, your troubles
+would soon have come to an end; but you must understand that in this
+world the only honest course is to atone for your <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">103</a></span>faults, rather than
+run away from them. The good Book says that 'your sins shall find you
+out,' and it is true, my dear, as true as is every word that has come
+to us from God. But I'm not allowin' that you have committed any
+grievous sin in this matter. Do you know, Gladys read your story in
+the paper before I sent her for a walk, and that is why I wanted to be
+alone with you."</p>
+
+<p>Seth looked up in surprise which was almost bewilderment, and Aunt
+Hannah continued with a bright smile that was like unto the sunshine
+after a shower:</p>
+
+<p>"Take up the newspaper lying on the table. I told Gladys to fold it so
+you might find the article I wanted you to read."</p>
+
+<p>Seth did as she directed, but without glancing at the printed sheet.</p>
+
+<p>"Can you read, dear?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not very well, 'cause I have to spell out the big words."</p>
+
+<p>"Hold it before my eyes while I make the attempt. There isn't very
+much of a story; but it will mean a great deal to you, I hope."</p>
+
+<p>Seth was wholly at a loss to understand the little woman's meaning;
+but he did as she directed, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">104</a></span>listened without any great show of
+enthusiasm to the following:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+    <p>Messrs. Symonds &amp; Symonds, the well-known attorneys of Pine
+    Street, are willing to confess that they are not well informed
+    regarding the character of the average newsboy of this city, and
+    by such ignorance have defeated their own ends. Several days ago
+    the gentlemen were notified by a professional brother in San
+    Francisco that a client of his, lately deceased, had bequeathed to
+    one Seth Barrows the sum of five thousand dollars. All the
+    information that could be given concerning the heir was that he
+    had been living with a certain family in Jersey City, and was now
+    believed to be selling newspapers in this city. His age was stated
+    as about eleven years, and he owed his good fortune to the fact
+    that the dead man was his uncle.</p>
+
+    <p>"It is not a simple matter to find any particular street merchant
+    in New York City; but Messrs. Symonds &amp; Symonds began their search
+    by advertising in the newspapers for the lad. As has been since
+    learned, the friends of the young heir saw the notice which had
+    been inserted by the attorneys, and straightway believed the lad
+    was wanted because of some crime committed. The boy himself must
+    have had a guilty conscience, for he fled without delay, carrying
+    with him into exile a small white terrier, his only worldly
+    possession. The moral of this incident is, that when you want to
+    find a boy of the streets, be careful to state exactly why you
+    desire to see him, otherwise the game may give you the slip rather
+    than take chances of being brought face to face with the officers
+    of the law."</p></div>
+
+<p>It was not until Aunt Hannah had concluded that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">105</a></span>Seth appeared to
+understand he was the boy referred to, and then he asked excitedly:</p>
+
+<p>"Do you suppose the Seth Barrows told about there can be me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, my dear. Isn't this your story just as you have repeated
+it to me?"</p>
+
+<p>"But there isn't anybody who'd leave me so much money as that, Aunt
+Hannah! There's a big mistake somewhere."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you remember of ever hearing that you had an uncle in California?"</p>
+
+<p>"Indeed I don't. I thought Snip was all the relation I had in the
+world."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did the man in Jersey City allow you to live with him?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. I had pretty good clothes then, an' didn't have to
+work, 'cause I was too small."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," the little woman said with a sigh, as if the exertion of
+talking had wearied her, "I don't pretend to be able to straighten out
+the snarl; but I'm certain you are the boy spoken of in the newspaper
+story, for it isn't reasonable to suppose that two lads of the same
+age have lately run away from New York because of an advertisement.
+The money must be yours, my dear, and instead of being a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">106</a></span>homeless
+wanderer, you're quite a wealthy gentleman."</p>
+
+<p>"I wouldn't take the chances of goin' to see about it," Seth said
+thoughtfully, "'cause what we've read may be only a trap to catch me."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, don't be too suspicious, my dear. I'm not countin' on your going
+into that wicked city just yet. I've sent for Nathan Dean, an' you may
+be sure he'll get at the bottom of the matter, for he's a master hand
+at such work."</p>
+
+<p>Then Mrs. Dean entered to take up her duties of nurse once more, and
+Seth went into the barn, where he could be alone to think over the
+strange turn which his affairs appeared to be taking.</p>
+
+<p>Gladys joined him half an hour later, and asked abruptly:</p>
+
+<p>"What did Aunt Hannah say to you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why do you think she counted on talkin' to me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Because I read that story in the newspaper. Then she wanted me to go
+out for a walk, and said I'd better ask Mr. Dean to come over this
+afternoon. I couldn't help knowing it was about you; but didn't say
+anything to her because Mrs. Dean thinks she oughtn't to be excited.
+Did you tell her why you and Snippey ran away?"</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">107</a></span>"Of course I did, an' was countin' on doin' that same thing the first
+chance I had to speak with her alone, though I made sure she'd send me
+away."</p>
+
+<p>Then Seth repeated that which he had told Aunt Hannah, and while he
+was thus engaged Mr. Dean entered the house.</p>
+
+<p>During the two days which followed, Gladys and Seth held long
+conversations regarding the possible good fortune which might come to
+the latter; but nothing definite was known until the hour when Aunt
+Hannah was allowed to sit in an easy-chair for the first time since
+the accident.</p>
+
+<p>Then it was that Mr. Dean returned from New York, and came to make his
+report.</p>
+
+<p>There was no longer any question but that it was really Seth's uncle
+who had lately died in San Francisco, or that he had bequeathed the
+sum of five thousand dollars to his nephew.</p>
+
+<p>It appeared, according to Mr. Dean's story, as learned from Messrs.
+Symonds &amp; Symonds, that Daniel Barrows had cared for his brother's
+child to the extent of paying Richard Genet of Jersey City a certain
+sum of money each year to provide for and clothe the lad. Mr. Genet
+having died suddenly, and without leaving anything to show whom Seth
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">108</a></span>had claims upon, the boy was left to his own devices, while his uncle,
+because of carelessness or indifference, made no effort to learn what
+might have become of the child.</p>
+
+<p>There were certain formalities of law to be complied with before the
+inheritance would be paid, among which was the naming of a guardian
+for the heir.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Hannah declared that it was her duty as well as pleasure to make
+the lame boy one of her family, and to such end Mr. Dean had several
+conferences with Symonds &amp; Symonds, after which the little woman was
+duly appointed guardian of the heir.</p>
+
+<p>There is little more that can be told regarding those who now live on
+the Morse farm, for the very good reason that all which has been
+related took place only a few months ago; but at some time in the
+future, if the readers so please, it shall be the duty of the author
+to set down what befell Aunt Hannah, Seth, Gladys, and Snip after the
+inheritance was paid.</p>
+
+<p>That they were a very happy family goes without saying, for who could
+be discontented or fretful in Aunt Hannah's home? And in the days to
+come, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">109</a></span>when Father Time lays his hand heavily upon the little woman,
+Seth knows that then, if not before, he can repay her in some degree
+for the kindness shown when he and Snip were fugitives, fleeing from
+nothing worse than a newspaper advertisement.</p>
+
+<p class="center">THE END.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Aunt Hannah and Seth, by James Otis
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUNT HANNAH AND SETH ***
+
+***** This file should be named 31265-h.htm or 31265-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/2/6/31265/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Claudine Corbasson and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.zip b/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f0c440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/31265-h 2010-02-10.zip